Max I Line Group

Maxi Line
Core Components • Shelves & Accessories • Systems

TABLE OF
CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maxi Line Core Components.................................................. 5 Wire Shelving.........................................................................116
Loading.........................................................................................6 Stacking Baskets................................................................... 120
Dimensional Specifications...................................................8 Wire Display Panels............................................................. 121
Anchoring..................................................................................10 End Cap Merchandiser....................................................... 122
Sections Parts...........................................................................12 Vertical Dividers.................................................................... 123
How to Order............................................................................13 Roll Goods Display............................................................... 126
Uprights......................................................................................14 Hardware Displays............................................................... 128
Upright Accessories................................................................17 Ceiling Fan Cloud................................................................. 130
Base Shoes.................................................................................19 Wing Displays........................................................................ 131
Mobile Gondola Legs............................................................21 Light Display.......................................................................... 132
Spanners................................................................................... 22 Tool Displays.......................................................................... 135
Back Panels............................................................................... 23 Miscellaneous Displays...................................................... 138
Kickplates.................................................................................. 38 Beverage Displays................................................................146
Installations Accessories...................................................... 39 Grocery Displays................................................................... 149
Seismic Components............................................................ 40 Wire Truss Shelving............................................................. 151
maxi line
Base Shelves..............................................................................41 Wire Shelving........................................................................ 152
Basix, Extendable Base Shelf.............................................. 42 Candy Displays...................................................................... 153
End Merchandiser.................................................................. 43 Spice Tray................................................................................ 154
End Frames............................................................................... 44 Cookware Displays.............................................................. 155
End Frames Accessories....................................................... 46 Plate Displays......................................................................... 156
End Displayers......................................................................... 47 Plastic Displays...................................................................... 157
End Stabilizers......................................................................... 49 Retailer Storage Displays................................................... 159
Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser......................................... 50 Maxi Line Systems............................................................... 161
Maxi Line Shelves and Accessories...................................... 53 Maxi Line Rolling Frame.................................................... 162
Shelving..................................................................................... 54 Y-Gondola...............................................................................164
@Front Roller Shelf System................................................. 58 Spacer System for Curved Gondola..............................168
Tag Molding............................................................................. 63 Feature Aisle Display........................................................... 170
End Panels................................................................................ 65 Round Feature Aisle Display............................................ 175
Specialty Shelving................................................................. 66 End Merchandisers.............................................................. 178
Extended Panels..................................................................... 80 Canopies................................................................................. 182
Box Corner................................................................................ 81 Canopy Lighting Accessories........................................... 187
Wire Truss.................................................................................. 82 Sliding Peg Panels................................................................188
Wire Grid Panels..................................................................... 83 Dressing Room...................................................................... 191
Specialty Shelving................................................................. 84 T-Leg Mobile Gondola.......................................................196
Shelving Dividers................................................................... 87 Rolling Gondola.................................................................... 197
Shelving Dividers and Accessories.................................. 88 Mobile Gondola....................................................................201
Wire Binning............................................................................ 89 MIPS..........................................................................................202
Shelving Accessories............................................................. 91 Hypermaxi System...............................................................204
Crossbars................................................................................... 94 Hypermaxi EU........................................................................ 214
Crossbar Accessories............................................................. 95 Cantilever Storage System................................................ 217
Back Accessories..................................................................... 96 Lock-Up System....................................................................222
Book Display Shelving.......................................................... 98 Countertop.............................................................................228
Media Displays......................................................................105 Door Kits..................................................................................229
Baskets......................................................................................113 Sign Holder.............................................................................232
Basket Brackets......................................................................115 Maxi Slice................................................................................233
Texas 500 Airport Road, Terrell, TX 75160

Alabama 20984 Alabama Hwy. 9, Goodwater, AL 35072
Maxi Line Core Components
Maxi Line Core Components Loading
3/18 2/15
Loading Maxi Line Core Components
Shelf Loading Nominal Shelf Depths, All Types
8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", 24", 26", 28", 30"
Offset Loading
Offset loading is measured in inch-pounds and represents the bending load at the connection of the base shoe and
Maximum Load Capacity in Pounds
1 the upright. To determine if you exceed the load limit of the fixture, take the difference between the larger inch-pound
Shelf Type Shelf Evenly Front 15° 30° calculations on one side of the fixture and the inch-pound calculations on the other. This difference cannot exceed 15,000
Depth Loaded Loaded
inch-pounds. For wall sections, the calculation for the one side cannot exceed 15,000 inch-pounds.
2 6" - 8" 300# 300# 125# 100#
1
10" - 18" 500# 350# 125# 100#
SUS-(NW)(ND)
20" - 24" 500# 350# 250# 100#
3 2 26" - 30" 400# 250# 200# 100#
18" 18" 18" 18"
9" 9" 9" 9"
6" - 8" 300# 300# 250# 100# D1 300# 300# E1 F1 300# 300# E1
3 Evenly Loaded Evenly Loaded
4 10" - 18" 500# 350# 250# 100# 18" 18" 18" 18"
STP-(NW)(ND) Shelves on 9" 9" Shelves on 9" 9"
20" - 24" 500# 350# 250# 100# Gondolas Wall Sections
4 D2 400# 300# E2 F2 400# E2
26" - 30" 400# 250# 200# 100#
5 5 14" - 18" 600# N/A N/A N/A 22" 22" 22" 22"
HUS-(NW)(ND) 11" 11" 11"
6 20" - 30" 600# N/A N/A N/A
E3
D3 500# 300# E3 F3 500#
SBS-(NW)(ND) 7 12" - 30" 600# N/A N/A N/A
6 • STP type shelves are straight-in, horizontal insertion into upright slotting
NOTES! Divide each shelf depth by 2. Multiply times the weight on shelf to determine individual shelf
inch-pound load.
Divide each shelf depth by 2. Multiply times the
weight on shelf to determine individual shelf inch-
All capacities are for evenly distributed load. pounds load.
D1 18"/2" = 9" x 300 lbs or 2700 inch-pounds E1 18"/2" = 9" x 300 lbs or 2700 inch-pounds
7 Capacities are reduced by 35% when only the front half of the D2 18"/2" = 9" x 400 lbs or 3600 inch-pounds E2 18"/2" = 9" x 300 lbs or 2700 inch-pounds F1 18"/2" = 9" x 300 lbs or 2700 inch-pounds
shelf is loaded. D3 22"/2" = 11" x 500 lbs or 5500 inch-pounds E3 22"/2" = 11" x 300 lbs or 3300 inch-pounds F2 18"/2" = 9" x 400 lbs or 3600 inch-pounds
Capacities listed are for shelves installed in Madix Maxi Line Side D Total = 11800 inch-pounds Side E Total = 8700 inch-pounds F3 22"/2" = 11" x 500 lbs or 5500 inch-pounds
shelving system only. Side F Total = 11800 inch-pounds
Subtract E from D: 800 inch-pounds SAFE! SAFE!
Load capacity for 2' (610 mm) wide shelves in depths 06" to 30" 8700 inch-pounds 3100 inch-pounds does not exceed the 11800 inch-pounds does not exceed the
(152 mm to 762 mm) is 50% of 4' (1219 mm) wide shelves. 3100 inch-pounds 15000 inch-pound maximum 15000 inch-pound maximum
Front Loaded Shelves

Column Loading Important: Front-loaded shelves are the most common to exceed fixture-loading capacities. Compare the
Column loading is the vertical load, measured in pounds, that can be applied on any upright. Each upright bears increases in inch-pounds of front-loaded shelves over evenly loaded shelves, particularly on wall sections!
18" 18" 18" 18"
one half of the load of each shelf load that it supports.
7" 4" 6" 6" 5" 8" 6" 6"
A1 325# 300# B1 C1 300# 300#
Front View Front Loaded
Front Loaded
Shelves on Shelves on 6" 6" B2
7" 4" 6" 6" 5" 8"
100# 100# Gondolas Wall Sections
A2 325# 300# B2 C2 325# 300#
Top View of Gondola Sections
100# 100# 8" 6" 8" B3
9" 4" 6" 8" 7"
A3 325# 300# B3 C3 325# 500#
250# 250#
100# 100# Top View of Wall Sections
22" 22" 22" 22"
200# 200#
500# 500# 500# 500# A front-loaded shelf is one that has a void between the back panel and the merchandise. A front-loaded shelf is one that has a void between
Take one half the loaded area's dimensions plus the gap dimensions at the back and the back panel and the merchandise. Take one half of
multiply times weight on the shelf to determine the individual inch-pound load. the loaded area's dimensions plus the gap dimensions
500 lbs plus 500 lbs = 1000 lbs 500 lbs plus 500 lbs = 1000 lbs 750 lbs plus 750 lbs = 1500 lbs at back and multiply times weight on the shelf to
1000 lbs divided by 2 = 500 lbs 1000 lbs divided by 2 = 500 lb 1500 lbs divided by 2 = 750 lbs A1 7" + 4" = 11" x 325 lbs or 3575 inch-pounds B1 6" + 6" = 12" x 300 lbs or 3600 inch-pounds
Column Load on Center Upright Column Load on Center Upright Column Load on Center Upright determine the individual inch-pound load.
A2 7" + 4" = 11" x 325 lbs or 3575 inch-pounds B2 6" + 6" = 12" x 300 lbs or 3600 inch-pounds
A3 9" + 4" = 13" x 325 lbs or 4225 inch-pounds B3 8" + 6" = 14" x 300 lbs or 4200 inch-pounds C1 5" + 8" = 13" x 300 lbs or 3900 inch-pounds
Side A Total = 11375 inch-pounds Side B Total = 11400 inch-pounds C2 5" + 8" = 13" x 325 lbs or 4225 inch-pounds
C3 7" + 8" = 15" x 325 lbs or 4875 inch-pounds
Subtract A from B: 11400 inch-pounds SAFE! Side C Total = 13000 inch-pounds
NOTE! -11375 inch-pounds 125 inch-pounds does not exceed
Maximum column load capacity SAFE!
125 inch-pounds the 15000 inch-pound maximum
13000 inch-pounds does not exceed
is 4500 lbs. DO NOT EXCEED! the 15000 inch-pound maximum
6 Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. 7
www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved. www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Maxi Line Core Components Dimensional Specifications
5/14 5/14
Dimensional Specifications Maxi Line Core Components
Add 11/4" Each Front View Side View • Nominal +1/2" •
End of Run
t • 2" • • 23/4" • • Nominal = 24", 30", 36", 42", 48" •
Outside to Outside of Slots
• • 36" or 48" • • 11/2" •
1/4" •• • • •
11/4"
•
Actual TEM Height is
11/4"
Higher than Leveled
Gondola Height
• Nominal +5/8" •
Nominal -3/8"
• • Front
View
3/4" x 1/8"
Slotting Side
1" OC View
3/4" x 3/8"
Slotting
on 1" Centers Back Panels
Hardboard or Pegboard with Nominal
1/4" Perforations +5/8"
on 1" Centers
Nominal = 12", 18", 24"
• Nominal +1/8" •
• B • • Nominal -1/8" •
• •
• A • 13/8"
•
51/2"
• Nominal +1/16" • • Nominal +1/16" •
• Nominal - 1/16" • • Nominal -1/16" • •
• • • • 1" Leveler Adjustment
13/8" 13/8" Recess in Rear of TEM •
for Gondola Upright
• • 23/4 X 1"
• 2" • 51/2"
Leveler Adjustment 1" • • •

• Nominal Base Nominal Base
• Shelf Depth • Shelf Depth
-21/2"
• Top View
-21/2" Metal End Flat
• C • NOTE!
• Nominal Upright Heights Nominal Base plus 3" plus Nominal Base Nominal Dimensions subject to
equals change without notice.
36" (914 mm) thru 96" (2438 mm) Shelf Depth Shelf Depth Base Width
in 6" (152 mm) increments 2" Radius 2" Radius
Bottom of Tag Mold to equals Nominal minus 1/8"
• Nominal Base Shelf Depths A
Bottom of Tag Mold Base Width
12" (305 mm) thru 30" (762 mm) • •
in 2" (51 mm) increments Front of Base End Cover to Nominal
B equals plus 7/8"
Front of Base End Cover Base Width • Nominal +7/16" •
• Nominal Upper Shelf Depths
Front of Kickplate to Nominal Nominal Widths 27" thru 63", in 2" increments
8" (203 mm) thru 30" (762 mm) C equals minus 31/4" determined by adding base shelf depths plus 3"
in 2" (51 mm) increments Front of Kickplate Base Width
NOTE!
Dimensions are + or - 1/8" and are subject
to change without notice
Maxi Line Core Components Anchoring 5/14 5/16
Anchoring Maxi Line Core Components
SFA-RD Anchors SFA-RD Preventing Fixture Overturning SFA-HD(OPT)GAL
SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchor SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchor
• Beginning at each end of a Maxi Line • To preclude overturning, the height of
Gondola or Wall Fixture run, Base Shoe RD..... Regular Duty the upright cannot exceed the leveler HD..... Heavy-Duty
Anchor Brackets are installed at alternate spacing dimensions multiplied by six OPT..... Blank=Single Pack
Base Shoes • If uprights exceed the heights shown, 25=25 Pack
• All runs with an odd number of Uprights will they must be secured at the top, or one of the GAL..... Galvanized
be anchored at alternate Base Shoes following corrections must be made:
• All runs with an even number of Uprights will ° Gondola: Base Shoe Levelers must be

be anchored at alternate Base Shoes, with anchored to the floor as shown below
remaining single section at, or adjacent to, ° Wall: Base Shoe Levelers and Standard

the middle of the run, as indicated by the Upright Levelers must be anchored to Highest
Base Shelf Leveler
shaded area in examples below the floor as shown below or Shelves Spacing Unanchored
Upright
• Two expansion bolts per anchor
12" 91/2" 54"
14" 111/2" 66"
The number of SFA-RD anchors required for Maxi Line Gondola or Wall runs is the same
16" 131/2" 78"
Number of Basic Uprights in Run 2 or 3 4 or 5 6 or 7 8 or 9 10 or 11 12 or 13 14 or 15 16 or 17 18 or 19 20 or 21 22 or 23 24 or 25
18" 151/2" 90"
Number of Anchors Required 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
20" 171/2" 102"
Wall
22" 191/2" 114"
• Wall • 24" 211/2" 120"

• Gondola • 26" 231/2" 138"
Leveler Spacing 28" 251/2" 144"
Two uprights require four Anchors
30" 271/2" 162"
12"/12" 19" 114"
12"/14" 21" 126"
Gondola 14"/14" 23" 138"
14"/16" 25" 144"
Three uprights require four Anchors Five uprights require six Anchors
16"/16" 27" 162"
All runs, Gondola or Wall, require twice the number

Of SFA-HD anchors as the number of Uprights in the run
Four uprights require six Anchors Six uprights require eight Anchors
Four uprights require eight anchors Six uprights require twelve anchors
Seven uprights require eight Anchors
Five uprights require ten anchors Seven uprights require fourteen anchors
Eight uprights require ten Anchors
Eight uprights require sixteen anchors

For Floor Anchors and Expansion Bolts,
see SFA-(TYPE)-25 and SFA-EB50 in the catalog index.
For Floor Anchors and Expansion Bolts,
See SFA-(TYPE)-25 and SFA-EB50 in the catalog index
Maxi Line Core Components Section Parts
5/14 5/14
How to Order Maxi Line Core Components
Gondola Ends
One Maxi Line Gondola End is required to
NN
I
How to Order
complete any length of Gondola run.
Each Maxi Line Gondola End consists
of the following:
H
H
Part Number
A One Basic Upright C Complete Sections Gondola/Wall Ends
B Two Base Shoes
C One Upright Cap G454. GE54.
D Two pair Base End Covers G..... G=Gondola or W=Wall GE..... GE=Gondola End or WE=Wall End
E J
E Two Upright End Covers E 4..... Nominal Section Width 3' or 4' 54..... Nominal Section Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments
A (914 mm to 1219 mm) (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
Gondola Sections 54..... Nominal Section Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments
Each Maxi Line Gondola section locks L (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
to the adjacent section for any length
Gondola run. G G
Each Maxi Line Gondola Section consists
of the following:
F
G
Two Kickplates
Two Base Shelves
F
K Configurable Options
H Two backs, HH, PP or HP, two piece D 52020-P-H 2020-5
backs at 78" and above M 5..... 5" (12.70 cm) Base Height 20..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth A 12" to 30" in 2" increments
B (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
I One STL Upper Spanner 20..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth A 12" to 30" in 2" increments
J One SC Center Spanner from 42" D F (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) 20..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth A 12" to 30" in 2" increments
M (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
up to 96", plus one SS Splicer 20..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth A 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Spanner at 78" and above (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) 5..... 5" (127 mm) Base Height
K One SL Lower Spanner P..... Back Type A H=Hardboard, P=Pegboard, or Z=Delete Backs
D
L One Basic Upright H..... Back Type B H=Hardboard, P=Pegboard, or Z=Delete Backs
B
M Two Base Shoes
N One Upright Cap
D
Wall Ends J Finish Code

One Maxi Line Wall End is required to PC002-SA-SA-PC002 PC002-SA
O
complete any length Wall run.
O PC002..... Upright, Top/Center/Lower Spanner NOTE! PC002..... Upright
Each Maxi Line Wall End consists I I To view standard and optional
SA..... Back (see note) SA..... Upright End Covers
of the following: finishes, please refer to the Madix
SA..... Back (see note)
A One Basic Upright PC002..... Base Shelf, One or Two Sides
Finishes Brochure or the Finish
B One Base Shoe C guidelines in the General
M Information section of this catalog.
C One Upright Cap
D One pair Base End Covers
KK
E Two Upright End Covers E
E
F One Wall Section Retainer Pin
Wall Sections Additional Options

Each Maxi Line Wall section locks to the NB-K EB
L
adjacent section for any length Wall run. H H NB..... Delete Base Shelves E..... Delete Upright End Covers
Each Maxi Line Wall Section consists K..... Delete Kickplates B..... Delete Base End Covers
of the following: A
L
G One Kickplate
H One Base Shelf P Sahara is the Standard Finish on Most Components
I One back, H or P, or two 2s, HH,
PP or HP, two piece backs at 78" Delete Back Panels..............................................................................-Z
and above G
G Delete Base Shelves........................................................................ -NB The examples are shown in standard Madix finishes. Use the
N N
J One STL Upper Spanner D Delete Kickplates.................................................................................-K suffix shown to delete the part and order the part separately
K One SC Center Spanner from 42" Delete Upright End Covers..............................................................-E
in the desired standard or optional finish.
up to 96", plus one SS Splicer F
Delete Base End Covers.....................................................................-B
Spanner at 78" and above
L One SL Lower Spanner
B
M One Basic Upright
N One Base Shoe
D
NOTE!
O One Upright Cap Upright End Covers and Base
P One Wall Section Retainer Pin End Covers are at the bottom
of the page.
Maxi Line Core Components Uprights 2/17 11/17
Uprights Maxi Line Core Components
Basic Upright BU-(AH) Heavy-Duty Upright HDU-(NH)
• Slotted 1" (25 mm) OC for flexibility BU..... Basic Upright • Recommended for heavier loads placed near HDU..... Heavy-Duty Upright
plus maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments the top of the Upright to reduce deflection NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments
(914 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments) (914 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Comprised of heavy-gauge, high-tensile steel • Provides a 30% reduction in deflection,
components welded into a single unit with a compared to the Madix Basic Upright
15,000 inch-pound rating [BU-(AU)]
• All Basic Uprights have an integrated leveler • 1" (25 mm) OC for flexibility plus
• Kickplates of either closed or open type (or maximum space
reinforced base shoes) must be installed on • Reinforced Base Shoe [BSR-(ND)] is required
shelving runs when using a Heavy-Duty Upright. Load
capacity becomes 18,000 inch-pounds NOTE!
• Levelers included Standard Upper Shelves (two-tab)
• Upright Cap is not included (see UC) can be installed 5" (127 mm) from
Base Shelf and Standard Upper Shelves
(three-tab) 6" (152 mm) from Base Shelf.
Telescoping Upright Kit TUK-(NL)(NH)

• Slotted Upright fits between backs and TUK..... Telescoping Upright Kit
extends up to 18" (457 mm) above the fixture NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
when needed NH..... Nominal Height 42" (1067 mm)
• Kit consists of a 42" (1067 mm) Upright,
slotted 18" (457 mm) from the top, with
bottom 24" (610 mm) not slotted; kit also
includes one Vertical Height Stiffener, one
Half Upright HU-(AH) Center Spanner, and a locking pin
• For wall-mounted applications, install on HU..... Half Upright • Upright should not extend more than 18"
36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm) centers and AH..... Actual Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments (457 mm) above the fixture
use standard Madix shelves and accessories (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Upright accepts only two-tab shelves, 8" to
• Does not have provisions for back panels 18" (203 mm to 457 mm)
• Hardware not included • To be used with up to 72" (1829 mm) tall
• Not load rated Uprights; for sections higher than 72" (1829
mm), contact your Madix representative
• Capacity of each section made is 50 lbs
evenly distributed static load for a total of 100
lbs if both sides are loaded. Please note this
19/16" is not per shelf, but per side
Telescoping Upright TU-(NH)

• Slim, heavy-gauge Upright accepts all TU..... Telescoping Upright
two-tab shelves, 8" to 18" (203 mm to 457 mm) NH..... Nominal Height 42" (1067 mm)
111/32" • The top cap to prevents the Upright from
dropping below fixture top
• The top cap has a storage hole for a Retainer
Pin when Upright is not in use
Vertical Height Telescoping VHTUS-(NH)

Upright Stiffener VHTUS..... Vertical Height Telescoping
Upright Stiffener
Extension Upright EU-(NH) • Guides Telescoping Upright when raising
NH..... Nominal Height 42" (1067 mm)
EU..... Extension Upright or lowering for storage
• Connector inserts easily into top of
shelving section Upright NH...... Nominal Height 6" to 54" in 6" increments
• Set screws expand the connector, (152 mm to 1371 mm in 152 mm increments) Telescoping Retainer TR
solidly aligning assembly • Pin inserts through Telescoping Upright TR..... Telescoping Retainer
slots; one Pin is included per Upright
Nominal Height Maximum Load Capacity
06"-18" 200 lbs per side
Center Spanner SC-(NW)
• Galvanized “snap-in” spanner ensures SC..... Center Spanner
Back Panel rigidity NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Electrical and Telescoping Upright
knockouts
• Galvanized only
Maxi Line Core Components Uprights 1/17 1/17
Upright Accessories Maxi Line Core Components
Back-to-Back Basic Upright BBWBU-(NH) Upright End Cover (TYPE)-(NH)
• Two standard Basic Uprights welded into BBW..... Back-to-Back Welded Back-to-Back • Metal or extruded plastic cover trims the TYPE..... UEC=Plastic Upright End Cover
a single rigid unit to support high-offset BU..... Basic Upright Welded Basic Upright end Upright of all runs VC=Metal Upright End Cover {required on
loading of wall or gondola section Heavy-Duty Upright [HDU-(NH)]}
NH..... Nominal Height 84" to 144" in 6" increments • Easy snap-on positive locking
(2134 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments) NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments
• 28,000 inch-pound load rating • Standard colors for VC and UEC are Sahara, (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
Chocolate, or Snow White
• Optional colors are available on VC only
NOTE!
VC is required on
Back-to-Back Upright End Cover UECBBU-(NH) Heavy-Duty HDU-(NH).
• Plastic Upright End Cover to trim end of UEC..... Upright End Cover
Back-to-Back Uprights BBU..... Back-to-Back Upright
NH..... Nominal Height 84" to 144" in 6" increments
(2134 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments) Back-to-Back
Upright End Cover
Upright Cap UC-10

• High-impact, molded-plastic cap UC..... Upright Cap
Back-to-Back Base Shoe BBBSM-(ND) completes the open, top end of Upright 10..... 10 Pack
• Two Base Shoes welded into a BBBSM..... Back-to-Back Base Shoe Modified
• Provision for tapered or threaded stem
stacked configuration ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments sign holders
(457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Gives additional support at lower • Fits Telescoping Upright knockout in
section of Back-to-Back Upright Top/Lower Spanner
• Sold only in packs of 10
• Available in Sahara or Clear
Basic Upright Wall Mount BUWMS

Support Bracket BUWMS..... Basic Upright Wall Mount Support Bracket
Back-to-Back Base End Cover BBBEC-(ND) • Galvanized support installs in wall
• Modified to trim the Base Ends of BBBEC..... Back-to-Back Base End Cover side of Upright slotting to mount
Back-to-Back Base Shoe ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2"increments Basic Upright to wall
(457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) • Due to varying field conditions,
• Unleveled Base Shelf height is 91/2" (22 mm)
mounting hardware is not included
Half Basic Upright Wall Mount HALF-BUWMS

Support Bracket HALF-BUWMS......Basic Upright Wall
Mount Support Bracket
• Galvanized support installs in wall
side of Upright slotting to mount
Basic Upright to wall
• Due to varying field conditions,
mounting hardware is not included
• Use at end of wall section to
hide bracket
Back-to-Back Kickplate BBKP-(NW)

• This extended-height kickplate closes off Base BBKP..... Back-To-Back Kickplate
Shoes of the Back-to-Back Upright system NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Basic Upright Top Mount Wall BUTMWAB
• Full floating feature to fit flush against (914 mm or 1219 mm) Anchor Bracket BUTMWAB......Basic Upright Mount Wall
Anchor Bracket
uneven floors • To be used on Maxi Line gondola run, if
after installation, it is determined the Basic
Upright needs to be anchored to the wall
• Depth is adjustable to allow for different
thickenesses of furring strips and building
NOTE! walls that are not straight
Do not mix components
83/8"
from other systems.
Maxi Line Core Components Upright Accessories
12/15 7/16
Base Shoes Maxi Line Core Components
Wall Section Off Wall WSOWHDSK-(NL) Base Shoe Straight-In Locking BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)
Stabilizer Kit, Heavy-Duty WSOW..... Wall Section Off Wall • Projection-welded, high-tensile steel BSSIL..... Base Shoe Straight-In Locking
HDSK..... Heavy-Duty Stabilizer Kit provides maximum load capacity OPT..... Blank=Not Reinforced 5"
• Use when Wall Sections cannot be
NL..... Nominal Length 06" to 12" in 2" increments R=Reinforced
attached directly to existing walls • Exclusive “I” beam design is 5" (127 mm) low
(152 mm to 305 mm in 51 mm increments) ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• Can be used to allow access behind • Screwdriver leveling and electrical access (304 mm to 762 mm in 50 mm increments)
wall sections • Straight-in insertion does not require
• Provides a standoff when building tipping of the Basic Upright for installation
columns interfere with direct connection • Convert an existing freestanding Maxi
to building wall Line Wall unit to a double-sided Maxi
• Does not increase the load capacity Line Gondola unit without removing
of the Wall Section merchandise
• Must be used with each upright in • Ideal for seasonal changes
a wall run • Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059
NOTE!
To be used as spacer only. It is not
designed or intended to increase Base Shoe Straight-In BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)-7
load capacity of the upright. Locking, 7" BSSIL..... Base Shoe Straight-In Locking
• Exclusive “I” beam design is 5" (127 mm) low OPT..... Blank=Not Reinforced
R=Reinforced
• Screwdriver leveling and electrical access
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Wall Section Off Wall WSOWSK-(NL) • Straight-in insertion does not require (304 mm to 762 mm in 50 mm increments)
Stabilizer Kit WSOW..... Wall Section Off Wall tipping of the Basic Upright for installation 7..... 7" (178 mm)
• Connects Wall Sections to building wall SK..... Stabilizer Kit Stabilizer • Convert an existing freestanding Maxi
NL..... Nominal Length 24" to 36" in 2" increments Line Wall unit to a double-sided Maxi
• Can be used to allow access behind Line Gondola unit without removing
wall sections merchandise
• Provides a standoff when building • Ideal for seasonal changes
columns interfere with direct connection
to building wall • Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059
• Does not increase the load capacity
of the Wall Section
• Must be used with each upright in
a wall run Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, BSSIL2H-(ND)1205(OPT)
• Can be adjusted in the field by cutting the Two Height BSSIL2H..... Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, Two Height
threaded rods ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 30" in 2" increments
• Changes base height from a 5" (127 mm) Right-Hand
• Small adjustments can be made by adjusting high base to a 12" (305 mm) high base (254 mm to 762 mm in 50 mm increments)
the hex nuts within the same run and on the same side 1205..... 12" Height to 5" Height
of the shelving (305 mm Height to 127 mm Height)
OPT..... L=Left-Hand
• May be done without the need to stop
R=Right Hand
and start the run
• May be ordered as a left hand or right hand
Double Tab Bracket BRKTDT-(NL) • How to determine LH or RH: Stand in front
• Connects back-to-back Wall Sections BRKTDT..... Double Tab Bracket of and face the shelving run; Base Shoe to
for stabilization NL..... Nominal Length 04" to 20" in 2" increments the Left is LH, and to the Right is RH Left-Hand
• Can be used when there is a fixture run
with a row of building columns
Wall Section Retainer Pin WSRP-10

• Included in all Wall sections, WSRP..... Wall Section Retainer Pin
Wall Ends, and Kits 10..... 10 Pack
• Sold only in packs of 10
• For extras, order replacement packs
Maxi Line Core Components Base Shoes
7/16 1/16
Mobile Gondola Legs Maxi Line Core Components
Base Shoe BS-(ND) Mobile Gondola Leg MGL-(ND)
• Projection-welded, high-tensile steel provides BS..... Base Shoe • Bolts to Basic Uprights [BU-(AH)] MGL..... Mobile Gondola Leg
maximum load capacity ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments • Cannot be used with a base shelf ND..... Nominal Depth 18", 21", or 24"
(304 mm to 762 mm in 50 mm increments) (457 mm, 533 mm, or 610 mm)
• Exclusive “I” beam design is 5" (127 mm) low,
with easy-in “POSI-LOK” feature for quick,
no-error installation
• Screwdriver leveling and electrical access
• Either closed or open kickplates must be
installed in Base Shoes on shelving runs
• Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059
Base Shoe Reinforced BSR-(ND)

• Required when using Heavy-Duty Upright BS..... Base Shoe Reinforced Mobile Gondola Leg, Modified MGLM(OPT)-(ND)-(TYPE)
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 36" in 2" increments • Mounts into Basic Uprights [BU-(AH)] MGLM..... Mobile Gondola Leg, Modified
• Minimum requirement when using Back-to-
(304 mm to 914 mm in 50 mm increments) and attaches with Wall Section Retainer OPT..... Bumper Option
Back Welded Upright [BBWBU-(NH)]
Pin (WSRP-10) Blank=No Bumper
• Required for depths over 30" (762 mm) BA=Bumper
• Non-caster version of regular Mobile
• Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059 Gondola Leg [MGL-(ND)] ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 22 in 2" increments
(457 mm, 533 mm, or 610 mm)
• Can be used with base shelves or no
TYPE..... Tube Type
base shelves Blank=No Base Shelf
• Bumper or no bumper front B=For Base Shelf
Base Load Lip Leveler BLLL-(ND)
• Two-leveler Base Shoe with modification BLLL..... Base Load Lip Leveler
to prevent lip sag ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 18", 26", 32", or 42"
(356 mm, 457 mm, 660 mm, Bumper
• Designed for use between standard Base
813 mm, or 1067mm)
Shoes to support extra-heavy loads on
front of a Base Shelf Sizes Available Base Size Standard Base Shelf T-Leg SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND)
• Recommended for base shelves 14" 14"-16" SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
• Must be ordered with T-Leg Base Shoe,
18" to 30" (457 mm to 762 mm) OPT..... Blank=Not Reinforced
18" 18"-24" TLEG-(ND)-(OPT); ordered separately
• Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059 R=Reinforced
26" 26"-30"
TLEG..... T-Leg
32" 32"-40"
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
42" 42" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Base Load Leveler BLL-(ND)
• Base Shoe with two levelers, designed BLL..... Base Load Leveler
for use between standard Base Shoes ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 18", 26", 32", or 42"
to support extra-heavy loads on the (356 mm, 457 mm, 660 mm,
813 mm, or 1067mm)
Standard Base Shelf T-Leg SBSTLEGBN-(NW)(ND)
Base Shelf
with Bullnose SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
• Base Shoe finish is Satin Black, PC059 TLEG..... T-Leg
Sizes Available Base Size • Must be ordered with T-Leg Base Shoe,
TLEG-(ND)-(OPT); ordered separately BN..... Bullnose
14" 14"-16"
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
18" 18"-24" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
26" 26"-30" ND..... Nominal Depth 08" to 30" in 2" increments
32" 32"-40" (203 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
42" 42"
Base End Covers BEC-(ND)-(NH)

• Complete the floor-level “finished look” BEC..... Base End Cover
from Kickplate to Upright on each ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Maxi Line run (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Order two pairs for each Gondola run NH..... Nominal Height 5=5", 7=7", 12=12"
or one pair for each Wall run (127 mm, 179 mm, 305 mm)
• Order the same length as Base Shelf depth
Finish Code
• Standard finish is Chocolate body and nose
FIN1-FIN2
• Finish is Satin Black, PC059
FIN1..... Body Finish SB=Satin Black
• Priced in pairs FIN2..... Nose Finish SB=Satin Black
NOTE!
For Extended Base End Cover for use with M30
bumper tag molding, insert E in part number
Example: BEC-18-(NH)-E
Maxi Line Core Components Spanners
11/16 5/14
Back Panels Maxi Line Core Components
Top Spanner STL-(NW)
Specifications Width
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights STL..... Top Spanner 3=36" Actual =341/2"
at equal spacing, holds back panels, NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Back Panels, 4=48" Actual =461/2"
and trims top of section (914 mm or 1219 mm) Pegboard, or Hardboard SS-q
• Electrical knockouts Units from 36" to 96" high Indicates 3' or 4'
• Back nominal height (NH) should splicer spanner
match Basic Upright height
Top Spanner (STL) Clips STLCLIP STLCLIP • Examples shown with nominal width Indicates 3' or 4' center
• Used for securing Top Spanner to Uprights STLCLIP..... Top Spanner Clip of 3' and 4' (914 mm and 1219 mm) spanner located at approximate
• Secure using 1" (25 mm) Sheet Metal Screw Splicer Spanner vertical midpoint of back
(2-pack included)
Upright
Center Spanner SC-(NW) 48" Upright
SC..... Center Spanner 42" Upright

• Galvanized snap-in spanner lends
rigidity to the back panel NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' 36" Upright
• Electrical and Telescoping upright (914 mm or 1219 mm)

knockouts BP- 436 313/16" BP- 448 433/16"
NOTE! BP- 442 373/16"
• Galvanized only For all Backs
except glass mirror.
Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner HSL-(NW)

• Standard Lower Spanner has weight- HSL..... Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner
bearing channel and levelers for NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
heavily loaded sections or slatwall backs (914 mm or 1219 mm) 72" Upright
66" Upright
60" Upright
54" Upright
Extra Heavy-Duty Lower HSLHD-(NW)

BP- 472 673/16"
Spanner HSLHD..... Extra Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner BP- 466 613/16"
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' BP- 454 BP- 460 553/16"
493/16"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Lower Spanner SL-(NW)

• Snap-in spanner secures uprights at SL..... Lower Spanner 96" Upright
equal spacing and supports back panels NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Electrical knockouts (914 mm or 1219 mm) 90" Upright
84" Upright
78" Upright
BXP- 454 537/8"
BXP- 448 477/8"
BXP- 442 417/8"
BXP- 436 357/8"
Splicer Spanner SS-(NW)
• Splicer Spanner joins two back SS..... Splicer Spanner
panels in sections 78" (1981 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
and above (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Electrical and Telescoping Upright SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 SS-4
knockouts
BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16"
Slatwall Center Spanner SSC-(NW)

• Narrow profile stiffens slatwall panels; SSC..... Slatwall Center Spanner
no Telescoping Upright or electrical access NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Required when using slatwall backs (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Maxi Line Core Components Back Panels
5/14 7/14
Specifications Width Painted Back B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)
3=36" Actual =341/2" B..... Back
Back Panels, 4=48" Actual =461/2" TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
Pegboard, or Hardboard SS-q NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
Units from 102" to 144" high Indicates 3' or 4'
NOTE! (914 mm or 1219 mm)
For all Backs
• Back nominal height (NH) should splicer spanner NH..... Nominal Height
except glass mirror. 36" to 96" in 6" increments
match Basic Upright height
(914 mm to 2438 mm
• Examples shown with nominal width Indicates 3' or 4' center in 152 mm increments)
of 3' and 4' (914 mm and 1219 mm) spanner located at approximate
Splicer Spanner vertical midpoint of back Painted Extension Back BX(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)
BX..... Extension Back
120" Upright TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
114" Upright NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
108" Upright
BXP- 424 237/8" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
102" Upright BXP- 424 237/8" NH..... Nominal Height
BXP- 424 237/8" 06" to 72" in 6" increments
(152 mm to 1829 mm
BXP- 424 237/8" SS-4 in 152 mm increments)
SS-4
SS-4
SS-4 Unpainted Back B(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH)
BXP- 454 537/8" B..... Back
BXP- 442 417/8"
BXP- 448 477/8" TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
BXP- 436 357/8" U..... Unpainted
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
NH..... Nominal Height
36" to 96" in 6" increments
SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 (914 mm to 2438 mm
in 152 mm increments)
BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16"
Unpainted Extension Back BX(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH)
TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
U..... Unpainted
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
144" Upright 06" to 72" in 6" increments
138" Upright (152 mm to 1829 mm
132" Upright in 152 mm increments)
126" Upright
BXP- 448 477/8"

BXP- 442 417/8"
BXP- 430 297/8" BXP- 436 357/8"
Laminated Back BHL-(NW)(NH)

• Applied to standard hardboard backs BHL..... Laminated Back
• Refer to Back Panel Dimensions for NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 (914 mm or 1219 mm)
available sizes
(914 mm to 1829 mm
BXP- 454 537/8" BXP- 454 537/8" BXP- 454 537/8" BXP- 454 537/8" BXHL-(NW)(NH)
Laminated Extension Back BXHL..... Extension Laminated Backs
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
NOTE! NH..... Nominal Height 06" to 54"
All wood grain backs have in 6" increments
SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 SS-4 vertical grain direction. (152 mm to 1372 mm
BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16" BP- 442 373/16"
Maxi Line Core Components Back Panels 5/14 5/14
Carpeted Back BHC-(NW)(NH) Mirror Plex Back BHPM-(NL)(NH)
• Applied to standard hardboard backs BHC..... BHC=Carpeted Lower Back • ¼" (6 mm) thick back panel for use when BHPM..... Mirror Plex Lower Back
• Refer to Back Panel Dimensions for NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' glass mirror is undesirable NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
available sizes • Extension backs may be used above
NH..... Nominal Height hardboard, pegboard, or plexiglass backs (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
36" to 72" in 6" increments with use of Splicer Spanner (see below)
(914 mm to 1829 mm
in 152 mm increments) • Delete other backs from sections using
“ZZ” code and order Mirror Plex Backs
Carpeted Extension Back BXHC-(NW)(NH) separately
BXHC..... Carpeted Extension Backs
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Mirror Plex Extension Back BXHPM-(NL)(NH)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) BXHPM..... Mirror Plex Extension Backs
NH..... Nominal Height 06" to 54" NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
in 6" increments NH..... Nominal Height 06" to 24" in 6" increments
(152 mm to 1372 mm (152 mm to 610 mm in 152 mm increments)
Splicer Spanner SS-(NW)

• Splicer Spanner joins two back panels SS..... Splicer Spanner
Environmental BHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC • Electrical and Telescoping Upright NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
Hardboard Back BHEV..... Back Hardboard, Environmental knockouts (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Environmentally safe NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' • For Mirror Plex Backs and Mirror Mylar Backs
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Finish Code
• May contribute to LEED™ credits FIN1
NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72"
• Low volatile organic compound in 6" increments PC008..... Powder Chrome
(VOC) coating (914 mm to 1829 mm
• Made of recycled products in 152 mm increments)
OPT..... ECC=Environmental Clear Coat
Metal Back Panels MBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)
Environmental Hardboard BXHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC • Heavy-gauge metal panel MBP..... Metal Back Panel
Extension Back BXHEV..... Back Extended Hardboard,
• Coined perforations 1" OC NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
Environmental (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(25 mm)
• Durable
NOTE! (914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
Clear coated backs may vary in color. NH..... Nominal Height 06" to 48" OPT..... Blank=Perforated
in 6" increments NP=Non-perforated
(152 mm to 1219 mm NOTE!
Requires the use of Slatwall
5/16 HANG HOLE
in 152 mm increments) C 5/8
spanners, SSC-(NW). 7/16
OPT..... ECC=Environmental Clear Coat 3/16

1/4
Mirror Mylar Back B(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH) Close-up of Metal Back Panel

DETAIL
SCALE
B..... Back
TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
M..... Mirror Metal Extension Back Panels MEBP-(NW)(NH)
• Use above the lower panels in Maxi Line MEBP..... Metal Extension Back Panel
(914 mm or 1219 mm) sections 78" (1981 mm) tall or taller NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
36" to 72" in 6" increments NH..... Nominal Height 36", 42", 48", or 54"
(914 mm to 1829 mm in (914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm, or 1372 mm)
152 mm increments) OPT..... NP=Non-perforated, Blank=Perforated
A PCR5642 CHANGED PART #9340-435 TO #1004
TITLE WORD "PERFORATED" TO "PANE
Mirror Mylar Extension Back BX(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH) REV.

B
C
ECN NO.
PCR5752
TX001145
REMOVED HEM, ADDED 3/16 FLANGE
ADD NH52
R
BX..... Extension Back D

02
TX-001390
5*2236
ADD NW60.
ADD ITEM 3, HORIZONTAL STIFFNER
TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard FILLET WELD

C
L 1/4 O.C.
1/4" LENGTH TYP.
M..... Mirror
TOP, BOTTOM,
OF HOLE
APPROX. EVERY
6" IN BETWEEN.

B
(914 mm or 1219 mm) DETAIL "A"

ENLARGED 6X's

06" to 54" in 6" increments NOTE
(152 mm to 1372 mm in
ON BACK SIDE OF PEGBOARD, POSITION VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL STIFFNER'S
1
CENTERED BETWEEN THE COINED HOLES, AS SHOWN.
152 mm increments)
BILL OF MATERIAL
ITEM
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
NO.
A 1 1004-761-(NW)(NH) METAL BACK FORM PERFORA
2 1004-732-(NH) VERTICAL STIFFNER
02 3 80006961-(NW) HORIZONTAL STIFFN
METAL BACK PANEL ASSE
STORE FIXTURES
MAYTEX-DIXIE CRAFT
P.O. BOX 729 TERRELL, TX 75160 [214]563-5744 [800]527-2129
26 27
P.O. BOX 177 GOODWATER, AL 35072 [205]839-6354 [800]633-6282
Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. LRG
DRAWN BY - DATE
11/13/00
ECM NUMBER
500000002236
www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved. www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved. MBP/ METAL BACK PANEL ASS
TITLE
Maxi Line Core Components Back Panels 7/14 5/14
Slatwall & Extension Back (TYPE)-(NW)(NH)
Part Number Min. Order Wire Grid Back System
• For assistance in ordering correct size BSW..... Back Slatwall Qty. Painted • Fabricated from sturdy .239 diameter wire,
Back Panels, please see Back Panel TYPE..... P=Paint, M=Thermofused, L=Laminate BSWP-(NW)36 110 approximately 1/4", welded on 3" centers
dimension pages NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) BSWP-(NW)42 75 • Centered panels are secured vertically by
• When ordering slatwall backs for Maxi Line, NH..... Nominal Height BSWP-(NW)48 75 Retainer Pairs and horizontally by Spanners
you must delete the SC-NW and SL-NW, 36" to 72" in 6" increments BSWP-(NW)54 40
then order SSC-NW and HSL-NW (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 increments) BSWP-(NW)60 40 To Order:
• Minimum order quantities apply for Painted BSWP-(NW)66 40 1. Order sections from the Maxi Line family in
Slatwall (see chart) BXSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH) BSWP-(NW)72 40 our Standard Catalog, deleting Back Panels
BXSW..... Back Extension Slatwall by use of “Z” or “ZZ” designation
• Standard paint finishes for Painted Slatwall
are Sahara, Satin Black, and Snow White; TYPE..... P=Paint, M=Thermofused, L=Laminate Min. Order
Part Number 2. Delete all spanners from the sections
other colors are optional and subject to color NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) Qty. Painted
BXSWP-(NW)12 300 3. Order spanners as shown in these
upcharge NH..... Nominal Height illustrations
• Contact your Madix Sales Representative or 12" to 54" in 6" increments BXSWP-(NW)18 200
(305 mm to 1372 mm in 152 increments) BXSWP-(NW)24 150 4. Order wire grid or P2S (Painted 2 Sides)
Customer Service team for pricing on optional hardboard panels
colors and optional laminate inserts BXSWP-(NW)30 75
• Load capacity is with no insert: BXSWP-(NW)36 75 Centered
° Rating per slat: 768 inch-pounds BXSWP-(NW)42 75 P2S Wire Grid
Hardboard Extension Centered
maximum load per slat BXSWP-(NW)48 75 Spanners behind over Wire Grid
° Rating per arm: 128 inch-pounds BXSWP-(NW)54 40 Flush Wire Grid Centered
3"
maximum load per arm Wire Grid
• Load capacity is plastic insert: Top STL-(NW) SBTF-(NW) SBTF-(NW)
Splicer SSWG-(NW)-WGWG
° Rating per slat: 1024 inch-pounds
maximum load per slat Bottom HSL-(NW) OBS-(NW)-CWG OBS-(NW)-CWG
° Rating per arm: 128 inch-pounds 3"
NOTE!
Slatwall wood grain backs
maximum load per arm have vertical grain direction.
• Load capacity is aluminium insert:
° Rating per slat: 1280 inch-pounds
maximum load per slat
° Rating per arm: 160 inch-pounds
maximum load per arm

Extension P2S
Centered Wire Grid Hardboard
Extension
Painted One Piece Backs, OPB(TYPE)-(AW)(AH) over
Spanners P2S Hardboard
behind
Extension Flush
Actual Size Panels OPB..... One Piece Back NOTE! behind Wire Grid
TYPE..... H=Hardboard, P=Pegboard Smallest fractional size is 1/16". Flush Wire Grid over Centered
AW..... Actual Width Wire Grid
Woodgrain printed backs
AH..... Actual Height available in limited colors. Top SBTF-(NW) STL-(NW)
Splicer SSSWG-(NW)-WGHB SSSWG-(NW)-JBWG
Bottom HSL-4 OBS-4-CWG
Unpainted One Piece Backs, OPB(TYPE)U-(AW)(AH)

Actual Size Panels OPB..... One Piece Back
NOTE!
TYPE..... H=Hardboard, P=Pegboard Smallest fractional size is 1/16".
U..... Unpainted
AW..... Actual Width
AH..... Actual Height
Centered Wire Two Standard

Slatwall One Piece Backs, OPBSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)
Grid Extension Extension Backs,
Actual Size Panels OPBSW..... One Piece Back Slatwall over
Spanners Two Standard Hardboard
TYPE..... P=Paint, M=Thermofused, L=Laminate Backs, or Pegboard
NW..... Nominal Width 48" or 96" (1219 mm or 2438) Hardboard over Centered
or Pegboard Wire Grid
NH..... Nominal Height 48" or 96" (1219 mm or 2438)
Top SBTF-(NW) STL-(NW)
OPT..... Blank=Not Edge Grooved, EG=Edge Grooved
Splicer SSSWG-(NW)-HBWG SSSWG-(NW)-WGHB
Bottom HSL-(NW) OBS-(NW)-CWG
Finish Code
FIN1-FIN2
FIN1..... Panel Finish
FIN2..... Laminate Inserts
(Please see Finishes Brochure for colors)
Maxi Line Core Components Spanners
9/17 5/14
Top Spanner for Centered SBTF-(NL) Wire Grid Back System for Centered Backs
Wire Grid SBTF..... Spanner, Top for Centered Wire Grid
• Wire panel is mounted in the center of NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) BSWG-(NW)(NH) 3' = 343/16"
4' = 463/16"
the upright B..... One Piece Back
SWG..... Wire Grid for Centered Backs
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(1066 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm Increments)
BXSWG-(NW)(NH)
Top Spanner for Flush Back STL-(NW) BX..... Extension Back
• Standard Top Spanner for two backs STL..... Top Spanner SWG..... Wire Grid for Centered Backs
NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
SBRS-(NH)
SBRS..... Single Wire Grid Back Retainer System
SXBRS-(NH) Order side retainers separately; sold in pairs

Splicer Spanner for Centered SSSWG-(NL)-(TYPE)
SXBRS..... Single Wire Back Retainer System Extension
Wire Grid SSSWG..... Spanner, Splicer for Centered Wire Grid
NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
TYPE..... WGWG=Centered Wire Grid Tip and Bottom
HBWG=Double Hardboard/Pegboard Bottom
and Centered Grid Top
WGHB=Centered Wire Grid Top and Double
Hardboard/Pegboard Bottom
Wire Grid Back System for Flush Backs
BWGH-(NW)(NH) BH-(NW)(NH)
B..... One Piece Back B..... One Piece Back
WGWG HBWG WGHB WGH..... Wire Grid for Flush Backs H..... Hardboard
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments
(1066 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm Increments) (1066 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm Increments)
BXWGH-(NW)(NH) Finish Code
Painted Two Sides
WGH..... Wire Grid for Flush Backs
Splicer Spanner for Flush Backs SS-(NW)
FIN1..... Back Side 1
over Flush Backs SS..... Splicer Spanner
• Standard Splicer Spanner for two backs NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) (305 mm to 1219 mm in 305 mm increments) BXH-(NW)(NH)
H..... Hardboard
3' = 341/2"
4' = 461/2" NH..... Nominal Height 12" to 48" in 12" increments
Finish Code
Painted Two Sides
Open Back Spanner for Centered OBS-(NL)-CWG
Mounted Wire Grid OBS..... Bottom Spanner for Centered Wire Grid
• Wire panel is mounted in the center of NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
the uprights CWG..... For Centered Back
NOTE!
If P2S hardboard sections are to be used against
a wall, substitute standard hardboard backs
and install unfinished side facing the wall.
5/14 5/14
Triple Back Panel System TBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE) TEBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE) Multi-Purpose Grid Back BMPG-(NW)(NH)
for Basic Upright TBRS..... Triple Back Retaining System TEBRS...... Triple Extension Back Retaining System • Replaces pegboard back for an attractive, BMPG..... Multi-Purpose Grid Back
• Consists of Wire Grid Panel with 1/4" (6 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' open look NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm) NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments
diameter wires on 3" x 3" (76 mm x 76 mm) • Constructed from .203" diameter wire
grid centers, a P2S hardboard panel with NH..... Nominal Height NH..... Nominal Height (1066 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm Increments)
60", 66", 72", 78", 84", or 96" 24" to 54" in 6" increments
• Accepts slatwall, pegboard, and 3" OC
same finish on both sides, and a four-piece wire grid hooks and accessories
set of extruded retainers (1524 mm, 1676 mm, 1829 mm, (610 mm to 1372 mm
1981 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm) in 152 mm increments)
• See part number example for the third W..... Wire Grid W..... Wire Grid
panel options; this combination applies
to the extension system as well as the H..... P2S (Painted Two Sides) Hardboard H..... P2S (Painted Two Sides) Hardboard
one-piece system TYPE..... W=Wire Grid TYPE..... W=Wire Grid
P=Pegboard P=Pegboard
• Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner must be H=Hardboard H=Hardboard
ordered for use with Triple Back System For Optional Third Back Blank=No Back For Optional Third Back Blank=No Back
Finish Code
FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
FIN1..... Retainer Set
FIN2..... Wire Grid
FIN3..... P2S Hardboard
FIN4..... Third Back, if H or P,
Painted One Side
Wire Harmonic Grid Back BWHG-(NW)(NH)

• Replaces pegboard back for an attractive, BWHG..... Wire Harmonic Grid Back
open look NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Constructed from .203" diameter wire NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments
• Accepts slatwall, pegboard, and 3" OC
wire grid hooks and accessories
Combination Back Panel CBPRS-(NW)(NH)-(TYPE)

Retaining System CBPRS..... Combination Back Panel Retaining System
• Upper single-back designed for use above NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
lower double-backs NH..... Nominal Height 18" to 54" in 6" increments
(457 mm to 1372 mm in 152 increments)
• Fixture runs using the Combination Back
Panel System must be ordered with the TYPE..... CP=Clear Plexiglass, Z=Delete Back
following component parts:
Finish Code
° Basic Uprights

FIN1 NOTE!
° Upright End Covers

FRAME..... Retainer Pairs Wire Grid Backs may not

° Base Shoes

be substituted.
° Base End Covers

° Lower Spanner

Modified Slatgrid Back BMSG-(NW)(NH)
° Center Spanner

• Replaces pegboard back for an BMSG..... Back, Modified Slatgrid
° Top Spanner
attractive, open look NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
° Base Shelves


° Kickplates

° Two Lower Backs

° Combination Back

Retaining System
7/17 5/14
Lumiback Panels Lumiback Panel Adapter Sets
• Includes acrylic surface with integrated LED-lighting system and 5' (1524 mm) cord • Back Adapter Set (required)
• Effectively illuminates graphics or signage, maximum thickness to 5 mil • Includes adapter channel for sides of panel
• Lumibacks and Extension Backs are sized to work with standard Gondola back sizes; configurations • Specify finish (finish matching the upright Adapter
combining pegboard (or other ¼" [6 mm] material) backs and Lumiback Extension Backs are possible is recommended) Channel
• Power consumption is approximately 8 watts per vertical foot
• Order transformers, backs and adapter sets separately
• Reflector (-R) required for most applications, except where Single Centered and Triple Back Systems
specified with centered Lumiback
• Requires use of Slatwall Center Spanner [SSC-(NW)] NOTE!
Order the Lumibacks without the "R" - Reflector when used as
a single-centered back where illumination of both sides is desired.
Lumiback Single Side Back Panels

• Back panels for single-sided applications
installed in regular back panel location
LSSSB-(NW)(NH)-R
LSSSB..... Lumiback Single Sided Back
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Lumiback
R..... R=Reflector
Lumiback Single Back Panel LSBPAS-(NW)(NH)
Adapter Set LSBPAS......Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set
Lumiback Single Side Back Panel Extension • Adapters for single or double-sided NW......Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Back panels for single sided applications applications installed in regular back
panel location NH...... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
installed in regular back panel location (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
LSSBE-(NW)(NH)-R • Lumi panels mount in the same location
as a standard back
LSSBE..... Lumiback Single Sided Back Extension
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Adapter Channels
R..... Reflector Single Sided
Regular Back
Lumiback Triple Back Panels

LSSTB-(NW)(NH)-R Lumiback Single Back Panel LSBPASE-(NW)(NH)
LSSTB..... Lumiback Triple Back Adapter Set– Extension LSBPASE...... Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set– Extension
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' NW......Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Adapters for single or double-sided
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
applications installed in regular back
NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments panel location NH...... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
R..... R=Reflector
• Lumi panels mount in the same location
as a standard back
NOTE!
Minimum order is 10 Backs of any size.
Lumiback Triple Back Panel Extension
Adapter Channels
LSSTBE-(NW)(NH)-R Single Sided
LSSTBE..... Lumiback Triple Back Extension Regular Back–
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Extension
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
R..... R=Reflector
5/14 2/17
Open Back Maxi Line Core Components
Lumiback Back Panel LSBPASS-(NW)(NH)
Adapter Set– Single Track LSBPASS......Lumiback Back Panel Open Back Trim
order two per section
Adapter Set– Single Track
• Adapters for single-centered back
NW......Nominal Width 36" or 48"
applications
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Includes both side and top/bottom A
NH......Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
adapters (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
C
Centered, Single
Back Option
Lumiback Extension Back Panel LSBPASES-(NW)(NH)

B
Adapter Set– Single Track LSBPASES......Lumiback Extension Back Panel
• Adapters for single-centered back
Adapter Set– Single Track A Open Back Trim
applications installed in extension back (OPT)OBT-(NH)
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
panel OPT..... V=Metal
• Includes both side and top/bottom (305 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) Blank=Plastic
adapters OBT..... Open Back Trim
NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 144" in 1" increments D
Centered, Single
Back Option–
Extension
B Metal Shelf Filler MSF-(NW)
• Fills 3" (76 mm) gap between Upper Shelves MSF..... Metal Shelf Filler Not shown:
Lumiback Back Panel LSBPAST-(NW)(NH) when Open Back Stiffener is used NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
E OBSCS-(NW)
Adapter Set– Triple Track LSBPAST......Lumiback Back Panel • Order same color as Upper Shelves
Adapter Set– Triple Track
• Adapters for triple-back applications
• Includes both side and top/bottom (914 mm or 1219 mm)
adapters
• Use with hardboard and wire grid backs
NH......Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments C Upright End Cover (TYPE)-(NH)
(914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments) TYPE..... UEC=Plastic Upright End Cover
• Metal or extruded-plastic cover trims
end Upright of all runs VC=Metal Upright End Cover (required on
Heavy-Duty Upright [HDU-(NH)]
• Easy, “snap-on” positive locking
Triple Back • Standard colors for VC and UEC are Sahara, (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
Option Chocolate, or Snow White
• Optional colors are available on VC only
Lumiback Extension Back Panel LSBPASET-(NW)(NH)

Adapter Set– Triple Track LSBPASET......Lumiback Extension Back Panel D Open Back Stiffener OBS-(NW)
Adapter Set– Triple Track
• Adapters for triple-back applications • Heavy-duty construction keeps Uprights OBS..... Open Back Stiffener
installed in extension back panel location vertical without Spanners or Backs NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Includes both side and top/bottom NH......Nominal Height 12" to 48" in 6" increments • One Stiffener required per section (914 mm or 1219 mm)
adapters (305 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) • Top of stiffener is flush with Base Shelf for
• Use with hardboard and wire grid backs level “thru“ merchandising
• Standard spanners and backs may not
Triple Back
be added
Option–
Extension
EOpen Back Stiffener with OBSCS-(NW)

Center Slot OBSCS..... Open Back Stiffener with Center Slots
• This product is similar to Open Back Stiffener NW..... Nominal Width 30" to 48" in 6" increments
• Center slot is added to make running of
electrical wire more efficient
• Used when Gondola End Displayer needs to
be attached at base to Gondola run
Maxi Line Core Components Kickplates
5/17 5/14
Installation Accessories Maxi Line Core Components
Kickplate (TYPE)-(NL)(NH) Installation Kit for Maxi Line GWSIK
TYPE..... KP=Standard, OFK=Open Front GWSIK..... Gondola/Wall Section Installation Kit
• Standard Kickplate has electrical knockout • Aids in the installation and leveling of
NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Open Front Kickplate designed to permit NH..... Nominal Height 5" or 7" (127 mm or 178 mm) Maxi Line sections
cleaning under shelving as required by • Plastic leveling sticks are inserted through
some local codes the upright slotting; string is used to
• Both types snap-in, snap-out without Standard Kickplate determine the level of a section
disturbing the Base Shelf
NOTE!
• Includes two leveling wrenches NOTE!
• Fully floating feature allowing flush fit For further information on the use of
against uneven floors To Order for Maxi Line Sections:
OPEN FRONT
this installation tool, see installation
• Actual height Standard Kickplates KICKPLATE Open Front Kickplate instruction ASY-046, or consult with
measure 1" (25 mm) less than nominal height your Madix salesperson.
G454-S520-HP-NB-OFK
• Kickplates of either closed or open
type must be installed on shelving runs
• Standard finishes: Satin Black
Leveler Wrench LW-1-(TYPE)

• Insert into a Maxi Line Basic Upright slot LW..... Leveler Wrench 7/16"
to aid in the shelving run installation 1..... 1 Pack 3/8"
• One regular-duty Leveler Wrench is TYPE..... HD=Heavy-Duty 11/32"
included with each Maxi Line purchase Blank=Regular-Duty
5/16"
• If using to level Maxi Line runs, order at
least three Leveler Wrenches per order
• Heavy-Duty Leveler Wrench has a Hole for tying twine for
heavier material thickness leveling run
Regular-Duty
1/2"
Standard Kickplate Open Front Kickplate 3/4"
9/16"
7/8"
Rear Kickplate KPR-(NW)

• 61/2" (165 mm) high unit clips in and KPR..... Rear Kickplate
conceals the void between back and NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
floor on 5" (27 mm) high base units
• Provides a finished trim look to
Freestanding End Caps
• Standard finishes: Chocolate or Satin Black Heavy-Duty
7/16"
7/8"
Maxi Line Core Components Seismic Components
5/16 5/14
Base Shelves Maxi Line Core Components
Seismic Floor Anchors, SFA-RD-(PACK) Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND)
Regular-Duty SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchors • Formed price-tag molding matches SBS..... Standard Base Shelf NOTE!
Optional Tag Molding available,
• For use when local building codes RD..... Regular-Duty molding on upper shelves (see SUS) NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4" in 6" increments see Tag Molding page
PACK..... 1=1 Pack, 25=25 Pack (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
require anchoring Base Shoes and/or • Heavy-gauge shelf bracket features
standard Uprights to floor lock tab to ensure quick installation ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
and precision alignment (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Level as required prior to anchoring
to floor • Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based
on evenly distributed static loading Configurable Options
• Requires two expansion bolts for
every order • For additional load capacity, see TYPE-OPT
TYPE..... Blank=Perforated, NP=Non-Perforated
• Galvanized only Base Load Levelers
OPT..... Optional Covering
• Flush Front option available L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric
NOTE!
See Seismic Floor information in
Seismic Floor Anchors, SFA-HD(OPT)GAL General Information Section.
Heavy-Duty SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchor
• For use when local building codes HD..... Heavy-Duty
require anchoring Base Shoes and/or OPT..... Blank=Single Pack
standard Uprights to floor 25=25 Pack
• Level as required prior to anchoring GAL..... Galvanized
to floor
• Requires two expansion bolts for
every order
• Various finishes available
Expansion Bolts for SFA-EB50

Seismic Floor Anchors SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchors
• ICBO approved EB..... Expansion Bolt
50..... 50 Pack
• 3/8"-16 x 3½"
• Order two bolts per Seismic Floor Anchor,
Regular or Heavy-Duty
Standard Base Shelf Reinforced SBSR-(NW)(ND)

• Strengthened tag molding and front SBSR..... Standard Base Shelf Reinforced
support channel area NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• All materials and options available are
Hex Key With T Handle MSF-HK the same as the SBS, except tag molding ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• 6" (152 mm) key assists in the installation and MSF-HK..... Hex Key with “T” Handle • Tag molding options are not available
removal of Extension Uprights for the SBSR shelf
• Constructed of chrome-nickel-steel alloy • Minimizes front deflection from
heavy loads
Flush Front Base Shelf FFBS-(NW)(ND)

• Smooth, dust-free edge adaptable for FFBS..... Flush Front Base Shelf
presentations not requiring tag molding NW..... Nominal Width 3 or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Seismic Tie Bar SCS-(NW) • Option available in all base and upper
• Stabilizes Maxi Line Basic Uprights SCS..... Seismic Tie Bar shelves, as well as End Flats
when required by local or state NW..... Nominal Width 2', 3', 4', 5', 30", or 42"
building codes (609 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm,
1524 mm, 762 mm, or 1066 mm)
• Bar may also be used if additional
support is necessary for larger loads
• Hardware pack included
Maxi Line Core Components Base Shelves
2/18 5/14
End Merchandiser Maxi Line Core Components
Tubular Outside End TOEM(NH)(NW)-00-5-P-H
Merchandiser, Mount (TOEM) TOEM..... Tubular Outside End Merchandiser
• Standard TOEM rests on floor for NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments
greater load capacity and mounts (1219 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
outside the gondola upright NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• May be used on gondola uprights of (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
same height, higher uprights, or 00..... No Offset
uprights with extensions 5..... 5" Base Height
Patent Pending
• TOEM requires Base End Covers on P..... Exterior Panel
gondola run H..... Interior Panel
• TOEM may be used with Hypermaxi Finish Code
system
FIN1-FIN2-FIN3
FIN1..... Frame
NOTE! FIN2..... Exterior Panel
Use Freestanding Metal FIN3..... Interior Panel
End Flat (FMEF) only.
Expand the capacity of your endcap Load Capacity

base shelves instantly- no tools or • Total maximum load for all shelves
extra parts required. installed on TOEM may not exceed
1000 lbs
• Provided hardware must be installed, and
the first three adjacent sections must have
upper shelves installed on both sides
End Frame, Pegboard Exterior EF(NH)(NW)005PHH

and Hardboard Interior Panels EF..... End Frame
• Standard End Frame Interior Panels are NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments
recessed around Upright in order to flush
against the Upper Shelves of gondola NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Recess is positioned for equal Base Shelves
00..... No Offset
or optional offset Base Shelves
5..... 5" Base Height
• Gondola Base End Covers, UEC’s, or VC’s are
not required if a Metal End Flat is used P..... Pegboard Panel
H..... Hardboard Left-Hand Interior Panel
• If Metal End Flat is not used, End Frame
Upright End Cover [UECEF-(COLOR)] or H..... Hardboard Right-Hand Interior Panel
Vertical Cover (VC-06 for 5" base or VC-08 Finish Code
for 7" base must be ordered separately FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
Basix, Extendable Base Shelf BASIX-(NW)(ND)(TAG) • End Frame cannot be used with FIN1..... Frame
• Nearly doubles the depth of end-display BASIX..... Basix, Extendable Base Shelf Hypermaxi system FIN2..... Exterior Panel
base shelves NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
FIN3..... Left-Hand Interior Panel
• Fully self-contained: no more looking for (610 mm or 1219 mm in 152 mm) NOTE!
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 22" in 2" increments Use only PartiallyAssembled FIN4..... Right-Hand Interior Panel
missing pieces in the backroom
(305 mm to 559 mm in 152 mm increments) Metal End Flat (PAPMEF)
• Takes seconds to extend or retract
TAG..... Tag Molding Do not use with Heavy-Duty Uprights,
• Load capacity is the same as Madix S=Silver use TOEM's for HDU
Standard Base Shelf (600 lbs) G=Gold Extended
• Patent pending P=Painted
Load Capacity
• Total maximum load for all shelves
installed on End Frame may not
exceed 400 lbs
• If the first three adjacent sections do not
have shelves installed, an End Frame
Stabilizer and all included hardware
must be used
Retracted
Maxi Line Core Components End Frames
5/14 4/17
End Frames Maxi Line Core Components
End Frame, Wire Grid Exterior and EF(NH)(NW)005WGHH Outside Mount End Frame OMEF(NH)(NW)5(EXT)(INT) Finish Code
Hardboard Interior Panels or Wire EF..... End Frame • Creates a clean look at end of run OMEF..... Outside Mount End Frame FIN1-FIN2-FIN3
Grid Exterior Panels Only NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments FIN1..... Frame Color
(1219 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments) FIN2..... Exterior Panel
in 6" increments
• Standard End Frame Interior Panels are (1219 mm to 2438 mm NW..... Nominal Width 18" to 60" in 6" increments FIN3..... Interior Panel
recessed around Upright in order to flush in 152 mm increments) (457 mm to 1524 mm in 152 mm increments)
against the Upper Shelves of Gondola
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" 5..... 5" (127 mm) Base Height
• Recess is positioned for equal Base Shelves or in 6" increments EXT..... External Panel
optional offset Base Shelves (610 mm to 1219 mm P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
• Gondola Base End Covers, UEC’s, or VC’s are in 152 mm increments)
INT..... Internal Panel
not required if a Metal End Flat is used 00..... No Offset P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard
• If Metal End Flat is not used, End Frame 5..... 5" (127 mm) Base Height
Upright End Cover [UECEF-(Color)] WG..... Wire Grid Exterior Panel
must be ordered separately H..... Hardboard Left-Hand Interior Panel
• End Frame cannot be used with H..... Hardboard Right-Hand Interior Panel TEM for Heavy-Duty Upright TEMHDU(NH)(NW)-(OFF)-(BH)-(EXT)-(LH)-(RH) Finish Code
Hypermaxi system • Designed to wrap around Heavy-Duty TEM..... End Frame FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
Finish Code
Upright and rest on base shoe HDU..... Heavy-Duty Upright FIN1..... Frame
FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
• VC's and UEC's are not required when NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments FIN2..... Exterior Panel
FIN1..... Frame (1219 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
TEMHDU is used; UECEF-(COLOR) can FIN3..... Left-Hand Interior Panel
Load Capacity FIN2..... Exterior Panel
be used to cover bottom of the NW..... Nominal Width 18" to 60" in 6" increments FIN4..... Right-Hand Interior Panel
• Total maximum load for all shelves FIN3..... Left-Hand Interior Panel Heavy-Duty Upright (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
installed on End Frame may not FIN4..... Right-Hand Interior Panel OFF..... Offset
• Accepts standard shelves and accessories
exceed 400 lbs 6L=6" Left
• If the first three adjacent sections do not EF(NH)(NW)005WG 4L=4" Left
EF..... End Frame 2L=2" Left
have shelves installed, an End Frame
NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" 00=No Offeset
Stabilizer and all included hardware 6R=6" Right
must be used in 6"increments
(1219 mm to 2438 mm 4R=4" Right
in 152 mm increments) 2R=2" Right
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" BH..... Base Height 5" or 7"
NOTE! in 6" increments (127 mm or 178 mm)
Use only Partially Assembled (610 mm to 1219 mm EXT..... Exterior Panel
Metal End Flat (PAPMEF). in 152 mm increments) P=Pegboard
00..... No Offset H=Hardboard
WG=Wire Grid
5..... 5" (127 mm) Base Height
LH INT..... Left-Hand Interior
WG..... Wire Grid Exterior Panel P=Pegboard
Finish Code H=Hardboard
FIN1-FIN2 RH INT..... Right-Hand Interior
P=Pegboard
FIN1..... Frame
H=Hardboard
FIN2..... Wire Panel
Interior End Frame Stabilizer EFS

EF/TOEM Options, Offset Gondola EF(NH)(NW)(TYPE)5(OPT)(LH)(RH) View
Exterior
View • Secures any combination of two, 3' or 4' EFS..... End Frame Stabilizer
Base and Panel Options EF..... End Frame
(914 mm or 1219 mm) gondola sections to
NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments the End Frame
• The End Frame Stabilizer is 8'L (2,438 mm)
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Used to span gondolas at least 8'
NOTE! (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
(2,438 mm) long
Do not use with Heavy-Duty Uprights. TYPE..... Offset Option: 00=2" (51 mm), 2L=4" (102 mm),
Use TOEM's for HDU. 2R=6" (152 mm), 4L=8" (203 mm), 4R=10" • Can be used for two 4' (1219 mm) sections,
(254 mm), 6L=12" (305 mm), 6R=14" (356 mm) two 3' (914 mm) sections, or one 4' (1219 mm)
5..... 5" (127 mm) Base Height and one 3' (914 mm) section
Offset Code Gondola EF Width** OPT..... Optional Exterior Panel:
Base Shelf Difference Base Width* Right
H=Hardboard Offset End Frame Upright End Cover UECEF-(COLOR)
27", 29" 24" P=Pegboard Left UECEF..... End Frame Upright End Cover
00 Equal WG=Wire Grid • Extruded-plastic cover trims the End
No Offset or 2" Offset COLOR..... SB=Black, CH=Chocolate
29", 31" 33" 30" Upright of run below the End Frame
LH..... Left-Hand Interior Panel:
2L or 2R 4" or 6" 35", 37", 39" 36" H=Hardboard • Easy, snap-on positive locking
P=Pegboard • Available in Black or Chocolate finishes only
4L or 4R 8" or 10" 41", 43", 45" 42" WG=Wire Grid
6L or 6R 12" or 14" 47" thru 63" 48" RH..... Right-Hand Interior Panel: Right-Hand Left-Hand
*Add Base Shelves plus 3" for gondola base width
H=Hardboard Interior Panel
Offset Gondola
Interior Panel Metal Upright End Cover VC-(NH)
**Nominal plus 5/8" equals actual EF width P=Pegboard • Metal cover trims the end Upright VC..... Metal Upright End Cover
WG=Wire Grid of all runs NH..... Nominal Height
Right Left
Offset Offset 06=5" (127 mm) base
EF EF • Easy snap-on positive locking
08=7" (178 mm) base
• Standard colors for VC are Sahara,
Chocolate, or Snow White
Left-Hand Right-Hand
Interior Panel Interior Panel • Used to cover exposed Upright
EF offsets reverse at opposite ends of run! below the end frame
Maxi Line Core Components End Frame Accessories
5/14 5/14
End Displayers Maxi Line Core Components
Offset Loading
A freestanding wall section is ideal for promotional use at the end of a Maxi Line run when the loading exceeds capacity Wrap Around Shelves WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)
• Specially designed for a completely WA..... Wrap Around Upper Shelf
of the End Frame and Metal End Flat combination. The load capacity of an end displayer may not exceed 15,000 inch- TYPE..... U=Upper, B=Base
finished end look
pounds! See Shelf Loading Section for explanations of offset loading and front loading of upper shelves. (Base shelves • Five widths to match the End S..... Shelf
do not affect the loading calculations.) Frame widths NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Continuous tag molding with 2" (51 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
radius safety corners ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30"
in 2" increments
• Accommodates 1¼" (32 mm) tags (305 mm to 762 mm
• Tag molding matches all Standard in 51 mm increments)
Shelves and End Flats
NOTE! Configurable Options
Unit must be ordered with Load Rating Per Upper Shelf TYPE-OPT Wrap Around Upper Shelf
two backs, PH, PP or HH Nominal Depth Pounds TYPE..... Blank=Perforated
08"-14" 150 NP=Non-Perforated
Rear kickplates should be ordered OPT..... Optional Covering
16"-18" 200
for all gondola end displayers L=Laminate
20"-24" 300 C=Carpet
26"-30" 250 F=Fabric
Finish Code
FIN1-FIN2
FIN1..... Shelf
FIN2..... Tag Mold Option
BLANK=Painted Color of Shelf
DGA2M=Mirror Finish Wrap Around Base Shelf
DGA2G=Gold Finish
DGA2P=Painted Finish -
Standard Base Shelf Wrap Around Base Shelf Different than Shelf
DGA2A=Silver Finish
• Order one Wall End plus one wall section • See the “How to Order Complete Sections” on
for 36" or 48" width x desired height how to delete Base Shelves and replace with
Wrap Around Base Shelves when ordering a wall
section. Also, section explains how to delete Base
End Covers when ordering a Wall End
• Includes special Base End Covers
Wall Section Stabilizer Frame WSSF(NL)(NW) Metal End Flat PAPMEF(ND)-(NW)(NW)-(NH) Left
WSSF..... Wall Section Stabilizer Frame Hand
• Utilizing a wall section as an End Frame, • For a completely finished, wrap around end PAP..... PA=Partially Assembled, Non-Perforated
attach the wall section (without Base NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 72", or 96" look with widths to match all Gondola Bases PAP=Partially Assembled, Perforated Right
Shelf) to the Gondola using Wall Section (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, or 2438 mm) MEF..... Metal End Flat Hand
• Partially assembled to speed installation
Stabilizer Frame to stabilize wall section NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", 72", or 96" ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 18" or 24"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, or 2438 mm) • Kickplate assembly slips into Gondola Base (305 mm, 457 mm or 610 mm)
• Order necessary Basic Uprights, Open Back Shoes, replacing Base End Covers, prior to
Stiffeners, backs, spanners, Upright End installing End Frame NW..... Nominal Width Left-Hand 27" to 63" in
Covers, and Rear Kickplates 1" increments (686 mm to 1600 mm in
• Continuous tag molding matches all 51 mm increments)
Standard Upper Shelves and has 2" (51 mm) NW..... Nominal Width Right-Hand 27" to 63" in
radius safety corners 1" increments (686 mm to 1600 mm in
NOTE! • End Flat accommodates 11/4" (32 mm) tags 51 mm increments)
The WSSF can be used with all and has four-point top leveling of shelf NH..... Nominal Base Height 5" or 12"
illustrations shown on this page. assembly (127 mm or 305 mm)
Finish Code
FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
6' (1829 mm) width is ideal for use at the end of a wall FIN1..... Shelf Finish
run that is backed by refrigeration or freezer cases. FIN2..... Tag Mold Option
Blank = Painted Color of Shelf
DGA2M = Mirror Finish
Lower Wall Stabilizer LWS(NW) DGA2G = Gold Finish
• Supports and fixes wall sections in place LWS..... Lower Wall Stabilizer DGA2P=Powder Coat Finish - Different from Shelf
(such as Freestanding Gondola Base End NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments DGA2A = Silver Finish
Caps) on the end of gondola runs (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) FIN3..... Carpet Code
• Can be used with gondolas mounted on FIN4..... Kickplate Finish
casters to secure wall sections on casters at
the end of the gondola
• The “saddle” is in the middle of the wall
section and is designed for applications
where the wall is centered on the gondola
• Includes two Top Spanner (STL) Clips
(STLCLIP) to be used with the Top Spanner
on the gondola section behind the end cap
Maxi Line Core Components End Displayers
4/180 1/18
Wall End Stabilizer with

End Stabilizers
WESOE-(GW)(EW)
Maxi Line Core Components
Oversized End WESOE..... Wall End Stabilizer with
Freestanding Metal End Flat, FMEF(ND)-(NW)-S(NH) Finish Code
• For wall sections that are taller than the
Oversized End
S-Style Base Shelf FMEF..... Freestanding Metal End Flat FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4 gondola section GW..... Gondoloa Width 48" (1219 mm)
• Heavy-duty flat is 5" (127 mm) high and ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 18", or 24" FIN1..... Shelf Color EW..... End Width 36", 48" or 60"
(305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm) FIN2..... Tag Molding (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm)
completely assembled to speed installation
NW..... Nominal Width 27" to 63" in Blank = If Tag =
• Can be removed or installed in front 2" increments DGA2G = Gold Finish
of TOEM End Merchandiser without (686 mm to 1600 mm in DGA28G = Gold Finish
disturbing display 510 mm increments) DGA2A = Silver Finish
• Continuous tag molding with 2" (51 mm) S..... S Style Base Shelf DGA28A = Silver Finish
radius safety corners accommodates NH..... Nominal Base Height 5" or 12" (Required if Tag =
11/4" (102 mm) tags DGA2P = Painted Finish
• Tag molding matches all standard
(127 mm or 305 mm)
DGA28P = Painted Finish) Wall End Stabilizer, Single Wall End Stabilizer, Double
shelves and End Flats Configurable Options FIN3..... Shelf Covering/Color WESS-(GW)(EW) WESD-(GW)(EW)
• End Flat accommodates 11/4" (32 mm) tags TYPE-OPT L=Laminate WESS..... Wall Section Stabilizer with WESD..... Wall End Stabilizer Double
TYPE..... P=Perforated C=Carpet Oversized End GW..... Gondola Width 36" or 48"
with four-point top leveling of shelf F=Fabric
NP=Non-Perforated GW..... Gondola Width 48" (1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
assembly
TAG..... DGA2P=Painted Finish FIN4..... Base Color EW..... End Width 36", 48", or 60" EW..... End Width 48", 60", or 72"
• Requires use of Base End Covers on DGA2A=Silver Finish
Maxi Line run (914 mm, 1219 mm or 1524 mm) (1219 mm, 1524 mm, or 1829 mm)
DGA2G=Gold Finish
• Four-point bottom leveling DGA28A=Silver Finish
• Shelf hook allows end flat to attach DGA28P=Painted Finish
to back DGA28G=Gold Finish
OPT..... Shelf Covering/Color
L=Laminate
C=Carpet
F=Fabric Wall Positioner End Clip WEPC
OPT..... SH=Secton Hooks • Mounts in Gondola Upright lance and over the WPEC..... Wall End Position Clip
Top Spanner [STL-(NW)] on the end cap
Freestanding Metal End Flat, FMEF(ND)-(NW)-F(NH) Finish Code
F-Style Square Front Base Shelf FMEF..... Freestanding Metal End Flat FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
• Freestanding Metal End Flat with ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 36" FIN1..... Shelf Color
(254 mm to 914 mm) FIN2..... Tag Molding
square front
NW..... Nominal Width 23" to 72" Blank = If Tag =
• Can be removed or installed in front (584 mm to 1829 mm) T-Joiner TJ-1
DGA2G = Gold Finish
of TOEM End Merchandiser without DGA28G = Gold Finish TJ-1..... T-Joiner
F..... F-Style Square Front Base Shelf • Bolts to the top slot of the Gondola Upright
disturbing display DGA2A = Silver Finish
NH..... Nominal Base Height 5", 7", 8", an over the Top Spanner [STL-(NW)] on the
• Tag molding matches all 12", or 18" DGA28A = Silver Finish end cap
standard shelves (127 mm, 178 mm, 203 mm, (Required if Tag =
• Shelf hook allows end flat to attach 305 mm, or 457 mm) DGA2P = Painted Finish
to back DGA28P = Painted Finish)
Configurable Options FIN3..... Shelf Covering/Color
TYPE-OPT L=Laminate
TYPE..... P=Perforated C=Carpet
NP=Non-Perforated F=Fabric
NOTE! TAG..... DGA2P=Painted Finish FIN4..... Base Color
Gondola Base Depth + DGA2A=Silver Finish
Gondola Base Depth + 3" = DGA2G=Gold Finish
Total Nominal Width DGA28A=Silver Finish
DGA28P=Painted Finish
Example: 24"+24 "=48+3"=51" DGA28G=Gold Finish
OPT..... Shelf Covering/Color
L=Laminate
C=Carpet
F=Fabric
OPT..... SH=Secton Hooks

FMEF and TOEM Connector FMEFTOEMC(NW)
• Attaches a FMEF when a TOEM is used FMEF..... Freestanding Metal End Flat
TOEM..... Tubular Outside End Merchandiser
C..... Connector
NW..... 24", 30", 36", 42", or 48"
(610 mm, 792 mm, 914 mm,
1067 mm or 1219 mm)
Maxi Line Core Components Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser 2/17 5/14
Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser Maxi Line Core Components
10/12
Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser C Splicer Spanner SS-(NW)

• Designed for extremely heavy loads where • Splicer Spanner joins two back SS..... Splicer Spanner
the wall end does not have a base deck panels in sections 78" (1981 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• For initial installation, special “Z” bars are and above (914 mm or 1219 mm)
bolted into first four gondola Uprights inside • Electrical and Telescoping Upright
the back panels to counteract the loading knockouts
leverage of the wall section
• Order parts from chart below D Top Spanner STL-(NW)
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights STL..... Top Spanner
at equal spacing, holds back panels, NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
and trims top of section (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Electrical knockouts
HDEMO Installation Options:
A. New gondola installation
B. Existing gondola requiring retrofitting first four sections
C. Existing gondola NOT requiring retrofitting first four sections E F Back Panel B(TYPE)-2(NH)
• Standard pegboard and hardboard B..... Back
Example illustration represents TYPE..... P=Pegboard
slightly less than actual load limit H=Hardboard
2..... Nominal Width 2' (610 mm)
Quantity Required
Gondola HDEMO HDEMO Height
(See HDEMO Installation Options Above)
Height Height
Components Description A and B C only Components 72" 78" 84" 90" 96" 102"
72" 72", 78" A BU-(NH) Basic Upright 2 2 One Piece Backs 72" N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
78" 72", 78", 84" B UEC-(NH) Upright End Cover 2 2 Extension Back Height None 30" 36" 42" 48" 54"
84" 78", 84", 90" C SS-(NW) Splicer Spanner See chart (right) See chart (right) Lower Back Height None 48" 48" 48" 48" 48" G Rear Kickplate KPR-(NW)
90" 84", 90", 96" D STL-(NW) Top Spanner 1 1 Splicer Spanner None yes yes yes yes yes • 61/2" (165 mm) high unit clips in and KPR..... Rear Kickplate
96" 90", 96", 102" E B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH) Exterior Panels See chart (right) See chart (right) conceals the void between back and floor NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
102" 96", 102" F B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH) Interior Panels See chart (right) See chart (right) on 5" (127 mm) high base units
G KPR-(NW) Rear Kickplate 1 1 • Provides a finished look to
H OBSCS-(NW) Open Back Stiffener with Slot 1 1 Freestanding End Caps
I SZB(NW) Z Bar 9 4 • Standard finishes: Chocolate or Satin Black
J HDEMO-HWPK Hardware Pack 1 1
K HDEMOTC Top Cap None 1
H Open Back Stiffener with Slot OBSCS-(NW)

• Connects end cap to the gondola upright OBSCS..... Open Back Stiffener with Slot
NW..... Nominal Width 30", 3', 42", 4', or 5'
A Basic Upright BU-(AH)
A B (762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm or 1524 mm)
• Slotted 1" (25 mm) OC for flexibility BU..... Basic Upright
plus maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments
• Comprised of heavy-gauge, high-tensile
steel components welded into a single unit I Z-Bar Spanner SZB(NW)
with a 15,000 inch-pound rating SZB..... Z-Bar Spanner
• Mounts between uprights on the Gondola
• All Basic Uprights have an integrated leveler and Wall Sections NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Kickplates of either closed or open type (or (914 mm or 1219 mm)
reinforced base shoes) must be installed on
shelving runs
J HDEMO Hardware Pack HDEMO-HWPK

• Includes nuts and bolts required HDEMO..... Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser
B Upright End Cover UEC-(NH) HWPK..... Hardware Pack
• Extruded-plastic cover trims UEC..... Plastic Upright End Cover
off end Upright of all runs NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 96" in 6" increments
K HDEMO Top Cap HDEMOTC
• Easy, snap-on positive locking HDEMO..... Heavy-Duty End Merchandiser
• Standard colors: Sahara, Chocolate, or TC..... Top Cap
Snow White
• Optional colors not available
Maxi Line Shelves and Accessories
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Standard Upper Shelf
2/15 5/16
Heavy-Duty Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Standard Upper Shelf SUS-(NW)(ND) Extra Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf HUS-(NW)(ND)
Flat, 15˚ or 30˚ Downslope SUS..... Standard Upper Shelf • One-position brackets for depths of H..... Heavy-Duty
• 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding integrally NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments 20" to 30" (508 mm to 762 mm) US..... Upper Shelf
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments
formed into front edge of shelf surface • Three-tab, three-position brackets for depths
ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 30" in 2" increments of 16" to 18" (406 mm to 457 mm) (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Versatility of three positions: (203 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Flat, 15˚downslope, or 30˚ downslope • Available materials and options same as ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 30" in 2" increments
• Load capacity, flat position: Standard Upper Shelves
° 6" (152 mm) to 8" (203 mm) depths = 300 lbs

STP(NW)(ND) • For load capacity, see Shelf Loading on

STP..... Straight-in Insertion Three Position product safety page

NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments

• Load capacity, 15˚ downslope position: (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)


(203 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) NOTE!
• Load capacity, 30˚ downslope: Contact your Sales Representative for any
All shelf depths reduced to 100 lbs Configurable Options nominal depth beyond 30" (762 mm).
• Load capacities based on evenly distributed TYPE-OPT
static loading TYPE..... Blank=Perforated, NP=Non-Perforated
• SUS and STP shelves do not align OPT..... Optional Covering
when placed side by side L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric
Heavy-Duty Shelf with HUS10-(NW)(ND)
10° Downslope HUS..... Heavy-Duty Shelf
• Gravity-feed solution for bottled 10..... 10˚ Downslope
NOTE! merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
If add-on aluminum tag molding is desired, use (914 mm or 1219 mm)
selected type as suffix immediately after part number. • Combine with Super Slip Paint to
optimize system ND..... Nominal Depth 20", 24", 28"
Example: SUS-416-M17S (508 mm, 610 mm, 711 mm)
Two Tab
See tag molding selection pages. 8"- 18"
Three Tab (203 mm - 457 mm)
NOTE! 20"- 30"
Load capacity for 2' (610 mm) wide shelves (508 mm - 762 mm)
in depths 06" to 18" (152 mm to 457 mm) is
50% of 4' (1219 mm) wide shelves.
Straight-In, Heavy-Duty STPH(NW)(ND)

Upper Shelf STP..... Straight-In Insertion Upper Shelf
H..... Heavy-Duty
• No-tilt installation, flat installed position
• All construction, molding, carpet, laminate, and
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Health and Beauty Aid Shelf HBAUS(NW)(ND)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) HBAUS..... Health Beauty Aid Upper Shelf
fabric options are same as SUS • 31/4" (82 mm) flat front allowing display of
ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Does not align with SUS more product information
(457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) (610 mm or 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
• All shelf depths are three-tab configuration ND..... Nominal Depth 20" to 28" in 2" increments
with gusset attached (508 mm or 711 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Load capacity is 800 lbs
Shelf End Trim SET-(ND)

SET..... Shelf End Trim
• Metal plate attaches to bracket and projects
above the shelf skin to prevent merchandise ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 30" in 2" increments
from being pushed off end (203 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Conceals exposed edge of carpet, laminate,
fabric, and tag molding
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Standard Base Shelf
9/14 9/14
Heavy-Duty Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND) Transition Upper and Base Shelf T(TYPE)S-(NW)(LND)(RND)-(OPT)
• Formed price-tag molding matches SBS..... Standard Base Shelf • Transition Upper Shelf is to be used with T..... T=Transition
molding on upper shelves (see SUS) NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments Transition Base Shelf, allowing different TYPE..... UP=Upper Shelf
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) shelf sizes in a single run B=Base Shelf
• Heavy-gauge shelf bracket features
lock tab to ensure quick installation ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments • 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding integrated with S..... Shelf
and precision alignment (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) front edge of shelf surface NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based • High-tensile steel and precision welding of
on evenly distributed static loading Configurable Options components guarantee superior strength LND..... Left Nominal Depth 18", 22", 24", 26", 28", 30", or 34"
• For additional load capacity see TYPE-OPT • May be displayed flat, or at 15° or
(457 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, 660 mm, 711 mm,
TYPE..... Blank=Perforated, NP=Non-Perforated 762 mm, or 864 mm)
Base Load Levelers 30° downtilt
OPT..... Optional Covering RND..... Right Nominal Depth 18", 22", 24", 26", 28", 30", or 34"
• Flush Front option available L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric • Must be used with Transition Base Shelves (457 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, 660 mm, 711 mm,
and Kickplates 762 mm, or 864 mm)
• Maximum load capacity of Upper Shelf is 200 lbs OPT..... Blank= Painted
• Capacity reduced by 30% when front half C=Carpet
NOTE! is loaded (see product safety pages on
see Tag Molding page loading in General Information) Left
• Maximum load capacity of Base Shelf is Nominal Right
Depth Nominal
500 lbs Depth
• Available in a variety of finishes
Front
Standard Upper Shelf SUSM3(NL)
Mount 3" Canopy SUSM3..... Standard Upper Shelf Mount 3" Canopy
Transition Base Kickplate TKP-(NH)-(NW)-(PITCH)
• Covers the steel shelf tag holder to create NL..... Nominal Width 36", 48", or 96"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, or 2438 mm) • Order same width and depth as TKP..... Transition Kickplate
a continuous look of a Standard Upper Transition Base Shelf NH..... Nominal Height
Shelf or Standard Base Shelf Blank=5" (127 mm)
• Easy “snap-in, snap-out” installation
• Can be used to block the rear of a Beam without disturbing Base Shelf
7=7" (178 mm)
Light [LLB(NL)] NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Standard finishes: Chocolate or Black (914 mm or 1219 mm)
PITCH..... 2" to 24" in 2" increments
(51 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm)
Left
Standard Base Shelf Reinforced SBSR-(NW)(ND) Nominal
• Strengthened tag molding and front- SBSR..... Standard Base Shelf Reinforced Depth
support channel area NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Right
• All materials and options available are Nominal
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments Front View Depth
the same as the SBS, except tag molding
• Tag molding options are not available
for the SBSR shelf Half Shelf on Tubing HSTHD-(NW)(ND)
• Minimizes front deflection from • Feature special merchandise on a Half Shelf in HST..... Half Shelf on Tubing
heavy loads existing 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) HD..... Heavy-Duty
• Can install to straddle standard upright NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 24" (457 mm or 610 mm)
Standard Base Shelf T-Leg SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND) • Allows for shelf placement over two gondola ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 24" in 2" increments
• Must be ordered with T-Leg Base Shoe, SBS..... Standard Base Shelf sections for merchandising flexibility
TLEG-(ND)-(OPT); ordered separately OPT..... Blank=Not Reinforced • Notch at rear of shelf bracket fits over 1" x 3"
R=Reinforced (25 mm x 76 mm) tubing of Heavy-Duty Roll RGVDBHD-(NW)
TLEG..... T-Leg Goods Vertical Divider Bar (sold separately; RG..... Roll Goods
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' no downslope on tubing brackets) VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • Depth shown in part number is measured HD..... Heavy-Duty
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments from front of shelf to upright, including NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) tubing standoff (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Load capacity is 175 lbs, based on evenly
distributed static loading
T-Leg Base Shoe TLEG-(ND)-(OPT)

• Can be ordered with Standard Base TLEG..... T-Leg Base Shoe
Shelf T-Leg, SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW); ND..... Nominal Depth 6" to 48" in 2" increments
ordered separately (152 mm to 1219 mm in 51 mm increments)
• When using T-Leg with caster, use OPT..... Blank=Leveler (No Caster)
an OBS on bottom C=Caster Leveler
BBC=Ball Bearing Caster (No caster)
• Maximum depth for casters is
16" (406 mm) Caster Ball Bearing
• Uses 1" x 2" (25 mm x 51 mm) tubing Caster
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Specialty Shelving 12/17 2/17
Specialty Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
@Front Deck AFRD(NW)(ND)
• More merchandising space: shelf functions at AFRD..... @Front Deck
a 5° downtilt, slip-mat systems, which require NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
a minimum 10-15° downtilt for similar effect ND..... Nominal Depth 18" or 22"
• Extremely durable, patented rolling-track (457 mm or 559 mm)
system with a 3-year warranty
• Choice of 1" or 2" (25 mm or 51 mm) metal
Create a perfectly stocked shelf instantly with @Front! dividers and 2" or 3.5" (51 mm or 89 mm)
heavy-duty, plastic fronts
@Front incorporates multiple small, rolling tracks that work
• Divider adjusts in 1/8" (3 mm) increments
with gravity to automatically feed merchandise to front of shelf, • Pack of two per box only
cutting time and labor necessary for store merchandising and • Rests on Standard Base Shelf (SBS-(NW)(ND)
facing. Metal dividers can be easily adjusted in mere seconds, • Load capacity is 200 lbs
accommodating bottled, canned, and boxed goods of varying size • Standard finish: Light Beige
and shape. Rolling-track system is fully integrated with the shelf • Alternate finishes: contact your Sales
itself, little to no maintenance required. Simply remove the entire Representative
shelf for a thorough wash, or wipe the rollers with a damp cloth
to remove light dust and debris. Unique, patented design uses all
plastic construction, allowing roller replacement from top surface
(spare rollers integrated into bottom of every shelf). 5° downtilt
improves sight lines for better visual impact than other gravity
feed systems. Replaces cumbersome, spring pusher systems. @Front Shelf Plastic Front AFRSPF(NH)48
• 2" (51 mm) plastic fronts AFR..... @Front
• Pack of 25 SPF..... Shelf Plastic Front
48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
2" high
@Front Shelf Plastic Front AFRSPF(NH)48H

• 3" or 4" (76 mm or 102 mm) AFR..... @Front
heavy-duty, plastic fronts SPF..... Shelf Plastic Front
• Pack of 25 NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 4"
(76 mm or 102 mm)
@Front Shelf AFRSF48(ND) Mat
48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) 3" or 4" high
• Provides more merchandising space and better AFRSF..... @Front Shelf Frame
H..... Heavy-Duty
visibility while saving labor and keeping shelves NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
looking fully stocked ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 18" or 22"
• More durable than other self-fronting systems (356 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
like pushers and slip mats
• Patented system with 3 year warranty
AFRSM48(ND)-(COLOR)
• Clear Fronts available in 2", 3", or 4" heights AFR..... @Front
(51 mm, 76 mm, or 102 mm)
SM..... Shelf Mat Frame
• Dividers available in 1" or 2" (51 mm or 76 mm)
heights
ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 18" or 22"
@Front Shelf Metal Divider AFRSD(NH)(ND)
• Dividers adjust in 1/8" (.318 mm) increments for (356 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm) • Choice of 1" or 2" (25 mm or 51 mm) AFRSD..... @Front Shelf Metal Divider
maximum space efficiency metal dividers NH..... Nominal Height 1" or 2"
COLOR..... BGE=Beige
• Load capacity is 200 lbs (25 mm or 51 mm)
BLK=Black • 1" (25 mm) pack of 50
• Order roller mat and shelf frame separately ND..... Nominal Depth 18" or 22"
• 2" (51 mm) pack of 25 Front View Side View
• Roller mat is available in beige or black finish, • Standard finish: Light Beige
and 14", 18" or 22" depths (356 mm, 457 mm, • Alternate finishes: contact your Sales
559 mm) Representative
• Roller shelf frame has weld-on tag mold
standard; DGA2A, DGA2G (gold) DGA2P
(painted) aluminum price tag molding optional
@Front Gen5 Divider AFG5D(NH)(ND)-(COLOR)
The @Front G5 converts most standard Madix • Available only in beige or black AFG5D..... @Front Gen5 Divider
shelves into a self-fronting, gravity-feed ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", 18", or 22"
system, cutting manual labor costs and time (356 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
while making merchandise more accessible to COLOR..... BGE=Beige
BLK=Black
customers.
@Front helps retailers maintain the

appearance of a neat, fully stocked display
almost effortlessly. Durable roller segments
replace traditional spring-pusher systems to @Front Shelf Plastic Front AFRSPF(NH)48
• 2" (51 mm) plastic fronts AFR..... @Front
reduce shrink, minimize the number of mis- SPF..... Shelf Plastic Front
• Pack of 25
stocked items, and provide more flexibility for NH..... Nominal Height 2" (51 mm)
merchandising changes. 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
2" high
Introducing the New Gen5 System

Order components for a complete system:
• @Front Pitch Converter - required to create a 6° to 7° downtilt • @Front G5 Divider
(standard 15° downtilt is too steep for roller systems) ° Snaps into the roller track to separate and retain @Front Shelf Plastic Front AFRSPF(NH)48H
• @Front G5 Rail Set merchandise columns • 3" or 4" (76 mm or 102 mm) AFR..... @Front
° Features slots to attach a plastic front/guard to the lip of the shelf ° Adjusts left or right using integrated ratchet heavy-duty, plastic fronts SPF..... Shelf Plastic Front
° Both ends of the Rail Set have provisions to snap-fit the roller track ° Must be ordered in the same depth as the @Front G5 Roller Track • Pack of 25 NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 4"
° Includes pine-tree fasteners for attachment to standard • @Front Plastic Front Retainer - clear plastic front available in 2", 3", (76 mm or 102 mm)
shelf perforations or 4" (51 mm, 76 mm, or 102 mm) 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) 3" or 4" high
• @Front G5 Roller Track - includes a single strip of rollers for H..... Heavy-Duty
smaller merchandise (use two or more tracks for
larger/heavier merchandise)
@Front Shelf Pitch Converter AFPC-(C OLOR)

• Downtilt of 6˚ to 7˚ AFPC..... @Front Pitch Converter
• Compatible with all Standard Upper Shelf COLOR..... BGE=Beige @Front Gen5 Driver AFG5DR-(COLOR)
BLK=Black • Available only in beige or black AFG5DR..... @Front Gen5 Driver
[SUS-(NW)(ND)], Straight-in Insertion [STP(NW)
(ND)], 18" (457 mm) or smailler COLOR..... BGE=Beige
BLK=Black
• Available only in beige or black NOTE!
@Front Pitch Converter is not
compatible with STP shelves
deeper than 18" (457 mm).
@Front Gen5 Rail Set AFG5RS48

(Front and Rear) AFR5RS..... @Front Gen5 Rail Set
• Set includes one front rail and one rear rail 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
Downtilt Shelf 7˚ DTS7-(NW)(ND)

DTS7..... Downtilt Shelf 7˚
• 7˚ single-position downtilt shelf NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
• Includes standard Standard Upper Shelf ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", 18", or 22"
[SUS-(NW)(ND)] type perforations (356 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
@Front Gen5 Roller Track AFG5RT(ND)-(COLOR) · Most Standard Upper Shelf [SUS-(NW)(ND)]
• Available only in beige or black AFG5RT..... @Front Gen5 Roller Track options (tag molding, etc.) are available with
ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", 18", or 22" DTS7-(NW)(NW)
(356 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm,
or 559 mm)
COLOR..... BGE=Beige
BLK=Black
Tag Molding Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
7/11
Flush Front Upper Shelf FF(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND) Single Position Tag Molding DGA11(COLOR)-(NW)
• Smooth, dust-free edge ideal for FF..... Flush Front DGA11..... Single Position Tag Molding
merchandising without tag molding TYPE..... U=Upper COLOR..... A=Silver
B=Base G=Gold
• Versatility of three positions:
S..... Shelf P=Painted
Flat, 15˚downslope, 30˚ downslope
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Load capacity, flat position: (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm)





• Load capacity, 15˚ downslope position:


Single Position Tag Molding DGA13(COLOR)-(NW)


DGA13..... Single Position Tag Molding

• Load capacity, 30˚ downslope: COLOR..... A=Silver
All shelf depths reduced to 100 lbs G=Gold
• Load capacities based on evenly distributed P=Painted
static loading NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Bullnose Upper and Base Shelf S(TYPE)SBN(NW)(ND)

• Same form, fit, and function of Standard S..... Standard
Upper Shelf, allowing the use of front fence TYPE..... U=Upper
and dividers B=Base
• Fits 1" OC slotting S..... Shelf Uptilt Tag Molding DGA12(COLOR)-(NW)
BN..... Bullnose • For thick shelf coverings; Uptilt Tag DGA12..... Uptilt Tag Molding
• Radius front measures 11/4" (32 mm) high
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments Molding will accommodate carpet, COLOR..... A=Silver
• Maximum load capacities of Upper Shelf: Marlite, or other 1/8" (3 mm) or 3/16" (5 mm) G=Gold
° 8" (203 mm) = 300 lbs

material matches DGA11 above P=Painted
° 10" (254 mm) to 24" (610 mm) = 500 lbs

(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"

° 26" (660 mm) to 30" (762 mm) = 400 lbs
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Capacity reduced by 30% when front half is
loaded (see product safety pages on loading
Bullnose Upper Shelf
in General Information)
• Maximum load capacity of Base Shelf is 600 lbs
• Load capacities based on evenly distributed Base Shelf Bumper Molding M30(COLOR)-(NW)
static loading • Extremely durable tag molding tilted upward M30..... Base Shelf Bumper Molding
• For additional load capacities, see Base Bullnose Base Shelf to enable easy viewing of price tag COLOR..... A=Silver
Load Levelers G=Gold
• Heavy-duty reinforcement prevents cart
P=Painted
• Available in variety of finishes damage
• Riveted on to prevent dislodgement (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• M30 requires use of Extended Base End
Thin Profile Shelf, Regular-Duty PLSTTS(NW)(ND) Cover, part number BECE
• Add merchandising space to every section PLSTTS..... Thin Profile Shelf, Regular-Duty
• Slimness of shelf allows additional row of NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
shelves
• Excellent for displaying small merchandise
• Customer supplied pushers required for
(254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) Two Position Tag Molding M17(COLOR)-(NW)
• Tag mold extends above shelf skin for M17..... Two Position Tag Molding
optional merchandise display
easy product alignment COLOR..... A=Silver
• Ideal for tightly spaced and lightweight G=Gold
merchandise P=Painted
• Load capacity is 200 lbs NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Thin Profile Shelf, Light-Duty PLSTTSLD(NW)(ND)

• Madix’s thinnest profile shelf PLSTTS..... Thin Profile Shelf
• Slimness of shelf allows additional row of LD..... Light-Duty Two Position Tag Molding M19(COLOR)-(NW)
shelves NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" • For thin shelf coverings M19..... Two Position Tag Molding
(914 mm or 1219 mm) COLOR..... A=Silver
• Angled tag molding creates attractive • Accommodates laminate or fabric
pricing display ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 20" in 2" increments G=Gold
(254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) P=Painted
• No pushers required to display merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Ideal for tightly-spaced and lightweight (914 mm or 1219 mm)
merchandise
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Tag Molding 7/15 1/17
End Panels Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
7/11 6/12
Upper Shelf 90° Tag Channel US90C(NW)(NH)(OPT) Tubular Metal Bumper System TMBS(NW)(ND)(OPT)
Bolt-On US90..... Upper Shelf 90° Tag Channel Bolt-On • Designed to help prevent damage to TMBS..... Tubular Metal Bumper System
• Part covers the Beam Light and can be easily NW..... Nominal Width 18" to 48" in 2" increments base-shelf tag molding from shopping NW..... Nominal Width 30" to 48" in 6" increments
(457 mm to 1219 mm in 51" increments) carts, pallet jacks, and floor buffers (762 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
bolted to existing SUS and STP shelves
NH..... Nominal Height • Starter includes bumper and two ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 24" in 2" increments
• Available with or without sign channel 225=21/4" (57 mm) mounting brackets (254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Customer-supplied signage dimensions: 04=4" (102 mm)
• Add-on includes bumper tube and OPT..... S=Starter
° Widths: NW - .062" (2 mm) 06=6" (152 mm) A=Add-on
OPT..... Blank=No Channel
splicer bracket
° Heights: EC=End Cap Unit
225=21/4" (57 mm) C=Channel • End Cap is designed to mount on Wall
Shown with Beam
04=4" (102 mm) Sections at end of gondola runs where wall-
06=6" (152 mm) section width matches width of gondola
° Thickness: .125" (3 mm) • TMBS(NW)(ND)EC cannot be used by itself;
it requires the TMBS Starter and Add-on
Shown without Beam Shown with Beam sections
Add-on
Starter
End Cap Unit
Downtilt Tag Molding M29(COLOR)-(NW)

• Makes product pricing and information on M29..... Downtilt Tag Molding
upper-level shelves more visible COLOR..... S=Aluminum End Panels, Square & Radius EP(OPT1)(NH)(ND)-(OPT2)
G=Gold • Edgework matches exterior finish on EP..... End Panel
• 51° downtilt places pricing within customer’s
P=Painted all panels OPT1..... S=Square, R=Radius
natural line of sight 3" Radius End Panel
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" • T-mold option not available on mirror NH..... Nominal Upright Height
(914 mm or 1219 mm) plex panels 36" to 96" in 6" increments
• For 12" (305 mm) high base, add suffix -12
ND..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth
OPT2.....Material Code
M=Themofused, Both Faces
NOTE! L= Laminate, Both Faces
Captive Wood Tag Molding SWAMCT-(NL) Finish code must show exterior/ MP=Mirror Plex, Both Faces
• Molding will hold a plastic or paper tag in SWAM..... Sherwin Williams Autumn Maple interior finish in sequence shown. LMP= Laminate, One Face, Square End Panel
the front of the molding of the size shown CT..... Captive Mirror Plex, One Face
Melamine Panels must be Finish Code
• Finishes: Sherwin Williams Autumn Maple NL..... Nominal Length 24", 36" or 48" the same finish on both sides.
#3112-B and Minwax Cherry #235 (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) FIN1..... First Exterior Finish
• Other finishes availble, contact your Sales FIN2..... Second Interior Finish
Representitive .359" FIN3..... T-Mold Option
TSA=Sahara
• Tag mold is pre-assembled onto Madix Side View TBK=Black
Standard Upper and Base Shelves TWH=White
Example: SUS-418SWMCT 1.918" TCH=Chocolate
• Can be ordered seperately and installed by 1.2" TDG=Dove Gray
customer, screwed to the metal tag from
the back, SWAMCT-(NL)
• Minimum order is 400' (121.92 m); for
example, 100 shelves in 4' (1219 mm)
segments .359" Framed Slatwall End Panel FSWEP(NH)(ND)-(OPT1)-(OPT2)
• For alternate heights, please contact your FSWEP..... Framed Slatwall End Panel
sales representative NH..... Nominal Height
Non-Captive Wood Tag Molding MWCT-(NL) 48" to 78" in 6" increments
• Molding will not hold a plastic or paper MWCT..... Minwax Cherry Captive (1219 mm to 1981 mm in 152 mm increments)
tag, use adhesive to adhere NL..... Nominal Length 24", 36" or 48" ND..... Nominal Depth
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) 16" to 24" in 2" increments
• Finishes: Minwax Cherry #235 (406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Other finishes availble, contact your Sales OPT1..... R=Right-Hand
Representitive L=Left-Hand
• Tag mold is pre-assembled onto Madix OPT2.....Insert
Standard Upper and Base Shelves .377"
LI=Laminate Insert
Example: SUS-418MWCT Side View
AI= Aluminium Insert
• Can be ordered seperately and installed GI=Gold Insert
1.75"
by customer, screwed to the metal tag
from the back, MWCT-(NC) 1.2"
• Minimum order is 400' (121.92 m); for
example, 100 shelves in 4' (1219 mm)
segments
.205"
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Specialty Shelving
9/14 9/14
Concave/Radius Upper & Base Shelves D Standard Base Shelf Multi SBSMRFKP-(NW)-(OPT)
Madix’s patented line of curved fixture components redefine stores by transforming shelving layouts from conventional Radius Front Kickplate SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
MRF..... Multi Radius Front
to contemporary. Concave/Radius Upper Shelves, Base Shelves, and Kickplates fit into standard Maxi Line Shelving. • Install by snapping into Base Shoes
KP..... Kickplate
without disturbing Base Shelves
Alternate Concave Shelves with Radius Shelves and Kickplates to create a stylish, serpentine gondola run. NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Center portion measures 2" or 3"
(51 mm or 76 mm) greater than (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Base Shoes used for unit OPT..... Blank=6" (152 mm), 2=2" (51 mm), 3=3" (76 mm) Top View
• Curve matches Radius Base Shelf
E F Standard Upper & Base Shelf (OPT)MRF-(NW)(ND)-(ED)

with Multi Radius Front OPT..... SUS=Standard Upper Shelf
SBS=Standard Base Shelf
• Innovative way to highlight a new
MRF..... Multi Radius Front Nominal Depth +2" or +3"
F
product, hot sale item or an entire line (51 mm or 76 mm)
of merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 60" in 6" increments
A • May be used with standard Maxi Line fixtures;
align with Standard Upper Shelf
E
and Standard Base Shelf to make a section
stand out ED..... Extension Depth 02" or 03" Upper Shelf
Description Part Number (51 mm or 76 mm)
B D • When used on both sides of an aisle, a unique
C A Concave Upper Shelf SUSMRFC(NW)(ND)-3-(TAG) scalloped effect is created
B Concave Base Shelf SBSMRFC(NW)(ND)-3-(TAG) • May also be used with end merchandisers Nominal Depth +2" or +3"
Radius Front Base Shelves are ordered by:
to create eye-catching end cap displays that (51 mm or 76 mm)
C Concave Kickplate SBSMRFCKP03-(NW) 1. Deleting Standard Base Shelves from
highlight new products or sale items
D Radius Kickplate SBSMRFKP-(NW)-3 a standard wall or gondola section
• Load capacity:
2. Ordering the correct number of
E Radius Base Shelf SBSMRF-(NW)(ND)-3-(TAG) ° 10"-24" 500 lbs per shelf

Radius Front Base Shelves

F Radius Upper Shelf SUSMRF-(NW)(ND)-3-(TAG) ° 26"-30" 400 lbs per shelf

Base Shelf
All other section parts remain standard
• Ledge Load capacity is 50 lbs
A B Standard Upper & Base Shelf (OPT)MRFC(NW)(ND)-(ID) • Laminate finish available
with Multi Radius Concave Front OPT..... SUS=Upper Shelf NOTE!
SBS=Base Shelf Not available in Flush Front.
• Draws customers’ attention to merchandise
MRFC..... Multi Radius Concave Front Must use SUSRF in line with SUS Style Shelves.
• Gradual inward curve 2" or 3" (51 mm or NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48" Must use STPSRF with STP Style Shelves.
76 mm) less than depth of brackets at (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
curve vertex
• Load capacity is 500 lbs (254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Standard DGA2 Tag Molding built into ID..... Inversion Depth 2" or 3"
each shelf; available in satin, gold, (51 mm or 76 mm)
or customer’s choice of finish Standard Upper & Base Shelf (OPT)RF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)
• Patented with Radius Front OPT..... SUS=Upper Shelf
SBS=Base Shelf
• Gradual outward curve 6" (152 mm) greater STPS=Three Position "Straight-In" Insertion
than depth of brackets at curve vertex
RF..... Radius Front
• Available in Regular-Duty or Heavy-Duty TYPE..... Blank=Regular-Duty
Nominal Depth -2" or -3"
(51 mm or 76 mm) • Laminate finish available HD=Heavy-Duty
• Load capacity is 500 lbs per shelf; not to NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
Upper Shelf exceed capacity of section as described in (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Bottom View General Information section ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Nominal Depth -2" or -3"
(51 mm or 76 mm)
Top View Nominal Depth + 6" (152 mm) Nominal Depth + 6" (152 mm)
Base Shelf
C Concave Kickplate SBSMRFCKP(ID)-(NW) Upper Shelf Base Shelf

• Install by snapping into Base Shoes SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
without removing Base Shelves MRFC..... Multi Radius Front Concave
• Center portion of Kickplate 2" or 3" KP..... Kickplate
(51 mm or 76 mm) less than Base ID..... Inversion Depth 2" or 3"
Shoes used for unit (51 mm or 76 mm)
• Curve matches Radius Base Shelf NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Top View
9/14 9/14
Metal Pull Out Shelf MPS-48(ND) Half Wrap Around Shelf WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)-(HAND)
• May be used on freestanding end WA..... Wrap Around
• Allows access to the back of shelf for MPS..... Metal Pullout Shelf
• Displays where at least two units of TYPE..... U=Upper
restocking 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
B=Base
• Ball Bearing slides for smooth operation ND..... Nominal Depth 14" or 16" shelving make up the run
S..... Shelf
• Flush-front shelf
(356 mm or 406 mm) • Lines up side by side with Standard
Upper and Base Shelf applications NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Right-Hand Shown
• Continuous tag molding accommodates
11/4" (32 mm) tags (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
HAND..... RH=Right-Hand
LH=Left-Hand
Configurable Options Finish Code
TYPE-OPT FIN1..... Shelf
TYPE..... Blank=Perforated FIN2..... Tag Mold Option:
NP=Non-Perforated BLANK=Painted Color of Shelf
OPT..... Optional Covering DGA2M=Mirror Finish
DGA2G=Gold Finish
Pull Out Shelf with STP Brackets POSSTP(NW)(ND) L=Laminate
DGA2P=Painted Finish -
POS..... Pullout Shelf C=Carpet
• Allows access to the back of shelf for restocking F=Fabric Different from Shelf
• Ball Bearing slides for smooth operation STP..... Straight-in Insertion Three Position DGA2A=Silver Finish
• Standard, formed tag mold
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", or 18"
(356 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm) Wrap Around Shelf WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)
• Specially designed for a completely WA..... Wrap Around Upper Shelf
finished end look TYPE..... U=Upper
B=Base
• Five widths to match the end-
frame widths S..... Shelf
• Continuous tag molding with 2" (51 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Wrap Around Upper Shelf
radius safety corners
• Accommodates 11/4" (32 mm) tags (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Tag molding matches all standard
shelves and end flats Configurable Options
• Load capacity is 150 lbs per individual TYPE-OPT
Slim Profile Pull Out Upper Shelf SPPOUS(NW)(ND) upper shelf TYPE..... Blank=Perforated
• Allows access to the back of shelf for restocking SPPOUS..... Slim Profile Pullout Upper Shelf NP=Non-Perforated
• Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based
• Ball Bearing slides for smooth operation NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) on evenly distributed static loading per OPT..... Optional Covering
ND..... Nominal Depth 24" (610 mm) individual base shelf L=Laminate
• Straight tag mold C=Carpet
F=Fabric Wrap Around Base Shelf
Finish Code
FIN1..... Shelf
FIN2..... Tag Mold Option:
DGA2M=Mirror Finish
DGA2G=Gold Finish
DGA2P=Painted Finish - Different from Shelf
DGA2A=Silver Finish
FIN3..... Base End Covers
Wire Pull Out Shelf MBWPS(NW)(ND)-(TAG)

MBWPS..... Madix Bakery Wire Pullout Shelf
• Allows access to the back of shelf for Wrap Around Notched WAUSN(NW)(ND)
restocking NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) Upper Shelf WAUSN..... Wrap Around Notched Upper Shelf
• Ball Bearing slides for smooth operation NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" in • Specially designed for a completely
• Optional DGA2P tag mold (914 mm or 1219 mm)
2" increments (305 mm to 610 mm finished end look
in 51 mm increments) ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 18", or 24"
• Continuous tag molding with 2" (51 mm)radius (305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
TAG..... Blank=No tag safety corners
DGA2P=DGA2P painted • Accommodates 1¼" (32 mm) tags
• Tag molding matches all Standard Shelves and
End Flats
• For 2' x 3': NW 36", ND 12", 18", 24"
(NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm)
• For 3' x 4': NW 48", ND 12", 18", 24"
(NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm)
9/14 1/16
Round Metal Upper RMUSM(NR) Step Back Shelf STBS-(NW)(ND)(SO)(OPT)-(FIN1)-(FIN2)
Shelf Modified RMUSM..... Round Metal Upper Shelf Modified • Includes built in sign holder and 11/4" STBS..... Step Back Shelf
• Allows continuous display of product NR..... Nominal Radius 12" to 24" in 2" increments (32 mm) price-tag molding NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
at the end of a gondola run • Allows product information to be
• Does not block view of merchandise displayed in front of product and visible ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
to customer, eliminating the need for (457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Load capacity for upper shelf is 200 lbs
overhead or inline signage SO..... Step Option :
• Allows for more aesthetic presentation 225=21/4" (57.15 mm)
of product information without blocking 4=4" (101 mm)
Round Metal Base Shelf RMBS(NW)(ND)
valuable display space 6=6" (152 mm)
• Allows continuous display of product RMBS..... Round Metal Base Shelf OPT..... Blank=Painted
at the end of a gondola run NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 4" increments • Available in overall depths of 18" to 30" C=Carpet
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 102 mm increments) in 2" increments (457 mm to 762 mm in
• Does not block view of merchandise 51 mm increments)
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" in 2" increments Finish Code
• Load capacity for base shelf is 300 lbs (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) • Merchandise display area is overall shelf FIN1..... Shelf Color
depth minus 45/16" (110 mm) or minus 617/32" FIN2..... Carpet Color Option
(166 mm) respectively with either the 4" or
6" (102 mm or 152 mm) sign holder option
Round Metal Base Kickplate RMBKP(NW)(ND) • Sign holders accept customer-supplied
RMB..... Round Metal Base signage up to 3/16" (5 mm) thick; either
• Mounts into gondola Base Shoes 4" or 6" (102 mm or 152 mm) high; and
• Required when Base Shelf is ordered KP..... Kickplate
in lengths equal to nominal shelf width
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 4" increments minus 1/16" (2 mm)
• Standard finishes: Chocolate or Black
(305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) • Carpet option available further enhance
functionality (please add the carpet
upcharge to the price of corresponding
size of shelf ordered)
Lighted Upper Shelf Assembly LUSASTB(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(OPT2)-(OPT3)

Step Back Shelf
RMBKP(NW)(ND)
NOMINAL DEPTH (MIN = 12, MAX = 24)

NOMINAL WIDTH (MIN = 24, MAX = 48) LUSASTB......Lighted Upper Shelf Assembly
Step Back Shelf
Basic Upright for End Shelf BUES(NH)
ROUND METAL BASE
W/ KICK PLATE
BUES(NH) • Includes a Slimline Light Fixture Kit (SLFK),

ROUND METAL BASE W/ KICK PLATE
OPT1...... Light Option
• Comes attached
80013518 to a Basic Upright BUES..... Basic Upright End Shelf Attached to and built-in signage display of 4" (102 mm)
NL=No Light
NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 78" Basic Upright or 6" (152 mm) Blank=Lighted
in 6" increments • Use with standard Maxi Line
(1219 mm-1981 mm NW...... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
in 152 mm increments) • Merchandise display area is overall shelf (914 mm or 1219 mm)
depth minus 45/16" (110 mm) or minus 617/32" ND...... Nominal Depth
(166 mm), respectively 18" to 30" in 2" increments
Basic Upright for End BUESI(NH) • Sign holders accept customer-supplied (457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Shelf Insert Only BUESI..... Basic Upright End Shelf Insert Only signage up to 3/16" (5 mm) thick; either 4" or OPT2...... Step Option
• For use with Round Metal Upper Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 78" 6" (102 mm or 152 mm) high; and in lengths 4=4" (102 mm)
in 6" increments equal to nominal shelf width 6=6" (152 mm)
• Field assembles to Basic Upright (1219 mm to 1981 mm minus 1/16" (2 mm) OPT3...... Top Option
in 152 mm increments) TG=Tempered Glass
BUESI(NH) • Load capacity is 100 lbs
Insert only CA=Clear Acrylic
• Connector Cords and Power Cords are FA=Frosted Acrylic
available (see SLFCC and SLFPC) to easily ND=No Deck
connect shelves for continuous lighted runs
(see Lighting Catalog for cords)
Wrap Around Upper End WAUEFM(ND)
• Order one Slimline Light Fixture Power Cord NOTE!
Flat Modified AUEFM... Wrap Around Upper End Flat Modified
W
for each run and one Slimline Light Fixture LEDge Light can be used in place of
• Allows continuous display of product ND... Nominal Depth 12" or 24" Connector Cord for each LUSASTB added to run Slimline Light Fixture Kit (SLFK-(NW)
(305 mm or 610 mm) with the option of NL=No Light.
at end of gondola run • Shelves can be daisy-chained up to a maximum
ND=Gondola Shelf Depth,
• Does not block view of merchandise front to back of WAUEFM matches of 36' (11 m)– nine 4' (1219 mm) fixtures Order LEDge Light LLS(NL) separately.
• ND=Gondola Shelf Depth, front to back of gondola depth • 20 amp circuit will handle up to twenty-seven
WAUEFM matches gondola depth 4' (1219 mm) fixtures with 28 watt T5 bulbs
(maximum 3 strings of 9 fixtures) NOTE!
Madix does not recommend using
lighted shelves with merchandise
that is sensitive to slightly warmer
NOTE! temperatures or direct exposure
Use with Metal End Flat to light when the Slimline Light
HDPAPMEF or PAPMEF. ND=Front to
back width Fixture Kit (SLFK) is used
LSD
Uptilt Shelf UTSN(DEGREE)-(NW)-(NH)4 Half-Radius Concave Upper Shelf SUSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)
UTSN..... Uptilt Shelf Back SUS..... Standard Upper Shelf NW
• Shelf back available in 10", 12", or 14" heights Height • Attract attention to retail store aisles
(254 mm, 305 mm, or 356 mm) DEGREE..... 30=30/15 uptilt • Creates consistent curvature across HRFC..... Half-Radius Concave +6" (152 mm)
45= 45/30 uptilt NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Each shelf has two positions: 60°
two adjacent shelves
60=60/45 uptilt (914 mm or 1219 mm)
° 30°=30/15 uptilt

NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' LSD..... Left Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
° 45°= 45/30 uptilt

(914 mm or 1219 mm) (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)

° 60°=60/45 uptilt

NH..... Nominal Back Height 10", 12", or 14" RSD..... Right Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• 4" (102 mm) shelf depth only (254 mm, 305 mm, or 356 mm) 45° (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) RSD
4..... Shelf Depth 4" (102 mm) TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
Blank=Painted color on shelf
30° DGA2A=Silver
DGA2G=Gold
DGA2P=Painted
Uptilt Shelf Wire Divider UTSWD-(NH)(ND)-(TYPE)
• Designed to be used as a divider on UTSWD..... Uptilt Shelf Wire Divider
the UTSN Uptilt Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 10" to 18" in 2" increments
• Variety of widths and depths available
• When ordering, please specify left,
(102 mm, 152 mm, or 203 mm)
Half-Radius Concave Base Shelf SBSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)
right, or center • Attract attention to retail store aisles SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
TYPE..... C=Center
• Creates consistent curvature across HRFC..... Half-Radius Concave
LH=Left-Hand
RH=Right-Hand Left two adjacent shelves NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Center • Requires use of Transitional Kickplates (TKP)
LSD..... Left Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Back • Load capacity is 200 lbs (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Height Right
RSD..... Right Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Laser Pa
per
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) LSD
TAG..... Tag Mold Option: NW
+6" (152 mm)
Shelf Blank=Painted color on shelf
Depth DGA2A=Silver
DGA2G=Gold
DGA2P=Painted
RSD
Half-Radius Upper Shelf SUSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)

• Attract attention to retail store aisles SUS..... Standard Upper Shelf LSD
HRF..... Half-Radius NW
• Creates consistent curvature across +6" (152 mm)
two adjacent shelves NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• For Maxi Line shelving
LSD..... Left Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) RSD
TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
DGA2A=Silver
DGA2G=Gold
DGA2P=Painted
Half-Radius Base Shelf SBSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)

• Attract attention to retail store aisles SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
• For Maxi Line shelving HRF..... Half-Radius
• Requires two different base shoe depths
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
(e.g. nominal depth 18" (457 mm) shelf
requires 18" (457 mm) and 24" (610 mm) D LSD..... Left Side Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
base shoes)
• Requires use of Transitional Kickplates (TKP) (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Load capacity is 500 lbs TAG..... Tag Mold Option: LSD
NW
DGA2A=Silver +6" (152 mm)
DGA2G=Gold
DGA2P=Painted
RSD
Outside Corner Upper & Base WOC(TYPE)S45-(ND)(TAG)(OPT) Inside Corner Side Retainer ICSR-(NL)
Shelf 45° WOC..... Wall Outside Corner • Unique brackets on Standard Upright Side ICSR..... Inside Corner Side Retainer
• For wall runs only TYPE..... U=Upper Panels allow part to be used on either side NL..... Nomimal Length 36" to 96" in 6" increments
B=Base of Inside Corner (using Standard Spanners (914 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Joins two adjacent wall runs together with
S..... Shelf and Back Panels)
equal base shelves at a 45° angle; uprights
positioned next to each other 45..... 45° • Available in 4' (1219 mm) width only
ND..... Nominal Shelf Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments • Two required for Inside Corner
• Shelf depth must match adjacent shelf depths (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Rivited tag molding does not match TAG..... Tag Mold Option: 45° Outside
standard aluminum moldings Corner Upper
BLANK=Painted Color of Shelf Shelf
DGA2G=Gold Finish
DGA2A=Silver Finish
OPT..... Optional Covering:
L=Laminate
C=Carpet
F=Fabric Inside Corner Upper & Base Shelf W(TYPE)SIC-(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)
• Utilizes space while maintaining W..... Wide
continuity around a corner TYPE..... B=Base
Outside Corner Kickplate 45° WOCKP45-(ND)05 • Separate bracket design utilizes modified U=Upper
WOCKP..... Wall Outside Corner Kickplate Standard Shelf components S..... Shelf
45..... 45° IC..... Inside Corner
• Shelves do not accommodate wire or glass
ND..... Nominal Shelf Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments binning and may not be used in downslope ASD..... Adjacent Shelf Depth
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) position 10" to 30" in 2" increments
05..... 5" (127 mm) Kickplate Height 45° Outside (254 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Corner Base 45° Kickplate • Depths match all Standard Upper and
Shelf Base Shelves TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
DGA2G=Gold Finish
DGA2A=Silver Finish
OPT..... Optional Covering: Adjoining shelves on the same
L=Laminate level MUST BE EQUAL
Outside Corner Upper & OC(TYPE)(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT) C=Carpet
Base Shelf OC..... Outside Corner Shelf F=Fabric
• Utilizes space while maintaining TYPE..... BS=Base Shelf
US=Upper Shelf
continuity around a corner
ASD..... Adjacent Shelf Depth
• Shelf depth approximately one-third 10" to 30" in 2" increments
less than adjoining shelf depths
• Separate bracket utilizes modified
(254 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) Inside Corner Kickplate WKPIC-(ASD)-(OPT)
TAG..... Tag Mold Option: WKP..... Kickplate
standard shelf components to maintain BLANK=Painted Color of Shelf
appearance, strength and simple installation IC..... Inside Corner
DGA2G=Gold Finish
Corner Upper ASD..... Adjacent Shelf Depth
• Sizes match all Standard Upper and DGA2A=Silver Finish Shelf 10" to 30" in 2" increments
Base Shelves OPT..... Optional Covering: (254 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
L=Laminate
C=Carpet OPT..... Size Option: Blank=5"
F=Fabric 12=12"
Outside Corner Kickplate OCKP-(ASD)(NH)

OC..... Outside Corner
KP..... Kickplate
ASD..... Adjacent Shelf Depth
Equal Corner Base

Shelf Kickplate Inside Corner Shelves and Kickplate shown with
Convex Upper and Base Shelves and Three-Sided
Rotating Display
Adjoining shelves on
same level MUST BE EQUAL Equal
Lumishelf™ Surface for GSF LSSG(NW)(ND)-(OPT) Lumishelf™ Radius LED LSSRA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)
• Lumishelf™ Surface only for installation LSSG..... Lumishelf™ Surface for GSF Shelf Assembly LSSRA..... Radius Lumishelf™ Surface
on Glass Shelf Frame (GSF) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' with RGSFF Frame Assembly
• Radius Lumishelf™ Surface and Frame
(914 mm or 1219 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Frame with two crossbars is recommended has an overall depth of LSSRA that is
ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 18" in 2" increments (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(shown below) the nominal depth plus 6" (152 mm)
(254 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments) Example: LSSRA-3614 would have ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", or 18"
• 60" (1524 mm) cord (356 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm)
OPT..... R=Optional Reflector actual depth of 20" (508 mm)
Blank= No Reflector OPT..... Blank= No Reflector
• Load capacity is 100 lbs R=Optional Reflector
NOTE!
NOTE!
Minimum order is 20
shelves of any size.
Lumishelf™ Radius Surface LSSR(NW)(ND)-(OPT)

•Matches radius on Upper and Base Shelves LSSR..... Lumishelf™ Surface with Radius Front
Lumishelf™ Surface for LUSF LSSL(NW)(ND)-(OPT) with Radius Front (SUSRF, SBSRF), not Radius NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
LSSL..... Lumishelf™ Surface Glass Shelves (RGS) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Light-guiding plate directs light onto the
merchandise, improving merchandise NW..... Nominal Width • Load capacity is 100 lbs when used with ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", or 18"
3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) Glass Shelf Radius Frame, GSRFF-(NW)(ND) (356 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm)
visibility
ND..... Nominal Depth OPT..... Blank= No Reflector
• Load capacity is 100 lbs, when used • 60" (1524 mm) cord
12" to 24" in 2" increments R=Optional Reflector
with Lighted Upper Shelf Frame, LUSF
• 60" (1524 mm) cord
OPT..... R=Optional Reflector
Blank= No Reflector
Lighted Upper Shelf Frame LUSF-(NW)(ND)

for Lumishelf™ Surface LUSF..... Lighted Upper Shelf Frame
for Lumishelf™ Surface
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
LUSF and GSF require
different size surfaces.
Lumishelf™ Glass Shelf Frame GSF(NW)(ND)-2B

• Glass Shelf Frame includes two crossbars GSF..... Glass Shelf Frame Lumishelf™Glass Shelf GSRFF-(NW)(ND)
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Radius Frame GSRFF..... Glass Shelf Radius Front Frame
(914 mm or 1219 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Glass Shelf Frame for Lumishelf™
Radius Surface
(305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) ND..... Nominal Depth 14", 16", or 18"
2B..... 2 Crossbars
• Lumishelf™ Radius Surface must be (356 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm)
ordered separately
Lighted Upper Shelf with LUSFBN(NW)(ND)

Bullnose Front LUSFBN..... Lighted Upper Shelf with Bullnose Front
• Attractive 1¼" (32 mm) bullnose front NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Uses LSSL Lumishelf surface ND..... Nominal Depth 14" to 24" in 2" increments Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED LSSGA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)
(ordered separately) Shelf Assembly LSSGA..... Lumishelf™ Surface with
GSF Frame Assembly
• Accepts LEDge Light for • Light-guiding plate directs light onto the
additional lighting NW..... Nominal Width
merchandise, improving merchandise
36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Order Lumishelf surface with nominal visibility
ND..... Nominal Depth
depth 2" (51 mm) smaller than nominal ND 14"-18"
• Assembly contains LED Shelf Surface 10" to 18" in 2" increments
depth of shelf and Glass Shelf Frame (254 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Load capacity is 200 lbs • Load capacity is 40 lbs OPT..... Blank= No Reflector
R=Optional Reflector
ND 20"-24"
9/14 9/14
7/11
Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED LSSLA(NW)(ND)-(OPT) Shelf Extension Radius SERM-(NW)-(TAG)(TYPE)

LUSF Assembly LSSLA..... Lumishelf™ Upper Shelf with for SUS/SBS SERM..... Shelf Extension Radius
LUSF Frame Assembly NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
• Includes LUSA frame with tag mold • Cost-effective way to add curve to Standard
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
frontand Lumishelf™ surface Upper Shelf
(914 mm or 1219 mm) TAG..... Blank=11/4" (32 mm) Metal Tag
• Surface is recessed into frame; LED does ND..... Nominal Depth • Radius Extension snaps into front perforations DGA2=DGA2 Tag
not highlight edges 12" to 24" in 2" increments • Canoe clips (not included) may be used for TYPE..... A=Aluminum
• Load capacity is 100 lbs (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) added shelf strength G=Gold
OPT..... Blank= No Reflector • Lightweight front loading recommended P=Painted
R=Optional Reflector • Protrudes approximately 4" (102 mm) outward
SERM-HDWR
• Aligns with adjacent Madix Radius
Front Shelves SERM..... Shelf Extension Radius
NOTE! • Tag molding painted to match Shelf Extension;
HDWR..... Hardware Pack
Must order required transformer separately. Transformer is UL/CE/CB listed. accepts standard 1¼" (32 mm) tag strips
Spider connector cables utilized to connect multiple surfaces to a single • Load capacity is 15 lbs
transformer. Refer to transformer information for capacities.
Extended Shelf ES(NL)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(OPT)

• Ideal for cross-merchandising long or tall items ES..... Extended Shelf
with smaller items to boost impulse sales NL..... Nominal Bracket Length 18" or 20"
(457 mm or 508 mm)
Lumishelf™ Base Shelf LBSF-(NW)(ND) • Load Capacity is 50% less than a
• Uses LSSL Lumishelf surface LBSF..... Lumishelf™ Base Shelf standard shelf of same bracket length
(see SUS load capacity) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(ordered separately) NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
ND..... Nominal Depth 10" or 14"
• Matches LUSF-(NW)(ND) frame (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) • Other standard-size shelf-and-bracket
(254 mm or 356 mm)
for a uniform look ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 20" in 2" increments combinations are available; brackets must be
4" (102 mm) or larger than shelf depth, with a TAG..... Tag Mold Option
maximum 30" (762 mm) OPT..... C=Carpet
L=Laminate
Extended Base Shelf ESB(ND)-(NW)(SD)-(TAG)-(OPT)

• Ideal for displaying merchandise requiring ESB..... Extended Base Shelf
power cords to run underneath fixture run ND..... Nominal Bracket Depth 16" to 26" in
2" increments (406 mm to 660 mm
• Rear opening at back of shelf ranges from 2"
to 6" (51 mm to 152 mm)
Transformers for Lumi LSST5A • Load capacity is 50% less than standard shelf (914 mm or 1219 mm)
LED Products LSST..... Transformers for LED Products of same bracket length (see SUS load capacity)
SD..... Nominal Shelf Depth 12" to 24" in 2" increments
• Transformers are required for Lumishelf™ 5..... 60 watts, 7.5 vertical feet (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
and Lumiback (ordered separately) A..... Adapter TAG..... Tag Mold Option
• 60 watt capacity; 7.5 vertical feet (2286 mm) OPT..... C=Carpet
L=Laminate
• One transformer powers five 36" (914 mm)
shelves
• UL/CE/CB Listed Extended Upper Shelf ESRF-(BD)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(TYPE)
• 60" (1524 mm) AC power cord and 72" with Radius Front ESRF..... Extended Upper Shelf with Radius Front
(1829 mm) DC cord BD..... Bracket Depth 16" to 30" in 2" increments
• Extended bracket provides 2" (51 mm)
• Maximum 20 transformers per 20 amp circuit of space for electrical cords to be (406 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) Nominal Depth
passed behind shelf to centrally NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) + 57/8"
located electrical outlets ND..... Nominal Depth 14" to 28" in 2" increments
Spider Cables Lumi LED Products LSS(OPT)WC • Shelf includes DGA2 tag molding to match
• LSS2WC and LSS6WC Spider Cables LSS..... Spider Cables for shelf or may be ordered in gold, silver
anodized, or painted in a contrasting color DGA2G=Gold Finish
have connections approximately 6" LED Products
DGA2P=Painted Finish-Different than shelf
(152 mm) OC and each lead is OPT..... 2 = 2 Connections • DGA2 tag accepts 1¼" (32 mm) price tags DGA2A=Silver Finish
approximately 6" (152 mm) long 4 = 4 Connections
TYPE..... A=Aluminum
6 = 6 Connections
• LSS4WC Spider Cable has 60" (1524 mm) G=Gold
leads, 60" (1524 mm) OC WC..... Wire Connectors P=Painted
• Spider Cables can be utilized to connect
multiple surfaces or backs to a single Part Number Connections
transformer LSS2WC 2
• Refer to transformer information for capacities LSS4WC 4
LSS6WC 6
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Extended Panels
8/15 9/14
Box Corner Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Extended Panels EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH) Box Corner BC-9630-(OPT)
EP..... Extended Panel • Eliminate dead space where wall BC..... Box Corner
• Make presentation more convenient and
TYPE..... P=Pegboard shelving runs meet 96..... Nominal Height 96" (2438 mm)
merchandise more accessible
PM=Mirror Mylar Pegboard • Unit consists of two 96" x 36" 30..... Nominal Depth 30" (762 mm)
• Heavy-duty aluminum extrusion frame
ensures rigidity under heavy loads H..... Heavy-Duty (2438 mm x 914 mm) panels, joining OPT..... H=Hardboard, Painted
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' extrusion and metal kickplates P=Pegboard, Painted
• Minimum of two crossbars, VDBNP-(NW) HM=Hardboard, Mirror
(ND), are required per panel (914 mm or 1219 mm) • May be assembled as shown in either
PM=Pegboard, Mirror
NH..... Nominal Height 12" to 48" illustration HL=Laminate, On Hardboard
• Panels are attached to the crossbars using in 6" increments
EPPMVDB brackets • May also be used in A/D or B/C
(305 mm to 1219 mm in combinations
152 mm increments)
• Panels cut to size during installation
Vertical Divider Bar, VDBNP-(NW)(ND) A B
Non-Perforated VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar

NP..... Non-Perforated 4' (1219 mm) Canopy Shelf
• 1"x 1" (25 mm x 25 mm) tubing to be used
with Extended Peg Panel Mount Brackets NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(EPPMVDB )for displaying Extended Peg (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Panels [EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH)] ND..... Nominal Depth 02" to 10" in 2" increments
4' (1219 mm) Canopy Shelf

Extended Peg Panel Mount EPPMVDB

Brackets for Vertical Divider Bars EPP..... Extended Peg Panel Side View
Cross Section
• Design allows pegboard panel to be easily MVDB..... Mount Brackets for Vertical Divider Bars
removed from Vertical Divider Bars [VDBNP-
(NW)(ND)] for storage or relocation as
merchandising requirements change
• Stamped of galvanized material and cannot
be painted
• Sold in packs of three
NOTE!
If canopy turns in front of box corner (B), a shorter
• One packet required per Vertical Divider Bar light fixture must be used in both corner sections:
[VDBNP-(NW)(ND)] 3' (914 mm) light for 4' (1219 mm) section,
2' (610 mm) light for 3' (914 mm) section.
C D
Extended Slatwall Panel ESWPREVDBM(NW)(NH)
with Reinforced Edges E SWPRE..... Extended Slatwall Panel
with Reinforced Edges
VDBM..... Vertical Divider Bar Mount
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
NH..... 24" to 48" in 6" increments
Finish Code
(FIN1)(FIN2)(FIN3)
FIN1..... Metal Finish
FIN2..... Slatwall Finish
FIN3..... Optional Insert Finish
Extended Metal Peg EMPBM-(BH)(NW)

Bar Modified EMPBM..... Extended Metal Peg Bar Modified
• Add peggable space without adding BH..... Bracket Height 12" to 30" in 6" increments
extension uprights
• Easily relocated, removed, and stored (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Accents a gondola section or end cap
• Installs in the top slots of a gondola
• Bracket height is the height of the mounting
brackets and nominal width is the width of
the gondola
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Wire Truss
9/14 9/14
Wire Grid Panels Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Modified Wire Truss Shelf MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG) Sliding Wire Grid Panel SWGP-(NH)(NW)(ND)
• Heavy-gauge wire construction MWTS..... Modified Wire Truss Shelf • Utilizes two Vertical Divider Bars with channel SWGP..... Sliding Wire Grid Panel
• To retain product, 1" (25 mm) high lips may NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48" rails, one Harmonic Grid Wire Panel, and one NH..... Nominal Height 60" or 66"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) hardware pack containing necessary pieces to (1524 mm or 1676 mm)
be installed down at front and up at rear,
or vice versa ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments bring all components into one unit NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) • Vertical Divider Bars, [VDBNP-(NW)(ND)] ND..... Nominal Depth 8", 12", 16", 20", or 24"
• Notched corners accommodate Truss Shelf
TAG..... Tag Mold Option-Uplip: allow sliding panel to extend minimum of (204 mm, 305 mm, 406 mm,
Posts {TSP-(NH)] (ordered separately)
DGA2GU=Gold Finish 8" (203 mm) past gondola/wall shelving 508 mm, or 610 mm)
• Wire Basket Brackets, MBWB-(ND), attach DGA2PU=Painted Finish-Different than shelf
easily and are required to mount the DGA2AU=Silver Finish
• Allows customers continuous view of
Modified Wire Truss Shelf to Standard merchandise stored behind each panel
Tag Mold Option-Downlip:
Upright (ordered separately) DGA2GD=Gold Finish • Sufficient clearance must be allowed between
• Load capacity is 150 lbs DGA2PD=Painted Finish-Different than shelf Sliding Wire Grid Panel and merchandise in
DGA2AD=Silver Finish order to permit panel to slide back and forth
without interference
• Accommodates 1" (25 mm) Snap Over Crossbar
Hooks, Slatwall Accessories with 3" x 3" or
1" x 3" (76 x 76 mm or 25 x 76 mm) plates,
Peghooks, and 3" (76 mm) OC Grid Accessories
Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket MBWB-(ND)

• For quick installation, shelf snaps into brackets MBWB..... Madix Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket Wire Grid Panel for Basic Upright WGPBU-(NW)(NH)
(pair only pricing) • Versatile panel for merchandising; utilizes WGPBU..... Wire Grid Panel for Basic Upright
(ordered separately)
ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments Wire Grid or Slatwall accessories in a standard NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Brackets should be same depth and finish as shelving run (914 mm or 1219 mm)
Modified Wire Truss Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 30" to 60" in 6" increments
[MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)] • Vertical wires are 5/16" (8 mm) diameter on 6"
(152 mm) spacing, and horizontal wires are (762 mm to 1524 mm in 152 mm increments)
• For each Modified Wire Truss Shelf, order one 1/4" (6 mm) diameter with 3/4" (19 mm) double
pair of Wire Basket Brackets wire spacing on a 21/4" (57 mm) repeat pattern
• Wire Grid and Slatwall accessories available
Wire Truss Post TSP-(NH)

• An aesthetic addition for use with Modified TSP..... Truss Shelf Post
Truss Shelf [MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)] NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 144" in 12" increments
• Provides no additional support
• Bolts to Base Shelf with included hardware;
posts slide through shelves into receivers
Extended Wire Grid Panel MSF-EWGP(NW)(NH)(ND)

• Offers retailers a different approach to MSF..... Madix Store Fixtures
Actual Height=
minus 51/16" (129 mm) merchandising pegged products EWGP..... Extended Wire Grid Panel
• Each Grid Panel is attached to Standard NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
Brackets to be used with Basic Uprights (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Fixture is sturdy gauge wire, 3" (76 mm) NH..... Nominal Height 12", 36", 48", 60", or 72"
OC grid (305 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm,
1524 mm, or 1829 mm)
• Wire grid accessories can be utilized ND..... Nominal Depth
with fixture and are ordered separately Blank=10" (254 mm)
Sign Holder for Truss Shelf Post SHTSP-(NW) • Hardware pack included 24=24" (610 mm)
• Sign Holder height is 13/16" (21 mm); insert post SH..... Sign Holder
height is 3" (76 mm) TSP..... Truss Shelf Post
• Optional customer-supplied signage hooks NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
into tops of Truss Shelf Posts with customer- (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
supplied S-hooks
Glass Shelf GS-(NW)(ND) Radius Glass Shelf RGS-(NW)(ND)
• Smooth pencil polish edges on high GS..... Glass Shelf • Option for displaying lightweight, RGS..... Radius Glass Shelf
quality glass NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' upscale merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(914 mm to 1219 mm) (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
• Glass shelving allows light to pass through
ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 18" in 2" increments from top shelf to base shelf, providing ND..... Nominal Depth 18" (457 mm)
(203 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments) greater focus on merchandise
• Glass Shelf is ¼" (6 mm) thick tempered glass
NOTE! • Load capacity is 100 lbs
Overloading could cause sudden
failure, potentially resulting in
possible injury or death
em
ufr
eP
Glass Shelf Frame GSF-(NW)(ND)

• Standard frame finishes: Sahara and GSF..... Glass Shelf Frame
Powder Chrome NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Radius Glass Shelf RGSFA-(NW)(ND)
(914 mm to 1219 mm) RGSFA..... Radius Glass Shelf Frame Assembly
• Two position brackets for flat or 15˚ downslope
Frame Assembly
• Load capacity of 40 lbs for Glass Shelf installed NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(203 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments) • Provides the support for Radius Glass Shelf (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
on the Glass Shelf Frame
• Frame constructed of 1" x 2" (25 x 51 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 18" (457 mm)
tubing with metal brackets that have been
welded for extra strength
• Frame assembly includes a hardware pack
with small grommets that protect and secure
Glass Shelf Frame with GSF(NW)(ND)-2B the Radius Glass Shelf toFrame Assembly
Two Crossbars GSF..... Glass Shelf Frame • Unit ships with all core parts and mounts
• Glass Shelf Frame with two crossbars NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' into Maxi Line Uprights with 1" (25 mm) OC
(914 mm to 1219 mm) spacing
2B..... Two Crossbars
Glass Shelf Bracket SGSB-(ND) Slatwall Shelf SWSH-(NW)(ND)(OPT)

• Attaches to wooden or metal slatwall SWSH..... Slatwall Shelf
• For use on Slatwall Back Panels SGSB..... Glass Shelf Bracket
• Can also span across vertical upright, NW..... Nominal Width 18" to 48" in 6" increments
• May be used with or without glass shelf clips ND..... Nominal Depth 08" to 14" in 2" increments
and grommets (203 mm to 356 mm in 51 mm increments) allowing for maximum utilization of
merchandising space ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 18" in 2" increments
OPT..... Blank=with Tag
NOTE! NT=No Tag
Load capacity varies depending upon
glass thickness and slatwall construction.
Metal Slatwall Shelf, Heavy-Duty MSWHDMS(NW)(ND)NT

• Attaches to wooden or metal slatwall MSW..... Metal Slatwall Shelf
Glass Shelf Clips GSC-20 HDMS..... Heavy-Duty
• Clear plastic clip and rubber cushions protect GSC..... Glass Shelf Clips NW..... Nominal Width 30" to 48" in 6" increments
glass shelves from vibration and slippage 20..... 20 Pack (762 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Soft rubber cushions included ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 26" in 2" increments
NT..... NT=No Tag
Shelving Dividers Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Shelf Extender SE(ND)-(NW)-10 Multi-Purpose Dividers DV050610CM(POSITION)(OPT)
SE..... Shelf Extender • Specifically designed to boost product V050610CM......Multi-Purpose Dividers
D
• Attaches to front shelf perforations of
Standard Upper Shelves [SUS-(NW)(ND)] ND..... Nominal Depth 4" (102 mm) visibility and accessibility POSITION......L=Left
R=Right
• Packs of 10 NW..... Nominal Width 63/4 or 81/2" (171 mm or 216 mm) • Tension-fit multi-purpose dividers attach
C=Center
10..... 10 Pack without hardware and provide fast and easy
shelving resets OPT......Blank=Standard finish
Chrome
Finish Code
PC059......Satin Black
PC811......Cream
PC812......Dove Gray
PC829......White
Shelf Extender Basket SEB Multi-Purpose Wire Divider WDMP-(OPT)

• Movable basket hooks in front row of SEB..... Shelf Extender Basket • Keeps merchandise seperated WDMP..... Multi-Purpose Wire Divider
perforations in Standard Upper Shelves • 33/4"W x 73/4"H x 63/4"D OPT..... C=Center
[SUS-(NW)(ND)] E=Ends, Pairs Only
(95 mm x 197 mm x 171 mm)
• Ideal for literature or other lightweight items • Dividers clip into front shelf perforations
• 18"W x 21/2"D (457 mm x 64 mm), 31/4" (83 mm) • Minimum product width is 6" (152 mm)
front height, 6" (152 mm) back height
• End dividers sold in pairs
• Tag molding accepts 11/4" (32 mm) tags
Left Hand
Center
Right Hand
Keyboard Shelf IU-106-(OPT) Multi-Purpose Wire Divider, WMPDHD-(NH)(ND)-(HAND)

• Mounts onto Standard Upper Shelves IU-106..... Keyboard Shelf Heavy-Duty WMPDHD.... Wire Multi-Purpose Divider Heavy-Duty
[SUS-(NW)(ND)] OPT..... Carpet Option: NH.... Nominal Height 3" or 6"
• Hooks into the perforations of the Standard
Blank=None (76 mm or 152 mm)
• Provides a place to store or display a Upper Shelf [SUS-(NW)(ND)]
C=Carpet ND.... Nominal Width 10" to 18" in 2" increments
computer keyboard • Bends in front of dividers for added stability (254 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments)
• 21"W x 7"D (533 mm x 178 mm) • No front required HAND.... L=Left-Hand
• 1" (25 mm) retainer lips on the front and sides R=Right-Hand
• Entire inside surface may be carpeted; when C=Center
ordering, please specify the use of
Madix-supplied carpeting
Metal Shelf Cross Divider MSCD(NW)

• Horizontal shelf divider MSCD.... Metal Shelf Cross Divider
Pull Out Keyboard Tray KEYBOARD-TRAY NW.... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Designed to store computer keyboard KEYBOARD-TRAY.... Pull Out Keyboard Tray • Attaches to shelf with magnetic strip
and mouse under Standard Upper Shelf
[SUS-(NW)(ND)]
• Pull-out tray mounts beneath shelf,
secured by screws to shelf supports
• 21"W x 9"D (533 mm x 229 mm)
• Two Keyboard Trays will fit under 4' (1219 mm)
Standard Upper Shelf [SUS-(NW)(ND)]
(not included)
Metal Shelf Divider MSD-(ND)(NH)
• Attaches to shelf with magnetic strip MSD..... Metal Shelf Divider
NH..... Nominal Height 4", 8", 12", 24"
(102 mm, 203 mm, 305 mm, 610 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Shelving Dividers and Accessories
9/14 9/14
Wire Binning Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Styrene Divider DIV(NH)(ND)-OPT Wire Binning
• Separates without obscuring merchandise DIV..... Styrene Divider • Versatile design allows any size divider
• Tabs are located at each end of Divider NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 5" • Attaches to shelf perforations with
(76 mm or 127 mm)
and will attach to any of Madix’s standard, welded-on “feet”
perforated-metal shelves ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 20" in 2" increments
• Use fronts with or without dividers
• Fasteners, F10156 or CF1C (ordered • Use dividers with or without fronts
OPT..... 1=Single
separately), attach Divider to shelves
10=10 Pack • Vertical wires on 1" (25 mm) centers
• Available in depths of 10" to 20"
• Chrome-plated finish
(254 mm to 508 mm)
• Order individually or in packs of ten
Wire Binning Front PMF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT) PMF

Styrene Front Fence SFF(NH)T(NW)S-(OPT) Front
• Fence has four holes, allowing it to be SFF..... Styrene Front Fence NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 6"
attached to any standard Madix perforated NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 5" (76 mm or 152 mm)
metal shelf using fasteners F10156 or CFIC (76 mm or 127 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" 3"
(ordered separately) T..... Tall (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Creates a divider system when used NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" 1..... Single
with Styrene Divider (914 mm or 1219 mm) OPT..... Blank=Chrome
S..... S P=Painted
• Available in 36" or 48" widths
(914 mm or 1219 mm) OPT..... 1=Single
10=10 Pack
• Order individually or in packs of ten
Wire Truss PMF Front WTPMFF-(NW) 6"

• Attaches to Madix Standard Base or TPMFF.....Wire Truss PMF Front
W
Upper Shelves NW.....Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Connects with shelf perforations using
provided pine cone clips and offers Wire Binning Divider PMD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT)
product retention PMD..... Divider
NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 6"
• WTPMFF and Standard Upper Shelf
(76 mm or 152 mm)
[SUS-(NW)(ND)] combination may complement
Wire Truss Shelves [MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)] ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 24" in 2" increments
• Serves as alternative to shelf retainers
1..... Single Pack
and wire fronts 7/8" (22 mm) high
OPT..... Blank=Chrome
P=Painted
Fastener Remover 2145 FR2145 6"
• Optional Fastener Remover may be FR2145..... Fastener Remover 2145
used to remove canoe-style clips Wire Binning Cross Divider MC-(NH)(NW)-10-(OPT)
• Especially useful when using the MC..... Cross Divider
F10156 fastener with the Styrene NH..... Nominal Height 3" (76 mm)
Fronts and Dividers
10..... 10 Pack
Fastener 10156 F10156-10 OPT..... Blank=Chrome
• Specifically designed to be used with F10156..... Fastener 10156 P=Painted
Styrene Front Fence [SFF(NH)T(NW)S-(OPT)] 10..... 10 Pack
and Styrene Dividers (DIV(NH)(ND)-OPT)
• Using the 2145 Fastener Remover, the 10156
Fastener can be easily removed without
damage and may be reused
• Useful when frequent changes in a layout
are anticipated
• Available in packs of ten
Fastener CFICF-1 CF1CF-10

• Basic, push in-type fastener; secures CF1CF..... Fastener CFICR-1
the Styrene Front Fence [SFF(NH)T(NWS-(OPT)] 10..... 10 Pack
and Styrene Dividers (DIV(NH)(ND)-OPT) to
Madix Shelves
• Available in packs of ten
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Wire Binning
9/14 9/14
Shelving Accessories Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
7/11
Interlocking Wire Binning Metal Section Divider Panel MSDP-(AD)(AH)

• Easy, snap-in installation with • Use for merchandise separation or as an MSDP..... Metal Section Divider Panel
interlocking feature end closure for Extended Pegboard Panels AD..... Actual Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
[EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH)] (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Versatile design allows 3" (76 mm) and
5" (127 mm) high dividers to be used • Metal panel has one clip to hook into Basic AH..... Actual Height 12" to 92" in 1" increments
with 3" (76 mm) high fronts Upright [BU-(AH)] (305 mm to 2337 mm in 25 mm increments)
• Both 5" (127 mm) and 7" (178 mm) high • Panel has 3" (76 mm) radius at top and
dividers fit 5" (127 mm) high front bottom front
• Dividers on ½" (13 mm) centers • Panels should be between base or upper
• Vertical wires on ½" (13 mm) centers shelves or screwed to shelf brackets
• If used as Extended Pegboard Panels
[EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH)] closures, panels
should be 6" (152 mm) or taller than Extended
Pegboard Panels [EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH)] due
Interlocking Wire Binning Front MF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT) to radius
MF..... Front
NH..... Nominal Height 3" or 5"
(76 mm or 127 mm)
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" 3"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Standard Base Shelf Under SBSUSD-(NW)(ND)
1..... Single Storage Drawer SBSUSD.......Standard Base Shelf Under Storage Drawer
OPT..... Blank=Chrome • Not compatable with Base Shoe Reinforced NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
P=Painted (914 mm or 1219 mm)
[BSR-(ND)] or no-kickplate base shoes
5" Shelf Retainer SR-(NW)-(NH)-10

• Sturdy, metal angle provides retaining lip SR..... Shelf Retainer
for merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Ideal for use when shelf is in 15˚
Interlocking Wire Binning Divider MD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT) 3" downslope position NH..... Blank=1" (22 mm)
2=2" (51 mm)
MD..... Divider • Mounting hardware included 3=3" (76 mm)
NH..... Nominal Height 3", 5", or 7" 4=4" (102 mm)
(76 mm, 127 mm, 178 mm)
10..... 10 Pack
(254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) 5"
1..... Single
OPT..... Blank=Chrome Touch-Up Paint, ORM-D APC-(COLOR)
P=Painted Consumer Commodity APC..... ORM-D Consumer Commodity
• Repairs scratches to the finish on metal COLOR..... Color (See Chart)
products that may occur during installation
7" Standard Colors Part # Optional Colors Part #
• Touch up not available for Silver Vein, Powder
Chrome, or other exotic powders Blue Gray APC-BG Hollyberry APC-HB
Chocolate APC-CH Neon Blue APC-NE
• For Powder Chrome finish, chrome touch-up
available at auto parts stores may be used Dove Gray APC-DG Mandarin APC-MA
Dover White APC-P60 Hunter Green APC-P06
Oyster APC-OY Spectrum Blue APC-P149
NOTE! Skyline Gray APC-P234 Spectrum Red APC-P150
FAA regulations prohibit the shipment Fashion Gray/Folkstone APC-P565 Bright Orange APC-P66
of this product by air, or in export Sahara APC-SA Spectrum Green APC-SG
containers by air or ocean, to countries Satin Black APC-SB
outside the United States. Snow White APC-SW
Tru Gray APC-235
Metal Shelf Filler MSF-(NW)

• Fills gap between shelves when used MSF..... Metal Shelf Filler
with open back NW..... Nominal Width 2', 3', or 4'
(610 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Shelving Accessories 4/16 4/18
Shelving Accessories Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)02 Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty VDAHDWH-(NL)(OPT)
• 1" (25 mm) square tubing has .40" (10 mm) VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar Wire Hook VDA..... Vertical Divider Arm
diameter holes and 1" (25 mm) OC to accept NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' HDWH..... Heavy-Duty Wire Hook
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Shown with Metal Tag Plate
roll goods upright NL..... Nominal Length 12" to 22" in 2" increments
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach 02..... 2" Standoff (51 mm) (305 mm to 559 mm in 51 mm increments)
to basic fixture upright OPT..... PTH=Metal Tag Plate
Threaded Vertical Divider TVDAL-1606R
Vertical Divider Bar, VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF) Arm Loop TVDAL..... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm Loop
• Use with standard Vertical Divider Bar 16..... 16" (406 mm) Nominal Length
Non-Perforated VDB.....Vertical Divider Bar
[VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF)] 06..... 6" (152 mm) Nominal Loop Height
• 1" (25 mm) square tubing NP.....Non-Perforated
NW.....Nominal Width 3' or 4' • Can be installed at 90˚ when secured with
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach to basic provided nut and 45˚ when unsecured
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
fixture upright • Can be combined with dividers and multiple
STANDOFF....02" to 10" in 2" increments
(51 mm to 254 mm in 51 mm increments) crossbars for displaying larger items
Waterfall Displayers FO(OPT)

• 1" (25 mm) square chrome-plated tubing FO..... Waterfall Displayers Faceout Waterfall 12" CB1/2FOJ-12-OPT
OPT..... S=Straight Arm CB..... Crossbar
• Use with Vertical Divider Bar [VDBNP-(NW) 1/2FOJ..... 1/2" (13 mm) Waterfall Hook
J=J Hook Waterfall
(STANDOFF)] 1" x 1" (25 mm x 25 mm) tubing
W=Waterfall 12..... 12" (305 mm)
• Straight Arm projects 12" (305 mm)
OPT..... Blank=Chrome Finish
• J Hook Waterfall projects 16" (406 mm) PC=Powder Coat
• Waterfall projects 16" (406 mm)
Threaded Vertical Divider Arms TVDA-(NL)(TYPE)

• Unique mounting attachment allows TVDA..... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm
straight-out or 45° mounting in either NL..... Regular-Duty: 06" to 20" in 2" increments
direction mounting to Vertical Divider Bar (152 mm to 508 mm in 51 mm increments) Straight Faceout Waterfall 12" CB1/2FOS-12-PC
Heavy-Duty: 12" to 30" in 2" increments CB..... Crossbar
• Arms may be mounted to the front and/or
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) 1/2..... 1/2" (13 mm)
rear of standoff bars
TYPE..... R=Regular-Duty FOS..... Faceout Straight
• Regular-duty divider arms are 3/8" (10 mm) H=Heavy-Duty
diameter with red neoprene safety tip 12..... 12" (305 mm)
PC..... Powder Coated
• Heavy-duty arms are 1" (25 mm) square
tubing with vinyl safety cap
• Threaded option locks arm to prevent Faceout Waterfall CB1/2FOW-PC
accidental dismounting Regular-Duty Heavy-Duty CB..... Crossbar
• Standard finishes: Sahara or Blue Gray 1/2..... 1/2" (13 mm)
FOW..... Faceout Waterfall
PC..... Powder Coated
Threaded Vertical Divider Arm TVDASJ-(NL)
with J Hooks TVDAS..... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm
• Constructed with a unique mounting J..... with J hooks
attachment that allows for either straight or NL..... Nominal Length 16" or 20" Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm .ACTPRAOT(ND)
45˚ placement on Vertical Divider Bar [VDBNP- (406 mm or 508 mm) for Vertical Divider Bar ACTPRAOT......Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm for VDB
(NW)(STANDOFF)] (ordered separately) • Use with standard Vertical Divider Bar ND.......Nominal Depth
[VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF)] 1222=12" to 22" (305 mm to 559 mm)
• 16" (406 mm) length has five J Hooks; TVDASJ-16 2230=22" to 30" (559 mm to 762 mm)
20" (508 mm) length has six J Hooks
• Threaded mount allows for additional security
and stability
Threaded Vertical Divider Arm TVDALWH-18H-PTH

Lug Wrench Holder TVDA..... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm
W Hook WH-8
• Bolts into Vertical Divider Bar [VDBNP-(NW) LWH..... Lug Wrench Holder • Attaches to front front row of shelf or WH..... W Hook
(STANDOFF)] 18..... Nominal Length 18" (457 mm) use with standard Vertical Divider Bar 8..... 8 Pack
• Self-feeding bar, allows merchandise to [VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF)]
be front facing and organized • Recommended maximum of eight
hooks per four linear feet
• Threaded mount allows for additional security
and stability
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Crossbars 2/17 7/16
Crossbars Accessories Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Crossbar CB(NL)-(SL) Hangrod HR-(NL)
• 1" x 3/16" (25 cm x 5 cm) bar stock in 3' or 4' CB..... Crossbars • 11/4" OD (32 mm) heavy-gauge steel tubing HR..... Hangrod Upslope
(914 mm or 1219 mm) widths NL..... Nominal Length 3' or 4' with chrome-plated finish NL..... Nominal Length3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) Bracket
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Flat-stock, solid crossbar with special spring-
style hooks SL..... Standoff Length 2" to 16" in 2" increments
(51 mm to 406 mm in 51 mm increments) Hangrod Brackets HR(OPT)-(NL)
• Heavy-duty brackets for use with hangrod HR..... Hangrod Hangrod
OPT..... B=Bracket Straight
Adjustable Crossbar CBADJ-(NW)(ND) • Upslope brackets have 12" (305 mm) rise
BU= Bracket Upslope
Straight
Bracket
• Allows retailers greater flexibility CBADJ..... Crossbar Adjustable on all lengths
NL..... Nominal Length 12" to 18" in 2" increments
when displaying merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 2', 3', or 4' • Sold in pairs (305 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments)
(610 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm) • Standard finish: Sahara
• Uses pushpins to easily change
depths and to eliminate the need ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 22" in 2" increments
for additional hardware (305 mm to 559 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Flat-stock, solid crossbar with special
spring-style hooks
• 3/16" (5 mm) thick Crossbar CB1/2X11/2-(NW)(ND)
• 1/2"W x 11/2"H (13 cm x 38 cm) bar CB..... Crossbar
• Use with only 1/2"W x 11/2"H (13 cm x 38 cm) 1/2X11/2.... 1/2"x11/2"
NW..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", or 60"
Crossbar Hooks CB9201-(NL)-(PACK) saddle style accessories
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm,
• .224 diameter wire CB9201..... Crossbar Hook 1219 mm, or 1524 mm)
• Galvanized NL..... Nominal Length 4", 6", or 9" ND..... Nominal Depth 01" to 24" in 1" increments
(102 mm, 152 mm, or 229 mm) (25 mm to 610 mm in 25 mm increments)
• Use with Crossbar [CB(NL)-(SL)] and Mini
PACK..... Pack Size
Grid only 10=10 Pack
100=100 Pack
Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm ACTPRA1222

Crossbar Scanner Hook RCCS(NL)-212-(PACK) • Use with Crossbar [CB1/2X11/2-(NW)(ND)] ACTPRA..... Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm
• .212 diameter wire RCCS..... Crossbar Scanner Hook 1222..... Adjustable 12" to 22"
NL..... Nominal Length 4", 6", or 9" (305 mm to 559 mm)
• Galvanized
(102 mm, 152 mm, or 229 mm)
• Use with Crossbar [CB(NL)-(SL)] and Mini
212..... .212 diameter wire
Grid only
PACK..... Pack Size
1=1
20=20
100=100
Crossbar 1/2" Peghook CB1/2PH-(NL)

CB1/2..... Crossbar 1/2"
Tag Holder Arm, THACBM06-(OPT) • Use with Crossbar [CB1/2X11/2-(NW)(ND)]
PH..... Peg Hook
Crossbar Mounted T HACBM.... Tag Holder Arm Crossbar Mounted
• Made with 3 gauge wire (1/4" [6 mm] diameter) 06..... Nominal Length 06" (152 mm)
to handle heavier merchandise OPT..... Blank=with tape
NT=No tape on tag plate
• Held in place with a snap button and side
hook, to prevent rotating
• Tag-label holder is 11/2"H x 23/8"W
(38 mm x 61 mm)
• May be ordered with or without
double-sided tape adhesive
• Use with Crossbar [CB(NL)-(SL)] only
• Powder coated
Crossbar with Perforations CBP(NW)-(ND)

• Flat stock, solid crossbar with peg CBP..... Crossbar with Perforations
hook perforations NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Back Accessories 2/17 2/17
Back Accessories Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Peg Hook Applications Wire Grid Peg Hook WGPH-(NL)-(PACK)
• .224 diameter wire WGPH..... Wire Grid Peg Hook
• Galvanized NL..... Nominal Length 4" to 12" in 2" increments
Modified Harmonic Grid

End Cap Merchandiser

Multi-Purpose Grid
PACK..... Pack Size :
2" x 2" Mesh Grid

3" x 3" Mesh Grid
Harmonic Grid
10=10
Slatgrid, Harmonic Grid, 2" x 2" or 3" x 3" End Cap
3/16" x 1"
Pegboard
Mini Grid
Slatwall
Slatgrid
and Mini-Harmonic Grid Mesh Grid Merchandiser
Peg Hook Type Wire Grid Scanner Hook RGS-(NL)-(PACK)
Pegboard Hooks HIIIIIH • .212 diameter wire RGS..... Wire Grid Scanner Hook
Slatwall Hooks HHHHHH • Galvanized NL..... Nominal Length 4" to 12" in 2" increments
Wire Grid Hooks IIII HH (102 mm to 305 mm in 51 mm increments)
Crossbar/ECM Hooks HH PACK..... Pack Size :
H Recommended Application 50=50
Multi-Purpose Grid Mini Grid 100=100
I Fits but NOT recommended
Peg Hook-Single Prong PH(NL)-(PACK)

• For 1/4" (6 mm) perforations PH..... Peg Hook
• Four gauge NL..... Nominal Length 4" to 12" in 2" increments
• .212 diameter wire
• Galvanized 1=1
12=12
500=500
1000=1,000
Scanner Peg Hook SPH(TYPE)-(NL)-10

• For 1/4" (6 mm) perforations SPH..... Scanner Peg Hook
• Heavy-duty, .186 diameter wire TYPE..... HD=Heavy-Duty
XHD=Extra Heavy-Duty Heavy-Duty
• Extra Heavy-duty, .212
diameter wire (102 mm to 305 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Galvanized 10..... 10 Pack
X-Heavy-Duty
Peg Hook-Double Prong (OPT)4K554

OPT..... E=Chrome-Plated Hook Chrome Plated
• Supports heavy product in peg backs
V=Vinyl Coated Hook
4K554..... Double Prong
Vinyl Coated
Slatwall Peg Hook SWPH-(NL)-(PACK)

• .224 diameter wire SWPH..... Slatwall Peg Hook
• Ball end
Blank=1
10=10
Slatwall Scanner Hook SWLHSH-(NL)-(PACK)

• .212 diameter wire SWLHSH.... Slatwall Scanner Hook
1=1
10=10
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Back Accessories
9/14 9/14
Label Holder SCMLH-(NL)-(PACK) Peg Basket PEGB
• 11/4"H (32 mm) SCMLH..... Label Holder • Versatile basket for small impulse items PEGB..... Peg Basket
• Use with pressure-sensitive labels NL..... Nominal Length 2" or 3" • Dimensions: 33/4"H x 63/4"D x 81/4"W
(51 mm or 76 mm)
• Fits all diameter hooks (95 mm x 171 mm x 210 mm)
PACK..... Pack Size:
1=1
10=10
Classic Pegboard Basket CBPSW-(NW)(ND)

• Peg and Slatwall Wire Basket fits CBPSW..... Classic Basket for Pegboard and Slatwall
NW..... Nominal Width 24" (610 mm)
Heavy-Duty Label Holder SCLHHD-(NL)-(PACK) both standard pegboard and
SCLH..... Label Holder slatwall back panels ND..... Nominal Depth 10" or 12"
• 11/4"H (32 mm) (254 mm or 35 mm)
HD..... Heavy-Duty • Basket height is 3¾" (95 mm)
• Use with pressure-sensitive labels
NL..... Nominal Length 2" or 3" • Load capacity is 50 lbs
• Fits .186" (5 mm) diameter hooks
(51 mm or 76 mm)
1=1
10=10
Wire Mini Shelf for Pegboard WMSP
• Presentation of lightweight items only WMSP..... Wire Grid Mini Shelf For Pegboard
• Dimensions: 10"D x 12"W
(254 mm x 305 mm)
Extra Heavy-Duty Label Holder SCLHXHD-(NL)-(PACK) • Load capacity is 10 lbs
• 11/4"H (32 mm) SCLH..... Label Holder
• Use with pressure-sensitive labels XHD..... Extra Heavy-Duty
NL..... Nominal Length 3" (76 mm)
• Fits .212" (5 mm) diameter hooks
1=1
10=10
Utility Baskets for Wire Grid WUB-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(TYPE)

• For use with wire grid (shelf WUB..... Wire Utility Basket
mount shown) NW..... 18" Width (457 mm)
Heavy-Duty Implement Hook PHI-10-PC • Basket’s 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding ND..... 04" Depth (102 mm)
• Protect your panel by distributing the PHI..... Heavy-Duty Implement Hook provides space for pricing information NH..... 04" Height (102 mm)
weight over a wide area 10..... 10 Pack TYPE..... Mount Type:
• 181/4"W x 33/4"H x 315/16"D
• Hooks may be used to display brooms, PC..... Powder Coat (464 mm x 95 mm x 100 mm) WG=Wire grid
brushes, mops, rakes, or similar items • Load capacity is 25 lbs
• Length 11" (279 mm)
• Available in Powder Chrome finish only
Garden Fork Peg Hook E4K534

• Six notches on heavy-duty double-blade E4K534..... Garden Fork Peg Hook
bracket spaced 13/4" (44 mm) apart Wire Pet Bed Displayer WPBD-(OPT)
WPBD..... Wire Pet Bed Displayer 22" (559 mm)
• Holds several pet beds of varying
dimensions, depending on thickness OPT..... Blank=Wire Grid
P=Pegboard
• 60° downslope with 5" (127 mm) deep
retaining lip
12" (305 mm)

Garden Rake Peg Hook E4K531
• Eight notches on single-blade brackets, E4K531..... Garden Rake Peg Hook
ideal for most garden tools
Framed Art Bracket FAB(OPT)PG-(HAND)
• Fits into pegboard FAB..... Framed Art Bracket
• Can be adjusted to match width of product OPT..... S=Small
L=Large
• Dimensions: Small 7 7/8"H x 2 7/8"W x 7"D
PG..... Pegboard
(200 mm x 73 mm x 178 mm)
HAND..... LH=Left-Hand
Large 8"H x 2 7/8"W x 10"D RH=Right-Hand
(203 mm x 73 mm x 254 mm)
• Load Capacity 40 lbs per pair
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Back Accessories
4/16 9/14
A
Waterfall Displayers for Slatwall S(TYPE) Waterfall Displayers for Wire Grid WG(TYPE)
• 1" square (25 mm x 25 mm) S..... Slatwall • 1" square (25 mm x 25 mm) WG..... Wire Grid A
chrome-plated tubing B chrome plated tubing
(TYPE)..... FOS=Straight Arm Displayer (TYPE)..... FOS=Straight Arm Displayer
A Straight Arm: projects 12" (305 mm) FOJ=J Hook Waterfall Displayer A Straight Arm, projects 12" (305 mm) FOJ=J Hook Waterfall Displayer
FOW=Waterfall Displayer C FOW=Waterfall Displayer
B J Hook Waterfall: projects 16" (406 mm) B J Hook Waterfall, projects 16" (406 mm) B
C
C Waterfall: projects 16" (406 mm) C Waterfall, projects 16" (406 mm)
Wire Snack Shelf WCANSSW(NL)(ND)-(OPT)

WCANS..... Wire Candy Snack Shelf
• For lightweight merchandising of items Classic Basket for Wire Grid CBWG-(NW)(ND)
• Optional tag molding accepts 11/4" SW..... Slatwall CBWG..... Classic Basket for Wire Grid
• Basket height is 33/4" (95 mm)
(32 mm) tags NL..... Nominal Length 24" to 48" in 6" increments NW..... Nominal Width 24" (610 mm)
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) • Load capacity is 50 lbs
• Available in 0° or 15° downtilt ND..... Nominal Depth 10" or 12"
ND..... Nominal Depth 8", 10", or 12" (254 mm or 305 mm)
• Load capacity is 30 lbs (203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
OPT..... Degree Option:
Blank=0°
15=15°
Wire Grid Brochure Holder WBH-(NL)-WG
• Holder measures 31/2" deep (89 mm) WBH..... Wire Brochure Holder
• Available in 4", 6", and 81/2" widths NL..... Nominal Length
Slatwall Frame Display FAB(SIZE) (102 mm, 152 mm, and 216 mm) 04=4" (102 mm)
FAB..... Framed Art Bracket 06=6" (152 mm)
• Fits into wooden or metal slatwall 85=81/2" (216 mm)
SIZE..... S=Small 7" (178 mm)
• Ships as a pair (left and right) L=Large 10" (254 mm) WG..... Wire Grid
• Can be adjusted to match width of product
• Load capacity is 40 lbs per pair
Right
Left Wire Grid Utility Bin WGUB-12129

WGUB..... Wire Grid Utility Bin
• 1" (25 mm) grid pattern
12..... 12" Depth (305 mm)
• 12"D x 12"L x 9"H 12..... 12" Length (305 mm)
(305 mm x 305 mm x 229 mm) 9..... 9" Height (229 mm)
Adjustable Frame Retainer AFR1222-(OPT)

• Fits into slatwall or wire grid backs AFR..... Adjustable Frame Retainer
• Ships as a pair (left and right) 1222..... Adjustable 12" to 22"
• Depth can be adjusted 12" to 22"
(305 mm to 559 mm) Wire Grid Skillet Holder WGSH-(NL)
OPT..... Position WGSH..... Wire Grid Skillet Holder
(305 mm to 559 mm) • Heavy-duty hook
C=Center NL..... Nominal Length 12", 18", 20", or 22"
• Load capacity is 40 lbs per pair E=End • Heavy-gauge wire
(305 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm)
• Scan plate measures 25/8" x 11/8"
End (67 mm x 29 mm)
Utility Baskets For Wire WUB-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(TYPE)

Center Grid Mount WUB..... Wire Utility Basket
• For use with wire grid (shelf mount shown) NW..... 18" Width (457 mm)
ND..... 4" Depth (102 mm)
• 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding provides space
for pricing information NH..... 4" Height (102 mm)
• 181/4"W x 33/4"H x 315/16"D TYPE..... Mount Type:
WG=Wire Grid
(464 mm x 95 mm x 100 mm) S=Shelf
Shelf Mount
Wire Grid Mount
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Book Display Shelving
9/14 9/14
Book Display Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Bookshelf On Base BKSOS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE) Six Pocket Magazine & MCD6-(NW)
• Add on, 10° uptilt unit for Standard BKS..... Bookshelf Calendar Display MCD6..... 6 Pocket Magazine & Calendar Display
Base Shelves OS..... On Base • 36" or 48"W x 70"H x 18"D NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Hook for securing in front shelf perforations, (914 mm or 1219 mm x 1778 mm x 457 mm)
eliminating hardware for simple installation (914 mm or 1219 mm) from upright at bottom
• Back of unit is 8" (203 mm) high and accepts ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 16" in 2" increments • Pocket dimensions: 7"H x 4"D
(254 mm to 406 mm in 51 mm)
Wire Dividers (BKSD-(ND)-25) and End Panels (178 mm x 10 mm)
(BKSBEP-(ND)-6) TYPE..... P=Perforated
U=Unperforated • Each shelf has 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding
attached
Bookshelf End Panel BKSBEP-(ND)-6

BKS..... Bookshelf
BEP..... End Panel
ND..... Nominal Depth 08" to 16" in 2" increments Seven Tier Wire Magazine Rack SVTDPWMR241454
(203 mm to 406 mm in 51 mm increments) Divider SVTDP..... Seven Tier Double Pocket
• Holds 21 facings of standard-size magazines
6..... 6 Pack and 6 facings of small magazines or WMR..... Wire Magazine Rack
calling cards 24..... Nominal Width 24" (610 mm)
• Removable intermediate dividers on calling 14..... Nominal Depth 14" (356 mm)
card basket 54..... Nominal Height 54" (1372 mm)
Bookshelf Wire Divider BKSD-(ND)-25
• Open wire design allows for high visibility
BKS..... Bookshelf
of product
D..... Wire Divider End Panel
NOTE! ND..... Nominal Depth 06" to 14" in 2" increments
• Mounts into Basic Upright and sits on
Order Bookshelf Wire Divider 2" shorter (152 mm to 356 mm in 51 mm increments) base shelf
than nominal depth of shelf. 25..... 25 Pack
Book Display, 70" BD70-(NW)

• Designed to display larger printed materials BD70..... Book Display 70"
• 36" or 48"W x 70"H NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Magazine Displayer DM(TYPE)T-(NW)
(914 mm or 1219 mm x 1778 mm) • Sturdy metal end panels also act as brackets to DM..... Magazine Displayer
• Pocket dimensions: 4"D x 7"H attach displayer to upright TYPE..... Blank=One
(102 mm x 178 mm) 2=Two
• Sloping back is ideal for face out presentation
3=Three
of larger format publications
T..... Tiers
• Ribbed-composition insert in bottom prevents
sliding of magazines
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Single tier: 10"H x 8"W (254 mm x 203 mm)
Double tier: 16"H x 13"D (406 mm x 330 mm)
Triple tier: 22"H x 19"D (559 mm x 483 mm)
Five Pocket Magazine & MCD-(NW)

Calender Display MCD..... Magazine & Calendar Display Wire Twelve Pocket WTPMR
• Designed to display larger printed materials NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" Magazine Rack W TPMR..... Wire Twelve Pocket Magazine Rack
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • Attaches to upright on endcap
• 36" or 48"W x 6153/64"H x 18"D
(914 mm or 1219 mm x 1570 mm x 457 mm) • Holds 12 facings of standard-size magazines
• Pocket dimensions: 4"D x 7"H
(102 mm x 178 mm)
• Each shelf has 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding
attached
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Book Display Shelving 9/14 9/14
Media Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Book Basket ABB-(NW) CD Browser Shelf CDBS-(NW)(ND)
ABB..... Book Basket CDBS..... CD Browser Shelf
• 11/2" (38 mm) OC wire spacing with 4" (102 mm) • Unit mounts to Maxi Line uprights
NW..... Nominal Width 36", 42", or 48"
front lip, 83/4" (222 mm) rear lip and is 12" • Available in 18" or 24" (457 mm or 610 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm)
(305 mm) deep (914 mm or 1219 mm)
depths
• Snap-in wire dividers included: ND..... Nominal Depth 18" or 24"
• Sturdy, adjustable merchandise dividers (457 mm or 610 mm)
° 36" (914 mm) = 5 dividers

also available
° 42" (1067 mm) = 6 dividers

° 48" (1219 mm) WTPMR = 7 dividers

Wire Divider
Included
CD Browser Divider CDBSD-(ND)
• CD Browser Shelf Divider is used with the CD CDBSD..... CD Browser Shelf Divider
Browser Shelf [CDBS-(NW)(ND)] to separate ND..... Nominal Depth 18" or 24"
merchandise types (457 mm or 610 mm)
Seven Tier Wire Displayer STWD7-(NW)
• Face-out display of small notebooks, pads, and STWD7..... Seven Tier Wire Display
folders NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• 36" or 48"W x 465/8"H x 191/4"D CD Displayer CDD-(NW)
(914 mm or 1219 mm x 1235 mm x 489 mm) CDD..... CD Displayer
from upright at bottom • Lightweight alternative for merchandising
music and software CDs NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Pocket dimensions: 9"H x 25/8"D (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(229 mm x 67 mm) • Wire-frame construction designed for
use on runs with 22" (559 mm) base shelves
• Vertical wire spacing is 1" (25 mm) OC
• 36" or 48"W x 42"H x 22"D
• Hooks into Basic Upright [BU-(AH)] and sits on (914 mm or 1219 mm x 1067 mm x 559 mm)
Standard Base Shelf [SBS-(NW)(ND)]
• Pocket dimensions: 4"D x 7"H
(102 mm x 178 mm)
Wire Magazine & Book Display WMBD-(NW)

• Designed to display larger printed materials WMBD..... Wire Magazine & Book Display
• 36" or 48"W x 51"H x 18"D NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm x 1295 mm x 457 mm)
• Pocket dimensions: 13/4"D x 81/2"H
(38 mm x 216 mm)
• Brackets are installed to Basic Upright
[BU-(AH)]; bottom rests on a 26" (660 mm) or
larger Standard Base Shelf [SBS-(NW)(ND)]
CD Displayer Endcap CDDE-(NW)

• Designed for use with Maxi Line as end CDDE..... CD Displayer Endcap
cap to display music or software CDs NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Seven Tier Comic Book Display CBD7T-(NW)(ND) • Typically installed on an end merchandiser
CBD7T..... Comic Book Display 7 Tier with a 22" (559 mm) Standard Base Shelf
• Plexiglass panel on front of first
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" [SBS-(NW)(ND)]
tier increases merchandise visibility
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • 36" or 48"W x 281/2"H x 17"D
• Unit mounts to Maxi Line uprights
ND..... Depth 18" or 24" (914 mm or 1219 mm x 724 mm x 432 mm)
• Each pocket is approximately 9" (457 mm or 610 mm) • Pocket dimensions: 37/8"D x 57/8"H
(229 mm) deep
(98 mm x 149 mm)
ND
24"
NW
NS 36" or 48"
18"
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Media Displays 9/14 9/14
Standard Base Shelf for SBSCD-(NW)(ND) DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level DVDF3L-(NW)
Compact Discs SBSCD..... SBS for Compact Discs • 10" (254 mm) between each shelf VDF3L..... DVD Shelf 3 Level
D
• Replaces Standard Base Shelf in Maxi NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48" • DVDs can be shown face out or book style NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
Line sections • Mounts above DVDS4T
• Kickplates not needed (305 mm, 356 mm, or 406 mm) • Multiple units provide continuous display
• Requires special Base End Covers,
[BECCD-(NH)(ND)] (ordered separately)
• Does not match depth of Standard Base Shelf
30.75"
(781 mm)
51/4"
73/4"
DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level End Panel DVDF3L-EP

Extended Compact Disc ECDDS(NW)(ND) • Used at the ends of runs to prevent displayed DVDF3L..... DVD Shelf 3 Level
Display Shelf ECDDS..... Extended Compact Disc Display Shelf merchandised from being knocked off EP..... End Panel
• Holds six jewel cases front to back on NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 12" increments
23/8"D (60 mm) shelf bottom with 51/4"H
back (133 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 08" or 10"
(203 mm or 254 mm)
• Use above 12" (305 mm) deep Standard Base
Shelf [SBS-(NW)(ND)]
Base End Cover Cap Design BECCD-(NH)(ND) DVD Shelf 4-Tier DVDS4T-(NW)
• Ordered in pairs BECCD..... Base End Cover Cap Design VDS4T..... DVD Shelf 4-Tier
D
• 10" (254 mm) between each shelf
• Finished appearance when Standard Base Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 5" (127 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 14" or 16"
• DVDs can be shown face out or book style
[SBS-(NW)(ND)] for Compact Discs is used (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
(305 mm, 356 mm, or 406 mm) • Can mount below DVDF3L
• Two pairs needed for each Maxi Line gondola
run or one pair needed for each wall run • Sits on Base Shelf
• Installed by placing cover over top of • Multiple units provide continuous display
Base Shoes
• Covers can be secured in place by Standard
Base Shelf for Compact Discs [SBSCD-(NW)(ND)]
Wire Video Shelf MWVSG(NW)

• Lightweight but rigid, this uniquely designed WVSG..... Maxi Wire Video Shelf for Gondola
M
shelf uses hooks instead of brackets NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Back is 7"H x 5"D (178 mm x 127 mm)
• 15˚ upslope for product retention
DVD Shelf 4-Tier End Panel DVDS4T-EP
• Used at the ends of runs to prevent displayed VDS4T..... DVD Shelf 4-Tier
D
merchandised from being knocked off EP..... End Panel
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Media Displays
9/14 9/14
Six Level Wire DVD Rack WDVD6L-(NW)(ND) Various Type Display VTD(TYPE)(NL)(ND)
• Wire rack fits into the Maxi Line Basic Uprights WDVD6L.....Wire DVD Rack 6 Level • VTD: VTD..... Various Type Display
[BU-(AH)] and can be placed together to make NW.....Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) ° 7° upslope, 8"H (203 mm) back
TYPE..... Blank=No Extension
an appealing wall or aisle display ND.....Nominal Depth 22" (559 mm) 2½"D (64 mm) shelf, ¾"H (19 mm) SXT=Extended Video Shelf
• Each rack can hold up to 540 DVDs front lip NL..... Nominal Length 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• 48"W x 487/8"H x 22"D • Extended VTD (VTDSXT):
ND..... Nominal Depth 09" or 11" (for SXT only)
(1219 mm x 1241 mm x 559 mm) ° 15° upslope, 8"H (203 mm) back 9"
(229 mm or 279 mm–for SXT only)
• Pocket dimensions: 77/8"H x 63/16"D 2½"D shelf, ¾"H front lip
(200 mm x 157 mm)
VTD 11"
VTDSXT
Seven Level Wire DVD Rack WDVD7L-(NW)(ND)

• Wire rack fits into the Maxi Line Basic Uprights WDVD7L......Wire DVD Rack 7 Level
[BU-(AH)] and can be placed together to make NW.....Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
an appealing wall or aisle display ND.....Nominal Depth 22" (559 mm) Greeting Card Four Tier GCFTWD4-(NW)
• Each rack can hold up to 630 DVDs Wire Display GC..... Greeting Card
• 48"W x 571/2"H x 22"D • Mounts on Maxi Line Basic Uprights [BU-(AH)] FTWD4..... Four Tier Wire Display
(1219 mm x 1461 mm x 559 mm) for greeting-card display NW..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", or 48"
• Pocket dimensions: 77/8"H x 63/16"D • Integral wire retainers hold cards in place
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
(200 mm x 157 mm)
• Must order Maxi Line sections with
minimum base shelf depth of 20" (508 mm)
• 24", 30", 36" or 48"W x 315/8"H
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm
x 803 mm)
• Pocket dimensions: 9"H x 27/16"D
(229 mm x 62 mm)
Three Tiered Calling/Gift TTCGCWD(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT)

Card Wire Display TT..... Three Tiered
• Designed to hold gift-card-sized merchandise CGC..... Calling/Gift Card
WD..... Wire Display
• Mount to pegboard or Tube Line upright
• Will not fit Maxi Line Basic Upright slotting (305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
• Pocket dimensions: 1"D x 5"H x 21/4" (25 mm x ND..... Nominal Depth 04" (102 mm)
127 mm x 57 mm) front lip NH..... Nominal Height 10" (254 mm)
OPT..... Mounting Option:
P=Pegboard
U=Tube Line Upright
Pegboard option shown
9/14 9/14
Hanging Magazine Rack HMR Mobile Gondola End Deck MGED(ND)(LSD)(RSD)(OPT1)-DGA28(OPT2) Nominal Width
HMR..... Hanging Magazine Rack MGED..... Mobile Gondola End Deck 36" or 48"
• Display magazines or other literature with this • To attach end deck to mobile Gondola, order a (914 mm or 1219 mm)
easy-to-install rack Mobile Gondola End Deck to make the entire ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 16", or 18"
fixture run easily repositionable (305 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm)
• Install by placing welded hooks over open
tubing of an end frame • Contains two caster runners, along with front LSD..... Left Side Depth 12", 16", 18", or 22"
and side kickplates (305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
• Contains four individual pockets to display
RSD..... Right Side Depth 12", 16", 18", or 22"
multiple magazines or other publications • Caster runners connect to Madix Base Shoes,
(305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
• Each pocket has wire assembly welded in the allowing for a completely mobile Gondola
OPT1..... Blank=Perforated
bottom to prevent literature from • Includes a Wrap Around Base Shelf NP=Non Perforated
falling through • Load capacity is 400 lbs DGA28..... Tag Mold
• Overall dimensions: 91/2"W x 50"H x 3"D OPT2..... Blank=Painted
(241 mm x 1270 mm x 76 mm) S=Satin
• Pocket dimensions: 91/2"W x 9"H x 3"D G=Gold
(241 mm x 229 mm x 76 mm)
Slatwall Mount Wire DVD Shelf SMWDVDS-(NW)

• For use in standard Maxi Line shelving S MWDVDS.....Slatwall Mount Wire DVD Shelf Mobile Gondola Plate Caster MGPC(NW)
Nominal Width
sections that use Slatwall Back Panels NW.....Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48" • Move gondola runs without having to MGPC..... Mobile Gondola Plate Caster 36" or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) dismantle the fixtures NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Brackets are designed to give approximately 10˚
uptilt to shelf (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Maximum height: depth ratio of 2.5:1
• Load capacity is 25 lbs Top Depth • Minimum depth of Base Shelf and
97/32" Base Shoe: 12" (305 mm)
• Maximum upright height: 78" (1981 mm) NOTE!
Parts assemble to Maxi Line Gondola
NOTE! Back Height
61/2" Front Height • Maximum of three sections per run Base Shoes and Uprights which are
Does not work in Slatgrid 47/8" • Load capacity: ordered separately.
due to size of clip. Bottom Depth
61/8" ° 36"-48" 1000 lbs per gondola section
° 36"-48" 900 lbs with end frames
° 60" 750 lbs per gondola section NOTE!
Uptilt Shelf UTSBKSB(NW)(ND)-08-7 ° 60" 650 lbs with end frames DO NOT use the MGPC(NW)
• 7° uptilt UTS..... Uptilt Shelf with Wall Sections!
• Straight-in insertion with two-tab brackets BKSB..... Bookshelf Back
• 8"H (203 mm) welded, book back for
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
rapid installation
• Accepts Wire Dividers [BKSD-(ND)-25] and End (203 mm to 406 mm in 51 mm increments) Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate MGSP
Panels [BKSBEP-(ND)-6]–both sold separately MGSP..... Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate
08..... Nominal Back Height 8" (203 mm) • Order when Mobile End Decks are not
7..... 7° Uptilt installed on one or both ends of a Mobile
Gondola
• One Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate is required
per base shoe
• Spacer plates should be painted the same
color as the unit's base shoes
• Hardware is included for attaching the Mobile
Gondola Spacer Plate to a base shoe
Bookshelf End Panel BKSBEP-(ND)-6

BKS..... Bookshelf
BEP..... End Panel
Order Bookshelf End Panel 2" shorter (203 mm to 406 mm in 51 mm increments) Divider
than nominal depth of shelf. 6..... 6 Pack
Bookshelf Wire Divider BKSD-(ND)-25

BKS..... Bookshelf
D..... Wire Divider End Panel
Order Bookshelf Wire Divider 2" shorter (152 mm to 356 mm in 51 mm increments)
than nominal depth of shelf.
25..... 25 Pack
9/14 9/14
Baskets Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Small Electronics Display Shelf NDS-482028 Universal Basket UB(TYPE)(WS)-(NW)(ND)(BH)(FH)
• Creates a secure display of small electronics, NDS..... Small Electronics Display Shelf • Ideal for heavier bulk merchandise such as UB..... Universal Basket
such as Global Positioning Systems (GPS) 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) canned or cello-packed foods TYPE..... HD=Heavy-Duty
20..... Nominal Depth 20" (508 mm) Blank=Regular-Duty
• Locking front panel prevents thefts of model • Steel wire baskets have 1" OC (25 mm) wire
merchandise on display 28..... Nominal Height 28" (711 mm) spacing, optional 1/2" OC (13 mm) wire spacing WS..... Wire Spacing:
5=1/2" (13 mm) OC mesh
• Use Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit • Wire dividers have same wire spacing Blank=1" (25 mm) OC mesh
(TAMPRF-SLK) to secure uprights • All baskets powder coated for extra wear NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Basket projection from upright is 1/8" (3 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
greater than depth shown in table ND.......Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments Universal Basket shown with Divider and Wire Basket
• Load capacity is 200 lbs for regular-duty and (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) Clips installed in back side of basket
400 lbs for heavy-duty BH..... Nominal Back Height 08", 10", or 12"
• Standard finishes: Sahara, Powder Chrome, (203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
or Silver Vein FH..... Nominal Front Height 05" (127 mm)
NOTE!
Load capacity of the Universal Basket is
reduced to 75 lbs when using the Wire
Basket Clips with one divider at each end.
EZ Clip Label Holder EZ861-(NW)

• Clear-plastic extrusion has easy-load full length EZ861..... EZ Clip Label Holder
label protector NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
Small Electronics Display NDUH-(TYPE) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Snaps onto top of basket front
Unit Holders NDUH..... Small Electronics Display Unit Holder
TYPE..... C=Corner • Standard finishes: Sahara, Powder Chrome,
• For best results, order two corner holders and
S=Side or Silver Vein
one side holder for each GPS displayed
• Includes two bolts and two nuts for each unit
Clipless Basket Divider CBD(OPT1)-(ND)(OPT2)(NH)

• Offers easy snap-in/snap-out attachments, CBD..... Clipless Basket Divider
allowing for easy repositioning as OPT1..... Wire Spacing:
merchandise requirements change 5=1/2" (13 mm) OC mesh
Blank=1" (25 mm) OC mesh
• Order dividers with the same nominal depth
as baskets ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Corner (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Side
OPT2..... MWB=Madix Wire Basket
UB=Universal Basket
NH..... Nominal Height Universal Basket shown with Divider and Wire Basket
Blank=MWB 08", 10", or 12" Clips installed in back side of basket
Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit TAMPRF-SLK (203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
• Securely display merchandise by bolting TAMPRF..... Tamper Proof
to uprights of Small Electronics Display SLK..... Shelf Locking Kit
Shelf (to keep the shelf from being raised) TAMPRF-NUT Universal Basket Brackets UBB-(ND)
• Mounting hardware and specialized • Designed for easy installation on UBB..... Universal Basket Bracket
tamper-proof nuts are included Universal Baskets ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
This item deters crime, but • Provide sturdy support of baskets when
is not entirely theft-proof installed in either straight- or 15˚
downtilt position
• Order bracket depth at same size as basket
Wire Basket Clip WBC

Tamper Proof Socket Tool TAMPRF-SOCKET • Optional bracket solution for Universal Baskets WBC..... Wire Basket Clip
• Additional component of Tamper Proof Shelf TAMPRF..... Tamper Proof [UB-(NW)(ND)(BH)(FH)]
Locking Kit SOCKET..... Socket Tool • Order one pair per basket
• This tool is the only way to properly secure • Standard finish: Galvanized only
Tamper Proof Shelf Nuts
Right-Hand
Left-Hand
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Baskets 4/18 4/18
Baskets Brackets Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Open End Baskets BS01(ND)(NW) Z Brackets AC123141(HAND)Z
• Designed to be flexible, OEBs can be BS01..... Open End Basket • Used as a suspension method from 1" (25 mm) AC123141..... Brackets
conf igured two ways for strong, neat displays ND..... Nominal Depth 09", 12" to 24" universally slotted upright Hand..... L=Left-Hand Option
that clean easily, do not collect dust, and in 2" increments R=Right-Hand Option
• Used when Open End Baskets are the same
increase accessibilit y to merchandise (229 mm, 305 mm to 610 mm Z..... Z Brackets
length or slightly shorter than the centerline
• Reversible mounting for maximum distance between uprights
display flexibilit y NW..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", or 48"
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) • Standard finish: Zinc Plated
• Mounted from the back, baskets rest flat to
create a neat wall of merchandise
• Mounted from the front, baskets hang
at 30˚ downslant, creating a gravit y
feed configuration NOTE!
• Recommended: use minimum of three Overall depth is approximately 2" (51 mm) Slatwall Brackets AC999SWB(FIN1)
dividers for added support deeper than nominal depth. • Mount directly to slatwall or slatgrid AC999SWB..... Slatwall Brackets
• Load capacity is 75 lbs for OEBs up to 16"W Optional Roll-On Clips use finish code -C. • Provides heavy-duty hook from which
(406 mm)
Finish Code
Open End Baskets hang FIN1..... CR=Chrome Finish
• 18" to 24" (457 mm to 610 mm) baskets must • Use two or three per basket PC059=Satin Black
be reinforced or placed flat on a metal shelf PC811=Cream
Brackets are not included,
• Standard finishes: Satin Black, Cream, customer supplied. PC812=Dove Gray
Dove Gray, White, or Powder Chrome PC829=White
Open End Basket Divider DV02(ND)(NH) Wire S Hooks ACPH123265

• Enhance your OEBs with orderly compartments DV02..... OEB Divider • An inexpensive method to hang Open End ACPH123265..... Wire “S” Hooks
using 6-Way Locking OEB Dividers ND..... Nominal Depth 09", 12" to 24" in 2" increments Baskets from grid
(229 mm, 305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Locks securely into place • Suited for medium duty applications
• Easily repositioned • Use two or three per basket
• Create custom sized compartments by using • Standard finish: Zinc Plated
dividers at any location along basket
• Increase basket strength and load capacity
using at least three dividers
per basket, one in center and one on each end
• Standard finishes: Satin Black, Cream, Dove Loose OEB Brackets AC1230(TYPE)(HAND)
Gray or White, Powder Chrome • Secure perimeter frame wire to slotted upright AC1230..... Loose OEB Brackets
• Easily attach to front or back of Open End TYPE..... 57=2" (51 mm)
44=21/2" (64 mm)
Basket
43=1 Tab
Hand..... L=Left
R=Right
Pegboard Hooks ACPH123268

• Suspend OEBs from pegboard AC123268......Pegboard Hooks
• Suited for light-duty to medium-duty
applications
• Two or three required per basket
• Standard finish: Zinc plated
Flat S Hooks AC125(OPT)Z

• An inexpensive method to hang Open End AC125..... Flat S Hooks
Baskets from slotted upright OPT..... 237=Medium-Duty
143=Heavy-Duty
• For medium-duty or heavy-duty applications
Z..... Zinc finish
• Standard finish: Zinc plated
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Wire Shelving
9/16 9/16
Wire Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wire Potato Chip Shelf WPCS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG) Wire Grid Shelf with Down Lip WGSLZ(OPT)(NW)(ND)
• Economical way to display a variety of WPCS..... Wire Potato Chip Shelf • Shelf has 1/2" or 1" (13 mm or 25 mm) OC WGSLZ..... Wire Shelf with Down Lip
lightweight snack products NW..... Nominal Width 2', 3', or 48" wire spacing OPT..... Wire Option
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) Blank=1/2" OC Grid
• When combined with the Wire Utility Basket • Load capacity is 300 lbs
ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 30" in 2" increments 1=1" OC Grid
[WUB-180404-(OPT)] (ordered separately), the
shelf allows cross merchandising (254 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
TAG..... Tag Mold Option: (914 mm or 1219 mm)
BLANK=No Tag ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20",
DGA2A=Aluminium 22", 24", 28", or 31"
DGA2G=Gold (406 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, 559 mm,
DGA2P=Powder Coat 610 mm, 711 mm, or 787 mm)
Wire Grid Shelf with Down WGSLZD(NH)(ND)

Lip Divider WGSLZ..... Wire Shelf with Down Lip
• Dividers have 1" (25 mm) vertical wire spacing NH..... Nominal Width 03" or 06"
(76 mm or 152 mm)
ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 22", 28", or 31"
(406 mm, 559 mm, 711 mm, or 787 mm)
Wire Utility Baskets for Shelf WUB-180404-(OPT)
• Display lightweight products WUB..... Wire Utility Basket
• Available for use with Standard Upper Shelves, 18..... Nominal Width 18" (457 mm)
pegboard, or wire grid 04..... Nominal Depth 4" (102 mm)
• 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding affords space for 04..... Nominal Height 4" (102 mm)
pricing information OPT..... S=Shelf
• Load capacity is 25 lbs P=Pegboard/Slatwall Baby Formula Wire Shelf BFWS-(NW)(ND)
WG=Wire Grid BFWS..... Baby Formula Wire Shelf
• 17/16" (37 mm) wire spacing that provides stable
surface for canned merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Wire dividers (included with this shelf)
stabilize cans and organize the display ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 30" in 2" increments
Wire Salsa and Dip Shelf WSADS-(NW)(ND)(OPT)
• Dividers can be adjusted to fit various sizes
• Attaches to bottom of Wire Potato Chip Shelf WSADS..... Wire Salsa and Dip Shelf and types of formula cans
[WPCS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)] NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36" or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
• Shelf positioned at 10˚ downslope helps with
• Creates a platform for cross-merchandising front facing of merchandise
dips/salsa with chips ND..... Nominal Depth 10" (254 mm)
OPT..... Shelf Option
Blank=Half Shelf
CS= Chip Shelf
Four Tier Wire Display FTWD4-(NW)

Wire Chip Shelf WCDS-(NW)(ND)-(ND) • Face-out display of small personal calendars, FTWD4..... Four Tier Wire Display
WCDS..... Wire Chip Shelf memo books, index cards, etc. NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Appropriate for lightweight merchandise (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(e.g. chips and other snack-related products) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" • 36" or 48"W x 811/32"H x 143/4"
• Available in 3' or 4' widths (914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm x 212 mm x 375 mm)
ND..... Bracket Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20", or 22" upright at bottom
• Load capacity is 10 lbs (406 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm) • Pocket dimensions: 51/16"H x 25/8"D
ND..... Basket Nominal Depth 08" (203 mm) (129 mm x 67 mm)
• Pockets are full width of the basket (no dividers)
to support merchandise of various sizes
Wire Candy Shelf WCANS(NW)(ND)-TAG

• Used for lightweight merchandising WCANS..... Wire Candy Shelf Five Tier Wire Display FTWD5-(NW)
• Two-position brackets (flat or 15˚ down) and • Faceout display of small books, pocket diaries, FTWD5..... Five Tier Wire Display
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
a 2" (51 mm) high front lip allows various address books, and similar merchandise NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
product presentations ND..... Nominal Depth 06" to 24" in 2" increments (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(152 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) • 36" or 48"W x 99/16"H x 181/8"D
• Wires are spaced 11/2" (38 mm) OC (914 mm or 1219 mm x 243 mm x 460 mm)
• Optional tag molding accepts 11/4" (32 mm) tags DGA2A=Aluminum
upright at bottom
• Load capacity is 30 lbs DGA2G=Gold • Pocket dimensions: 51/16"H x 25/8"D
DGA2P=Painted (129 mm x 67 mm)
• Pockets are full width of the basket (no dividers)
to support merchandise of various sizes
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Wire Shelving 9/14 9/14
Wire Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wire Grid Shelf WGS-(NW)(ND) Modified Two Step Wire Shelf MTSWS-TYPE-(NW)-(TAG)
• Versatile 2" x 2" (51 mm x 51 mm) grid for WGS..... Wire Grid Shelf • Lightweight, two-tier shelf available for either MTSWS..... Modified Two Step Wire Shelf
merchandising brooms, pool cues, pipes, NW..... Nominal Width 4' (1219 mm) regular Maxi Line shelving or Slatwall TYPE..... Blank=Maxi Line
and similar merchandise ND..... Nominal Depth 18", 20", or 22" S= Slatwall
• Ideal for boxed candies, snack-related goods,
• Two shelves per section required (457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm) jewelry, or perfume boxes NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Bracket hardware, including Bakery Wire • 36" or 48"W x 141/2"D x 31/4"H
Brackets [BWB-(ND)-H], must be ordered (914 mm or 1219 mm x 368 mm x 83 mm)
Blank=No Tag
separately • Load capacity is 150 lbs for Maxi Line shelving DGA2A=Aluminum
and 50 lbs for Slatwall DGA2G=Gold
• Optional tag molding available in gold
or aluminum
Upright Mount
31/4"
NOTE! (83 mm)
Slatwall version will not install within Slatwall Mount
Maxi Line gondola. It is intended for use
with wall-mounted Slatwall. 31/2"
Wire Grid Shelf Frame WGSF-(NW)(ND) 141/2" Side View Detail

• Standard BWB brackets modified WGSF..... Wire Grid Shelf Frame
to accept spanners NW..... Nominal Width 4' (1219 mm)
• Substitute for brackets under Wire Grid ND..... Nominal Depth 18", 20", or 22"
Shelves when merchandising application (457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm) Brochure Holder WBH-(OPT)
requires loading of Wire Grid Shelves • Holds brochures and printed materials WBH..... Wire Brochure Holder
• Two piece: 61/2"H x 31/2"D (165 mm x 89 mm) OPT..... S=Shelf Mount
PSW=Pegboard/Slatwall Mount
• Adjusts to accommodate various sizes by WG=Wire Grid Mount
repositioning one side of the unit on shelf's
display surface
Wire Brackets BWB-(ND)-H
• Brackets to be used with Wire Grid Shelves BWB..... Wire Brackets
[WGS-(NW)(ND)] (ordered separately) ND..... Nominal Width 18", 20", or 22"
(457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm)
• Sold in pairs
H..... Hardware Pack
Shelf Extender Basket Displayer SEBD

• Mounts to perforations of Standard Upper SEBD..... Shelf Extender Basket Displayer
Bulk Baskets BBSKT(NW)(ND)-(FH)(RH) Shelves, allowing additional merchandising
• Ideal for loose items such as balls, baseball/ BBSKT..... Bulk Basket space
football equipment, and golf-club bags NW..... Nominal Section Width 36" or 48" • 10"W x 10"H x 3"D (254 mm x 254 mm x 76 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Quick, easy assembly with loop and • Front lip accommodates 1"H (25 mm)integral
pin connectors ND..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments tag molding and accepts pricing or signage
• Four flat panels for minimum storage space
FH..... Front Height 24" Only (610 mm)
• Sturdy .375 frame wire and .250 vertical wires
RH..... Rear Height 30" Only (762 mm)
on 13/4" (44 mm) centers rest on base shelf
or floor
Bulk Baskets Divider BBSKTD(ND)-(FH)(RH) 12-Hook Chip Clip MSF-R44-SWR-12-P

• Appropriate for lightweight merchandise MSF..... Madix Store Fixtures
• For use with Bulk Basket BBSKTD..... Bulk Basket Divider
(e.g. chips and other snack-related products) R44-SWR..... Chip Clip
[BBSKT(NW)(ND)-(FH)(RH)] ND..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
(457 mm to 762 mm in 510 mm increments) • 32"L, 12-hook 12..... 12 hook
FH..... Front Height 24" Only (610 mm) • .206" diameter wire
RH..... Rear Height 30" Only (762 mm) • 21/2" spacing between clips
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Stacking Baskets
3/17 9/14
Wire Display Panels
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
10/13
Universal Basket, Stackable UBS(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(NBH)(NFH)(NEH)-(OPT2) Gondola Wire Display Panel With GWDP(OPT1)-(NH)(ND)-(OPT2)(OPT3)
• Ideal for heavier merchandise, such as canned UBS..... Universal Basket, Stackable and Without Wings GWDP..... Gondola Wire Display Panel
or cello-packed foods OPT1..... Mesh Option 5=1/2" OC (13 mm) • Creates valuable merchandising space at the OPT1..... W=With Wing Returns
Blank=1" OC (25 mm) Blank=No Wing Returns
• Steel wire baskets have 1" OC (51 mm) wire end of Maxi Line runs
spacing or optional 1/2" OC (13 mm) wire NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 72" in 6" increments
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments) • Connects into Basic Upright on one side and (1219 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
spacing with welded ends attaches securely to side of shelves on
ND..... Nominal Depth 14" to 30" in 2" increments ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 28" in 2" increments
• Wire dividers have the same wire spacing opposite side with wire ties (included)
NBH..... Nominal Back Height 08" or 10" EZ Clip • Wire display panel utilizes a mini grid and OPT2..... LH=Left-Hand Only
(203 mm or 254 mm) Label Holder multi-purpose grid pattern, which allows the RH=Right-Hand Only
use of slatwall accessories, peg hooks, and 3" Blank=Pair (1 Left-Hand & 1 Right-Hand)
NFH..... Nominal Front Height 05" (127 mm)
(76 mm) OC wire grid accessories OPT3..... Grid Option
NEH..... Nominal End Height 08", 10" or 12"
(203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm) • Panels are sold in pairs (left and right) MG=Mini Grid
OPT2..... Blank=No Casters Blank=Multi Purpose Grid
C=with Casters
Multi Purpose Grid Mini Grid

EZ Clip Label Holder EZ861-(NW) NOTE!
EZ861..... EZ Clip Label Holder Actual Height is Nominal Height (NH) -6" 17/16"
• Clear-plastic extrusion has easy-load,
full-length label protector NW..... Nominal Depth 36" or 48" Example: Nomimal Height of 72" -6 = 66"
11/8" 1/2"
• Snaps onto top of basket front (914 mm or 1219 mm) GWDP-6618-MG
17/16"
11/8"
Clipless Basket Divider CBD(OPT1)-(ND)(OPT2)(NH)

• Easy snap-in/snap-out attachments, which CBD..... Clipless Basket Divider without Wings with Wings
are easily repositionable as merchandise OPT1..... Mesh Option 5=1/2" OC (13 mm)
requirements change Blank=1" OC (2.54 cm)
• Order dividers same size as baskets ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• Standard finishes: Sahara, Powder Chrome and
OPT2..... MWB=Madix Wire Basket
Silver Vein
UB=Universal Basket
NH..... Nominal End Height 08", 10" or 12" for UB
(203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
Blank=For MWB
• Maximum stack is five baskets high

• Maximum caster load capacity is 1080 lbs
• Each 3" (76 mm) diameter Swivel Caster has
side brakes (70 lbs load capacity)
Wing Merchandise WMPB(NW)(NH)

Pegboard Panel WMPB..... Wing Merchandise Pegboard
• Hardware pack included NW..... Nominal Width 16" to 22" in 1" increments
33/4"
Four 24" depth baskets 24" depth basket with (610 mm to 2438 mm in 635 mm increments)
On 24" depth base shelf 22", 20", and 18" tier
on optional casters
Wing Merchandise WMPBS(NW)(ND)

WMPBS..... Wing Merchandise Pegboard Shelf
Pegboard Shelf
ND..... Nominal Depth 5" (127 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories End Cap Merchandiser
9/14 9/14
Vertical Dividers Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
End Cap Merchandiser EC090852 Vertical Dividers
• Excellent way to display most any EC090852......End Cap Merchandiser Separate lumber, doors, shutters, molding, lawn furniture, or similar merchandise with divider arms or “M” dividers.
point-of-sale merchandise Image shown includes
Peg Hooks and End Cap Choose from 3/8" (10 mm) diameter regular-duty or 1" (25 mm) square heavy-duty arms. Merchandising capabilites are
• To mount to shelves, order the End Cap Mounting Kit, each sold
Merchandising Mounting Kit (EC090852K) separately practically endless with our wide selection of arm lengths and Vertical Divider standoffs.
(ordered separately)
• Easily installs in minutes and can be moved as
your needs change Standoff
• Sold in pairs
• 147/8"W x 471/4"H x 51/2"D
(378 mm x 1200 mm x 138 mm)
45˚ 90˚
• Standard finishes: Sahara, White, Satin
Black, and Dove Gray
Base
End Cap Merchandiser AC125520K Shelf
Mounting Hardware C125520K..... End Cap Merchandiser
A Front
Mounting Hardware • At 90˚, add crossbar standoff to VDA length
• Order two sets of Mounting hardware
for attaching one pair of End Cap • At 45˚, subtract VDB standoff from Base Shelf depth, multiply result times 1.33; result is
Merchandisers maximum VDA length when mounted
• Mounting Hardware includes: • Example: 20" (508 mm) Base Shelf depth - 2" (51 mm) VDB standoff = 18" (457 mm)
° 2 universal brackets 18" x 1.33" = 23.94" (457 mm x 34 mm = 608 mm) maximum VDA mounted length
° 2 control clamps • Therefore: Maximum 24" (610 mm) length VDA at 45˚ on a 2" (51 mm) standoff will not project
° 2 bolts past 20" (508 mm) base shelf
° 2 wing nuts
End Cap Merchandiser EC090852K Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)02

Mounting Kit E C090852K .....End Cap Merchandiser • 1" (25 mm x 25 mm) square tubing has .40" VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
Mounting Kit (10 mm) diameter holes 1" (25 mm) OC to NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
• Mounting Kit contains hardware to accept upright, rolled merchandise (914 mm or 1219 mm)
mount one pair End Cap Merchandisers 02..... 2" (51 mm) Standoff
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach
• Kit includes: to basic fixture upright
° 4 mounting clips
• One crossbar required per section
° 4 screws
° 4 wing nuts • Load capacity is 100 lbs
End Cap Merchandiser Peg Hooks AC125015

• 4" (102 mm) long AC125015.......4" Peg Hook (102 mm) Threaded Vertical Divider Arms TVDA-(NL)(TYPE)
• Unique mounting attachment allows straight- TVDA..... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm
• Package contains 20 units
out or 45° (either direction) mounting to NL..... Regular-Duty: 06" to 20" in 2" increments
• Standard finishes: Sahara, White, Satin (152 mm to 508 mm in 51 mm increments)
Vertical Divider Bar [VDB-(NW)02]
Black, and Dove Gray Heavy-Duty: 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• Arms may be mounted to front and/or rear of Heavy-Duty
standoff bars
TYPE..... R=Regular-Duty
• Regular-duty divider arms 3/8" (10 mm) H=Heavy-Duty
End Cap EC090854 diameter with red neoprene safety tip
Merchandiser Basket EC090854......End Cap Merchandiser Basket • Heavy-duty arms 1" (25 mm) square tubing
• 133/4"W x 5"D (349 mm x 127 mm) with vinyl safety cap
• Package contains 4 units • Threaded option locks arm and prevents Regular-Duty
accidental dismounting
• Standard finishes: Sahara, White, Satin
Black, and Dove Gray • Standard finishes: Sahara or Blue Gray
M Vertical Divider Arms MVDA-(ND)(NL)H

Wire End Cap Merchandiser WECM(NW)(ND)(NH) • Same mounting pin system as divider arms MVDA..... M Vertical Divider Arm
WECM......Wire End Cap Merchandiser for installation into VDB, providing greater ND..... Nominal Depth 22" (559 mm)
NW......Nominal Width 16" or 24" side-to-side load resistance than divider arms NL..... Nominal Length 36" or 48"
(406 mm or 610 mm) • Light-duty divider is a 3/8" (10 mm) diameter (914 mm or 1219 mm)
ND......Nominal Depth 06" (152 mm) steel rod; heavy-duty divider is 3/4" (19 mm) H..... R=Regular-Duty
diameter steel tubing H=Heavy-Duty
(1219 mm to 2134 mm in 152 mm increments) Regular-Duty

Heavy-Duty
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Vertical Dividers
9/14 9/14
Vertical Dividers Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Vertical Divider Arm with Price VDA-(NL)R-PTH-(OPT) Threaded Vertical Divider Arm TVDASJ-(NL)
Tag Holder VDA..... Vertical Divider Arm with J Hooks T..... Threaded
• Constructed with a unique mounting NL..... Nominal Length 06" to 20" in 2" increments • Constructed with unique mounting VDASJ..... Vertical Divider Arm with J hooks
(152 mm to 508 mm in 51 mm increments) NL..... Nominal Length 16" or 20" (406 mm or 508 mm)
attachment that allows for straight or 45˚ attachment that allows for straight or 45˚
placement on Madix Vertical Divider Bar R..... Regular-Duty placement on Madix Vertical Divider Bar
(ordered separately) PTH..... Price Tag Holder (ordered separately)
• Available in 3/8" or 1/4" (10 mm or 19 mm) wire OPT..... Blank=3/8" (10 mm) Wire • 16" (406 mm) length – five J Hooks
239=1/4" (6 mm) Wire 20" (508 mm) length – six J Hooks
• Price tag holder measures 2"W x 11/4"H
(51 mm x 32 mm) • Threaded mount provides additional security
and stability
Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty VDAHDSH-(NL)-(OPT) Adjustable Crossbar ACBR3648-(ND)

Scan Hook VDA..... Vertical Divider Arm • Width easily adjusts from 36" to 48" ACBR..... Adjustable Crossbar
• Constructed with a unique mounting HDSH..... Heavy-Duty Scan Hook (914 mm to 1219 mm) 3648..... Adjustable Nominal Width
attachment that allows for either NL..... Nominal Length 06" to 20" in 2" increments 36" to 48" (914 mm to 1219 mm)
• Depth is easily adjusted with use of push pins
straight or 45˚ placement on Madix (152 mm to 508 mm in 51 mm increments) ND..... Adjustable Nominal Depth:
• Two choices of depth adjustability: 0408 = 4" to 8" (102 mm to 204 mm)
Vertical Divider Bar (ordered separately) OPT..... Blank=3/8" (10 mm) Wire 4" to 8" or 9" to 18" (102 mm to 204 mm
239=1/4" (6 mm) Wire 0918 = 9" to 18" (229 mm to 457 mm)
• Red neoprene safety tip or 229 mm to 457 mm)
• Scan plate measures 25/8"W x 11/8"H • Constructed with 1" x 1" (25 mm x 25 mm) tubing
(67 mm x 29 mm) • Includes attached brackets for effortless
• Available in 3/8" or 1/4" (10 mm or 19 mm) wire installation into Maxi Line Basic Upright
Vertical Divider Arm Sign Holder VDASH

• More efficient display of pricing and other VDA..... Vertical Divider Arm
signage near products SH..... VDA Sign Holder
• Provides shoppers with important product
information at a quick glance Spool Goods Display with SGD-(NW)(BL)-(SD)CB
• Fixture holds 43/8"W x 51/2"H Crossbar and Shelf SGD..... Spool Goods Display
(112 mm x 140 mm) customer-supplied NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
signage
BL..... Bracket Length 10" to 18" in 2" increments
SD..... Shelf Depth 06" to 14" in 2" increments
CB..... Crossbar
Vertical Divider Bar Garden VDBE4K531

Rake Hook VDBE..... Vertical Divider Bar
• Mounts onto Vertical Divider Bar 4K531..... Garden Rake Hook
Vertical Divider Bar with VDBAB(NW)(ND)
Adjustable Brackets VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
AB..... Adjustable Brackets
(607 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)

Vertical Divider Bar Garden VDBE4K534

Fork Hook VDBE..... Vertical Divider Bar
• Mounts onto Vertical Divider Bar 4K534..... Garden Fork Hook
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Roll Goods Display 9/14 9/14
Roll Goods Display Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Roll Goods Display A Roll Goods Upright RGU-(NH)
Specially designed to accommodate longer “roll goods” such as polyethylene, vinyl, and shading films, lightweight laminates, • High-tensile steel upright slotted 1" (25 mm) RGU..... Roll Goods Upright
OC for vertical adjustment of roll goods NH..... Nominal Height 54" to 72" in 6" increments
screening, and fencing. Not recommended for spool goods, since the common spindle hole diameter is 3/4" (19 mm.) (1372 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Upright is welded to adjustable horizontal
telescoping bar that locks to Base Shelves 18"
to 30" (457 mm to 762 mm)
D
A
B
B Roll Goods Bracket RGB-1

• Unique bracket features lift-out cup on both RGB..... Roll Goods Bracket
sides; accepts all tubing/pipe diameters up to 1..... 1 Pack
11/4" (32 mm)
• Use as a center or end piece on a continuous
tubing run
• Due to varying roll diameters, tubing may be
Frame Loading staggered, and any end without tubing will
require a bracket
Base Shelf Recommendations NOTE!
Load Weight (lbs) Base Shelf Part Number If load is resting on two Base
Shelves, divide load by 2.
< 200 Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND)
C Roll Goods Tube RGT-(NW)
200 – 400 Reinforced Base Shelf SBSR-(NW)(ND) • Sturdy 1" (25 mm) diameter tubing and ¾" RGT..... Roll Goods Tube
SBSR(NW)(ND) (19 mm) galvanized pipe NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", or 60"
400 – 600 Reinforced Base Shelf plus Base Load Leveler (914 mm, 1219 mm, or 1524 mm)
BLLL-(ND) • 5' (1524 mm) tube should be field-cut at end
of roll goods run to avoid interference with
following shelving section
NOTE!
• Load capacity: NL 36" or 48"=200 lbs; Brackets lap ½" (13 mm) onto each end of tube. Order longer
NL 60"=150 tube if actual roll goods length is 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm).
36" (914 mm) tube: 35" (889 mm) usable length,
Arms of Roll Goods Upright should not project beyond Base Shelf 48" (1219 mm) tube: 47" (1194 mm) usable length.
Example:
3 Crossbars D Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)02
4 Uprights • 1" square tubing (25 mm x 25 mm) has .40" (10 VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
9 Tubes mm) diameter holes 1" (25 mm) OC to accept NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
15 Brackets (s) roll goods upright (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach to 02..... 2" (51 mm) Standoff
basic upright
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Hardware Display 4/18 4/18
Hardware Display Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Lawn Mower Display LMD-4 Lumber Frame LF(NW)
• Assembled mowers may be shown double LMD..... Lawn Mower Display • Designed specifically for the vertical display LF..... Lumber Frame
tiered or as singles above boxed stock for 4..... Nominal Width 4' (1219 mm) of dimensional lumber up to 8' (2438 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
self service in length (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Mowers will straddle side frames in • Fully welded assembly on 30" (762 mm) LBDP-22
adjacent sections brackets has punched crosstube at rear LBDP..... Lumber Bar Divider
• 48" W x 28" D x 15˚ (1219 mm x 711 mm x 15˚) and a 6" (152 mm) standoff, to accept dividers 22..... Nominal Depth 22" (559 mm)
downslope frame has adjustable crossbars • Solid tube in front to prevent lumber from
to accommodate varying wheelbases and falling forward
other lawn-care items • Vertical Divider Bar may be used above or
beneath (or both), relative to the lumber frame
Wire Grid Lawnmower Shelf WGLMS30D-(NW)(ND) Heavy-Duty Pipe Bracket HDPB-(ND)

• Ideal for displaying conduit, pipe, and molding HDPB..... Heavy-Duty Pipe Display Bracket
• Hangs at 30˚ downslope in Maxi Line sections WGLMS ..... Wire Grid Lawnmower Shelf
• Front height is 8" (203 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" in 4" increments
• 4" (102 mm) front lip with 11/4" (32 mm) 30D..... 30˚ Downtilt (305 mm to 610 mm in 102 mm increments)
price-tag molding attached, offering one full NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" • Set screws allow unit to be rigidly locked to
inch for customer-supplied signage (914 mm or 1219 mm) Basic Upright
• Ideal way to display push-type lawnmowers at ND..... Nominal Depth 30", 36", or 44" • Load capacity is 175 lbs
(762 mm, 914 mm, or 1118 mm)
eye level
• Since the shelf is wire grid, shoppers can look NOTE!
under the shelf to examine the undercarriage Bracket blocks Basic Upright slotting;
of mowers shelves and other accessories cannot
• Smaller mowers may fit two per shelf share same slot.
• Larger mowers will only fit one per shelf
Vertical Pipe Display VPD(NW)(ND)
• Rigid, heavy-duty solution for vertically VPD..... Vertical Pipe Displayer
displaying lengths of plastic or metal pipe, NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
conduit, guttering, or other similar items ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", or 22"
Nail Bin Shelf NB-(NW)(ND) NBD-(ND) • Use two shelves per 4' (1219 mm) section (406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
• Heavy-gauge pan is 6" (152 mm) high NB..... Nail Bin Shelf NBD..... Nail Bin Divider
• May be displayed flat or at a 15° downtilt NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" ND..... Nominal Depth 24" (610 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Divider
• Three stiffener channels underneath; plus
ND..... Nominal Depth 24"
V-shaped front lip for size/price stickers (610 mm)
• Includes two-position brackets for
versatile presentation
• Nail Bin Dividers may be ordered separately Gravity Feed Caulk Tube Display GFCTD(NW)(ND)
• Load capacity in flat position is 550 lbs • Displays standard caulk and glue tubes GF..... Gravity Feed
• Load capacity in 15° downtilt position is 250 lbs • 36" (914 mm) will dispense three rows of caulk; CTD..... Caulk Tube Display
48" (1219 mm) will dispense four rows of caulk NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Dividers cannot be moved
• Sign holder is 3"H x 47¾"W (305 mm to 601 mm in 51 mm increments)
(76 mm x 1213 mm)
Nail Bin Shelf Slotted NBS-(NW)(ND) NBSD10-(ND)

NB..... Nail Bin Slotted NBD..... Nail Bin Slotted Divider
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" 10..... 10 Pack
(914 mm or 1219 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20", 22", 24",
ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20", 22", 24", 25", 26", or 31" (406 mm, 457 mm,
25", 26", or 31" (406 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, 635 mm,
508 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, 635 mm, 660 mm, or 787 mm)
660 mm, or 787 mm) Tilted Bin Merchandiser TBM-(NW)(ND) TBMD-(ND)-10
• For organizing densely spaced, TBM..... Tilted Bin Merchandiser TBMD..... Tilted Bin Merchandiser Divider
lightweight products NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" ND..... Nominal Depth 06", 08", or 10"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) (152 mm, 203 mm, or 254 mm)
• 4" (102 mm) high profile
ND..... Nominal Depth 06", 08", or 10" 10..... 10 Pack
• 15° downslope (152 mm, 203 mm, or 254 mm) Divider
• Adjustable Tilted Bin Merchandiser Dividers
must be ordered separately
• Packs of 10
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Ceiling Fan Cloud 9/14 9/14
Wing Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Ceiling Fan Cloud A CFD-AB Wing Slatwall Display HTWSWD-(NH)(NW)(ND)
• Simple and effective display for ceiling CFD-AB..... Adjustable Beam • Attaches at end of the shelving run, giving a HTWSWD..... Wing Slatwall Display
fans or lighting fixtures neat, stable display for spot merchandising NH..... Nominal Height 72" or 78"
• System is based on 10' (3048 mm) - 6' B CFD-FB • 1" (25 mm) square-tubing frame contains (1829 mm or 1981 mm)
(1829 mm) height above floor when used CFD-FB..... Fan Box grooved 3" (76 mm) OC Sahara or Dove NW..... Nominal Width 20", 24", 30", or 36"
on 96" (2438 mm) high uprights; may be A Gray slatwall (508 mm, 610 mm, 762 mm, or 914 mm)
less depending on the drop length of fans C CFD-HB-48 • Wing Slatwall Display Shelf [SWMSHT90-(NW) ND..... Nominal Depth 08", 10", or 14"
B (203 mm, 254 mm, or 356 mm)
• Extension uprights may be added to CFD-HB..... Horizontal Brace (ND)] specifically designed to fit into Wing
48..... 48" C
existing fixtures to gain additional Slatwall Display (ordered separately) Finish Code
height, if necessary • Integrated tag molding accepts standard FIN1..... Tubing
• Adjustable beams accommodate varying D CFDB-(HAND) 11/4" (31 mm) price tags FIN2..... Slatwall Front
aisle widths CFDB..... Display Bracket D
• Minimum order is five shelves of any size FIN3..... Slatwall Back
HAND..... C=Center
LH=Left-Hand D
RH=Right-Hand D

One Fan per 4' Section* Two Fans per 4' Section*
Description Part Number Starter Add Starter Add
A Adjustable Beam CFD-AB 2 2 2 2 Wing Slatwall Display Shelf SWMSHT90-(NW)(ND)
B Fan Box CFD-FB 1 1 2 2 • Shelf specifically designed to fit into SWMSHT90......Wing Slatwall Display Shelf
C Horizontal Brace CFD-HB-48 2 2 2 2 Wing Slatwall Display NW.....Nominal Width 20", 24", 30", or 36"
D Vertical Display Bracket, right-hand CFDB-RH 2 none 2 none (508 mm, 610 mm, 762 mm, or 914 mm)
• Integrated tag molding accepts standard
D Vertical Display Bracket, left-hand CFDB-LH 2 none 2 none 11/4" (31 mm) price tags ND.....Nominal Depth 08", 10", or 14"
D Vertical Display Bracket, center
(203 mm, 254 mm, or 356 mm)
CFDB-C none 2 none 2 • Minimum order is five shelves of any size
*Based on blade clearance for powered fans, static display with
overlapping blades allows more fans to be shown
Tubular Wing Slatwall TWDSFT(NW)(ND)

Display Shelf TWDSFT.....Tubular Wing Slatwall Display Shelf
• Shelf specifically designed to fit into NW.....Nominal Width 14", 16", 20", 24",
26", 32", 36", or 48"
Wing Slatwall Display
(356 mm, 406 mm, 508 mm, 610 mm,
• Integrated tag molding accepts standard 660 mm, 813 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
30" 11/4" (31 mm) price tags ND.....Nominal Depth 08", 10", or 12"
• Minimum order is five shelves of any size (203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
Tubular Wing Display with TWD2-(NH)(NW)(ND)

11" Double Track TWD2.....Tubular Wing Display with Double Track
108" Maximum
• Attaches at end of shelving run, giving a neat, NH.....Nominal Height 54" to 84" in 6" increments
84" Minimum (1372 mm to 2134 mm in 152 mm)
stable display for spot merchandising
NW.....Nominal Width 14", 16", 24", 32", 36", 42", or 48"
• Backs, pegboard/hardboard, and shelves must (356 mm, 406 mm, 610 mm, 813 mm,
be ordered separately 914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm)
• 1" (25 mm) square-tubing frame ND.....Nominal Depth 08" or 10"
(203 mm or 254 mm)
Tubular Wing Display Back TWDB(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)

• Hardboard or pegboard TWDB.....Tubular Wing Display Back
TYPE.....P=Pegboard
H=Hardboard
NW.....Nominal Width 14", 16", 24", 32", 36", 42", or 48"
(356 mm, 406 mm, 610 mm, 813 mm,
914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm)
NH.....Nominal Height 54" to 84" in 6" increments
(1372 mm to 2134 mm in 152 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Light Display 9/14 9/14
Light Display Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Light Fixture Display B D Light Fixture End Panels LFEP-(TYPE)
• Concave curve on front of each End or LFEP..... Light Fixture End Panel
Intermediate Panel adds style and dimension TYPE..... E=End
I=Intermediate
• Each panel is 3/4" (19 mm) thick and laminated
I on both sides, with matching edge banding
along the front of the panels
A
• Bracket hardware is included to assist in
F assembly 89/64"
G
H
C
D
B E C Light Fixture Lower Hardboard LFLHBP

• Panels are constructed of laminated hardboard LF..... Light Fixture
measuring 5/32" (4 mm)thickness LHBP..... Lower Hardboard Laminated Panel
• Lower hardboard panel laminated only on
one side Optional Inserts Included
(Not to scale)
• 2" (51 mm) diameter hole is cut out of one end
Description Part # of the panel, offering access to a main power
A Light Fixture Radius Canopy Frame LFRCF supply if needed
B Light Fixture Panels - End LFEP-E • Optional insert included to enclose 2" (51 mm)
C Light Fixture Lower Hardboard Panel LFLHBP hole if electrical access is unnecessary
D Light Fixture Panels - Intermediate LFEP-I • Optional insert is black Diameter
E Light Fixture Flush Front Shelf LFFUS 2"
F Light Fixture Signage Board LFSB
G Light Fixture Sign Panel LFP
H Light Fixture Sign Panel with Electrical Knockout LFP-FX
I Light Fixture Crossbar - Top LFCB-T
J Light Fixture Crossbar - Intermediate LFCB-I E Light Fixture Display Flush LFFUS-424Z
Front Shelf LFFUS..... Light Fixture Flush Front Upper Shelf
• Serves as base component; shelf is installed 4..... Nominal Width 4' (1219 mm)
first and all other pieces are built atop unit to 24..... Nominal Depth 24" (610 mm)
complete display Z..... Zero Hit Brackets
A Light Fixture Radius LFRCF • Has zero-hit brackets where shelf fits
Canopy Frame LFRCF..... Light Fixture Radius Canopy Frame perpendicular to uprights
• Extends approximately 361/2" (927 mm) from • Channel is welded onto back of shelf
Maxi Line gondola/wall uprights • Channel in combination with Light Fixture
• Signage channels are built into canopy Intermediate Crossbar, (LFCB-I), supplies a
• Canopy signage should measure 37/8"H (98 mm) track for the Fixture Panels (LFP or LFP-FX) to
with a maximum thickness of 3/32" (2 mm) slide into place
• Retailers can have signage designed to fit
entire width of canopy, or just a portion, but
the width cannot exceed 567/8" (1445 mm)
F Light Fixture Signage Board LFSB
• Use to display colorful graphics or provide LFSB..... Light Fixture Signage Board
merchandise information
• Customer-supplied signage should be
15"H x 47½"W (381 mm x 1207 mm)
• Thickness of signage material must be less
than ¹⁄8" (3 mm)
• Sign panels install underneath Light Fixture
Radius Canopy Frame
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Light Display
9/14 9/14
Tool Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
G H Light Fixture Panels LFP-(TYPE) Wire Hammer Display HRHDRGB
• Total of 28 panels required to complete 641/2"H LFP..... Light Fixture Panel • Mounts on Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar, HR..... Hammer Rack
(1638 mm) Light Fixture Display TYPE..... Blank=No Cut Out RGVDB (ordered separately) HDRGB..... Heavy-Duty Roll Goods Bar
• Light Fixture Radius Canopy Frame requires 10 FX=Cut Out • Allows maximum display space
Light Fixture Panels
• Panels are ordered in a combination that best
fits retailer’s display needs; panels are solid or
can be ordered with 2"H x 2"W (51 mm x 51
mm) cutout for displaying light fixtures
• Light Fixture Panels are attached to panels by
using mounting hardware (supplied with the
light fixture) HRHDRGB
HAMMER RACK TO FIT HD ROLL
• Power, if required, is easily accessible to Reciprocating Saw Display TBRSD

GOODS BAR, RGVDBHD
installed light fixtures through electrical TB..... Tool Bracket

• Designed for 2" (51 mm) slatwall; using with
knockouts in the LFP-FXs RSD..... Reciprocating Saw Display
3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle
• Panels slide into place on Light Fixture Display
using track created with Light Fixture Crossbars,
LFCB-(TYPE)
I J Light Fixture Crossbars LFCB-(TYPE)

• Each crossbar has a built-in channel LFCB..... Light Fixture Crossbar
• When two crossbars are used together TYPE..... T=Top Crossbar
I=Intermediate Crossbar Top
and spaced 10" (254 mm) apart, a track is Crossbar Circular Saw Display TBCSD
created, allowing Light Fixture Panels to • Designed for 2" (51 mm) slatwall; using with TB..... Tool Bracket
slide or reamain place 3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle CSD..... Circular Saw Display
Intermediate
Crossbar
Router Display TBRD

• Designed for 2" (51 mm) slatwall; using with TB..... Tool Bracket
3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle RD..... Router Display
Jig Saw and Sander Display TBJSSD

3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle JSSD..... Jig Saw & Sander Display
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Tool Displays 10/15 10/15
Tool Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Grinder Display TBGD Hose Reel Crossbar HRCB-(NW)
• Designed for 2" (51 mm) slatwall; using with TB..... Tool Bracket • Mounts air-hose reels to Maxi Line Uprights HRCB..... Hose Reel Crossbar
3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle GD..... Grinder Display using a flat panel with integrated brackets NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Slotted holes allow the flexibility to
accommodate a variety of
equipment-mounting patterns
Carded Saw Blade Holder for CSBHVDB1012

Drill Display TBDD VDB Mount CSBH..... Carded Saw Blade Holder
• Mounts at 30° in Vertical Divider Bar VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
(ordered separately) 10..... Nominal Height 10" (254 mm)
3" (76 mm) slatwall increases the uptilt angle DD..... Drill Display
• Fits saw blades or carded items, up to 121/2" 12..... Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm)
(318 mm) deep; overall depth with tag holder
is 14" (356 mm)
Power Tool Holder PTH-(TYPE) Saw Blade Holder for VDB Mount SBHVDB(ND)
• Mounts to shelf perforations PTH..... Power Tool Holder SBH..... Saw Blade Holder
• Mounts at 30° in Vertical Divider Bar
TYPE..... S=Straight (ordered separately) VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
A=Angle
• Fits saw blades or grinding blades of ND..... Nominal Depth 07", 10", or 12"
different sizes (178 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm)
7" 8"
Straight Angle 7" 8"
Nominal Depth 8" Nominal Depth

of SBHVDB 7" Vertical Divider Bar
Two Tier Level Wire Rack LEVELRAK2818(OPT)
• Sits atop a 20" (508 mm) base shelf LEVELRAK..... Level Rack Wire, Two Tier
4"
28..... Nominal Height 28" (711 mm) 10"
2"
OPT..... Blank=No Slanted Front Sign
FS=Slanted Front Sign 12"
2"
12"
Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)(ND)

• 1" square tubing (25 mm x 25 mm) has ³⁄₈" (10 VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
mm) diameter holes 1" (25 mm) OC to accept NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
roll goods upright (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach ND..... Nominal Depth 02" to 26" in 2" increments
to basic upright (51 mm to 660 mm in 51 mm increments)
No Slanted Front Sign Slanted Front Sign
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Miscellaneous Displays 9/14 9/14
Miscellaneous Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Vertical Divider Bar Bow Display VDBBD(NW)(ND) Mounted Bat Displayer BD4
• 36" (914 mm) nominal width has four hooks, VDBBD..... Vertical Divider Bar Bow Display • 4' (1219 mm) crossbar has six 17" (432 mm) BD..... Bat Displayer Mounted
9" (229 mm) on center NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" Side View long vinyl-coated arms which hold 12 4..... Nominal Length 4' (1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) bats each
• 48" (1219 mm) nominal width has six hooks,
8" (203 mm) OC ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 16" in 1" increments • Bats may be removed individually without
(305 mm to 406 mm in 25 mm increments) disturbing adjacent items
• 21/4" (57 mm) usable flat surface
• Covered with vinyl sleeve to protect product • Not available in 3' (914 mm)
Hand Held Weight Display HHWD(NW)(ND) Rotating Bat Displayer BD-(NW)(ND)

• Display hand-held weights less than 10 lbs HHWD..... Hand Held Weight Display • Merchandises up to 40 sizes and types of BD..... Rotating Bat Displayer
• Gravity feed design keeps weights to front NW..... Nominal Width 04" (102 mm) baseball bats on each of two spinners NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
of shelf ND..... Nominal Depth 16" or 18" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Bats suspended vertically by handles
(406 mm or 457 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 18" (457 mm)
• Securely fastens to Standard Upper Shelf • Maximum projection from upright is
perforations with supplied hardware 18" (457 mm)
Sleeping Bag Displayer SBDSPO-(NW)

SBD..... Sleeping Bag Displayer Swing And Pull Out
• Unique, two-position clamping bars allow easy
loading and unloading of sleeping bags SPO..... Swing and Pullout
• Clamping bars exert pressure across full width NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
of bag, preventing damage to fabric (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Hang length may vary from one half of bag
length to bag length minus 6" (152 mm)
• Display on uprights as low as 60" (1524 mm) NOTE! Rotating Bat Displayer Optional BDRBD
• May be double hung on 96" (2438 mm) or Minimum 30" (762 mm) deep Ball Basket BDRBD..... Baseball Displayer Basket
for Rotating Bat Displayer
taller uprights if hang lengths are one half base shelves. Uprights must be • Accessory for Rotating Bat Displayer
of bag length anchored to floor or wall. (ordered separately)
• Arms project 42" (1067 mm) from upright • Optional ball basket mounts on top of spinner
• Pull out to 62" (1575 mm) from upright Clamped Load, Unload • Maximum projection from upright is
Position Position 18" (457 mm)
Sleeping Bag Displayer SBDPOK • 151/4"W x 4"H (387 mm x 102 mm)
Pullout Only Kit SBD..... Sleeping Bag Displayer
• Clip mounts between arm and crossbar to POK..... Pullout Only Kit
stop swinging action
• May be necessary at end of run or to prevent
swing into cross aisle
• Four clips per kit
Vertical Divider Bar Baseball VDBBGH

Bike Rack A BRBHHM90 Glove Holder VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
• Requires minimal floor space BRBHH..... Bike Rack Bike Holder BGH..... Baseball Glove Holder
A • Neatly organizes baseball gloves
• For Maxi Line Basic Uprights M90..... Modified for BRUSM
• Attaches to Vertical Divider Bar,
• Use on Bike Rack Upper Shelf Modified, B BRUSM90-(NW) (ordered separately)
BRUSM-48
BRUS..... Bike Rack
• Depth of shelf is 22" (559 mm) M90..... Modified B
NW..... 48" (1219 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Miscellaneous Displays
8/17 7/17
Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display FPDAH6 Shoe Pedestal SMSP
Adjusatable Heights FPD..... Fishing Pole Display • Clips into perforation on Standard Upright SMSP..... Shelf Mount Shoe Pedestal
• Display attaches to Maxi Line Uprights AH..... Adjustable Heights Shelf [SUS-(NW)(ND)] with provided canoe clip
6..... 6 Tier
• Upper arms have eight clips to hold rods
• Lower arms have foam to protect rods or cues
• Nominal depth of display is 15" (381 mm)
Footwear Shelf FWSH(NW)(ND)

• Non-perforated, two-position shelf, (flat or 40° FWSH..... Footwear Shelf with Reinforcement Hat
downslope), for use in all products with NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
standard Madix slotting (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
• 1" (25 mm) lip on the front of the shelf is ND..... Nominal Depth 12" or 14"
(305 mm or 356 mm)
Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display FPD-(NF)(NW) designed to retain light merchandise
• Display includes two Vertical Divider FPD..... Fishing Pole Display • Includes reinforcement hat on bottom of shelf
Bars plus four or five lower frames NF..... Number of Frames:
4=4 Frames on 3' (914 mm)
• Upper telescoping arms have rod retaining
5=5 Frames on 4' (1219 mm)
strips, holding 26 rods per frame
• Lower tray is black (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Standard finish is Sahara
Footwear Standard Upper Shelf FWSUS(NW)(ND)
• Can be installed flat, 15°, and 30° downslope FWSUS..... Footwear Standard Upper Shelf
for optimum product visibility NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Only available in 12" depth (305 mm)
Footwear Standard Upper Shelf, FWSUSR(NW)(ND)

Fishing Pole Holder FPHCBH Reinforced F WSUSR.... Footwear Standard Upper Shelf Reinforced
Crossbar Hook FP..... Fishing Pole Display • Can be installed flat, 15°, and 30° downslope NW..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", or 48"
HCBH..... Holder Crossbar Hook (610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
• Use with Vertical Divider Bar [VDB-(NW)(ND)] for optimum product visibility
• Available in 10", 12", and 14" depths (254 mm, 305 mm, or 356)
(254 mm, 305 mm, and 356 mm)
• Includes reinforcement bar for added stability
Reinforced
Bracket
Metal Gun Rack Kit MGRK(NW)-(OPT)

• Starter Kit is designed to fit in 4' section MGRK..... Metal Gun Rack Kit
• 3' Starter Kit currently NOT available NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
OPT..... S= Starter Includes 6 Arms and
• Add-on mounts next to starter in a 4' section
2 RGVDB Bars
and overlaps Starter Kit section A= Add Includes 8 Arms and 2
• Each kitted unit includes mounting hardware RGVDB Bars
• Padlocks NOT included
MGRK48-S (Starter) MGRK48-A (Add-On)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Miscellaneous Displays
9/14 9/14
Belt and Tie Display BTDR(NW)(ND) Linens Display with 5" Lip TPD5L-(NW)
• 41/2" (114 mm) long hooks 23/4" (70 mm) OC BTDR..... Belt and Tie Display Rack • Designed for display of linens, bedding, TPD..... Throw Pillow Display
• Available in three nominal depths to create a NW..... Nominal Width 30", 36", 42" or 48" or soft, packaged merchandise on Maxi 5L..... 5" Lip (127 mm)
(762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm or 1219 mm) Line shelving NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
cascading effect
ND..... Nominal Depth • 36" or 48"W x 20"D (914 mm or 1219 mm x 508 (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Fits in Maxi Line and Tube Line Uprights 00=2" (51 mm) mm) from uprights
• Bracket design prevents accidental 06=6.5 (165 mm)
dislodgement 10=10.5 (267 mm) • Wire grid is 6" (152 mm) OC
• Front lip is 5"H (127 mm)
Wire Wallet Basket WWM(OPT)MPG(NW)(ND)

• Available 7° or 14° uptilt WWM..... Wire Wallet Basket
OPT..... 7=7° uptilt
Wire Sheet Basket WSBSKT-(NW)(ND)
• Mounts to Multipurpose, Harmonic, 3" x 3" • Basket has 15˚ uptilt to retain merchandise WSBSKT..... Wire Sheet Basket
14=14° uptilt
(76 mm x 76 mm) Mesh, 2" x 2" NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(51 mm x 51 mm) Mesh or Slatgrid MPG..... Multipurpose Grid • Load capacity is 80 lbs
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Pocket dimensions: 1" (25 mm) smaller than NW..... Nominal Width 18", 23", 30", 36", or 48"
(457 mm, 584 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
nominal depth
• 21/4" (57 mm) front lip and 23/4" (70 mm) 6=6"
high ends Blank=8"
10=10"
12=12"
Wire Wallet Cross Divider WWM7MPGCD-(NW)

• Clips into Wire Wallet Basket WWM7..... Wire Wallet Basket
MPG..... Multipurpose Grid
CD..... Cross Divider
NW..... Nominal Width 18", 23", 30", 36", or 48" Wire Bed Wall Shelf WBWS-(NW)(ND)
(457 mm, 584 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) • Provides the ideal way to display linens WBWS..... Wire Bed Wall Shelf
• Shelf may be displayed flat or at a NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
15˚ downslant
ND..... Nominal Depth 22", 30", 36", or 42"
• Front lip is 5"H (127 mm) (559 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, or 1067 mm)
Throw Pillow Displayers TPD(SIZE)-(NW)

• Dimensioned to accommodate large TPD..... Throw Pillow Displayer
and small decor, and throw pillows, chair SIZE..... Blank=Small
pads, etc. L=Large
• V-formed wires are on 113/4" (298 mm) spacing NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Large
Small
• •
121/2" 121/2" 81/2" 81/2"
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Miscellaneous Displays 4/16 2/15
Wire Soft Goods Divider System WPDVDB(NH)(ND)-(OPT) Shower Curtain Display System, A WSCDS-84-(HAND)
• Use with Adjustable Wire Soft Goods Shelves PDVDB.....Wire Soft Goods Divider, VDB Mount
W Wire Grid WSCDS.... Wire Shower Curtain Display Panel
[WPSA-(NAW)-(ND)] NH.....Nominal Height 72" to 96" in 6" increments • Self-service selection of shower curtains, 84.... Nominal Height 84"
(1829 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments) HAND.... C=Center SHOW
• Divider panels made of sturdy-gauge wire, liners, and rings SHO
WE
SHO R CURTA
WE IN
ER
SHOW CURTAIN
ER
SHOW CURTAIN
welded 3" (76 mm) OC ND.....Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments L=Left-Hand SHO R CURTA
WER IN ER C
• When panels are installed per diagram, each CUR URTAI

TAIN N
(406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) R=Right-Hand

• Hardware included to secure divider to pocket will take 17" (432 mm) of run length, SHO
WER
OPT.....C=Center CUR
Vertical Divider Bars [VDB-(NW)02] and plus 8" (203 mm) at right end
SHO TAIN
SCDWG
WER SHO
WER
LH=Left-Hand B SHO CU
WER RTAIN SHO
CUR
TAIN
Standard Base Shelf [SBS-(NW)(ND)] RH=Right-Hand • All display panels and shelves utilize 3" x 3" SCDWG.... Shower Curtain Display Rod,
SHO
WE
CUR
SHO R CUR
TAIN
SHO
WER
WER
CUR
TAIN
WE TAIN CUR
RC TAIN
• Dividers require three Vertical Divider Bars (76 mm x 76 mm) wire grid pattern 4 Pack
URT
AIN
[VDB-(NW)02] with a 2" (51 mm) offset • Order 4-pack of pegboard clips to retain each SH
OW
ER
SHO
WE
RC
per section SH CU SHO U
RTA WER RTAIN
panel to back
OW
ER IN CUR
SH CU SHO TAIN
OW RTA WE
ER IN RC
SH CU SHO URT
• Five levels of shelves and shower-curtain-

OW RTA WE AIN
ER IN RC
CU URT
RTA AIN
IN
display rods per each center or right end panel
makes for a compact display
• Left-hand system shown here; right-hand
system achieved by reversing panels top
to bottom
C WSCS
WSCS.... Wire Shower Curtain Shelf
Description Part Number Right

End
Wire Soft Goods Adjustable Shelf WPSA-(NAW)-(ND) A Shower Curtain Display Panel, right end WSCDS-84-R A
• Sturdy-gauge wire; extends in width ranges to WPSA..... Wire Soft Goods Shelf, Adjustable A Shower Curtain Display Panel, center WSCDS-84-C
accommodate most merchandise NAW..... Nominal Adjustment Width: A Shower Curtain Display Panel, left end WSCDS-84-L
12/18=12" to 18" (305 mm to 457 mm) A
• Adjustable design limits loading to B Shower Curtain Display Rod, pack of 4 SCDWG
lightweight fabric items, such as pillows,
18/24=18" to 24" (457 mm to 610 mm)
C Wire Shower Curtain Shelf WSCS
D WSCDPC-4PK
24/36=24" to 36" (610 mm to 914 mm) A
blankets, and comforters D Pegboard Clips, pack of 4 WSCDPC-4PK SCDPC... Wire Shower Curtain
W Left
30/42=30" to 42" (762 mm to 1067 mm) Display Pegboard Clips End
36/48=36" to 48" (914 mm to 1219 mm)
4PK.....4 Pack
(406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) NOTE!
Nominal 78" (1921 mm) high panels
will flush at top of a 84" (2134 mm)
Swinging Wire Rug Display WRDS-(NW)(ND)
Basic Upright. Order panels 6" (152 mm)
• Cost-effective way to display multiple rugs WRDS ..... Swinging Wire Rug Display
less than upright height. Use of Pegboard
• Minimizes possible damage to fabric NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
backs are required in Maxi Line Gondola Center
Centers, 3 shown
• Rug dividers extend 81/2" (216 mm) from frame when ordering Shower Curtain
• Load capacity is 10 lbs per arm Display System. Base shelves are D D D
required in fixture. Right
• Load capacity is 240 lbs total Left End
End C C C
B B B B
Picture Frame Retainer Base PFRBSM(NW)(NH)

Shelf Mounted FRBSM..... Picture Frame Retainer Base Shelf Mounted
P
Swinging Peg Panel Display PSPDLD-(NW)(ND)
• Mounts in base shelf with supplied hex and NW..... 48" or 96" (1219 mm or 2438 mm)
• Mounts to Vertical Divder Bar [(VDB-(NW)02] PSP..... Pegboard Swing Panel NH..... 12" (305 mm)
cap nuts
DLD..... Display Light Duty Finish Code
NH..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 64", or 84"
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1057 mm, 1219 mm,
FIN1-FIN2
FIN1......Metal
1626 mm, or 2134 mm)
FIN2......Bumper
ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 22", 24", 28", or 36"
(406 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, 711 mm, or 914 mm)
Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)02

• 1" (25 mm) square tubing has .40" (10 mm) VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
diameter holes and 1" (25 mm) OC NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach
to basic fixture upright 02..... 2" Standoff (51 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Beverage Displays 11/14 4/18
Beverage Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wine Display Kit WDK-(NW) Wire Truss Wine Shelf WTWS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)
• Attractive presentation of 750 ml wine and WDK..... Wine Display Kit • Constructed of 1/2" (13 mm) OC wire spacing WTWS..... Wire Truss Wine Shelf
spirits bottles NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" section with 1" (25 mm) high front truss lip and NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) welded-on brackets (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Available in kits for 3' and 4' (914 mm and
1219 mm) sections of Maxi Line Shelving • Extra bracing underneath supports increased ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 26" in 2" increments
weight of products encountered when (305 mm to 660 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Rack holds four bottles
displaying wine or other beverages TYPE..... Bracket Type:
• Kit contains one crossbar plus bottle racks: Blank=Standard SUS Brackets
° Three racks for a 3' (914 mm) section • Tag mold is built into the construction of shelf, STP=STP Brackets
measuring 11/4"H (32 mm)
° Four racks for a 4' (1219 mm) section TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
• Customer-supplied signage for tag mold Blank=Same Color Shelf/Tag Mold
• Total number of bottles per section: should measure 1.188"H (30 mm) P=Tag Mold Different Color
° 12 bottles for 3' section (914 mm)
° 16 bottles for 4' section (1219 mm)
Front View
Vertical Divider Bar Wire VDBWBD

Bottle Display VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
• Attractive presentation of 750 ml wine and WBD..... Wire Bottle Display
spirits bottles
• Each rack holds four bottles
• Mounted to Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar, Bottle Rack
[RGVDBNH-(NW)] (ordered separately)
Wire Truss Wine Shelf, WTWSRF-(NW)(ND)-(FIN)-(TAG)
Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar RGVDBNH-(NW) Radius Front WTWS..... Wire Truss Wine Shelf
• Gradual outward curve 6" (152 mm) greater RF..... Radius Front
RG..... Roll Goods
than depth of brackets at curve vertex NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
NH..... No Holes • Extra bracing underneath supports increased
weight of products encountered when ND..... Nominal Depth 22" or 30"
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (559 mm or 762 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm) displaying wine or other beverages
FIN..... Shelf Color
• Constructed of 1/2" (13 mm) OC wire spacing
with 15/16" (24 mm) high front truss lip and TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
Blank=Same Color Shelf/Tag Mold
welded-on brackets
P=Tag Mold Different Color
Wire Wine Rack With Cradles WWRC-(NW)-(TAG) • Extra bracing underneath supports increased
• Shelf ensures corks remain wet, regardless if the WWRC..... Wire Wine Rack with Cradles weight of products encountered when
cork is positioned up, or down NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" displaying wine or other beverages
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Can be positioned flat or at a 15˚ downtilt • Tag mold is built into the construction of shelf,
TAG..... Blank=No Tag measuring 11/4"H (32 mm)
• 131/4" (337 mm) depth DGA11A=Single Position Silver Tag Molding
• Bottles can be positioned according to the DGA11B=Single Position Black Tag Molding • Customer-supplied signage for tag mold
retailer's preference DGA11G=Single Position Gold Tag Molding should measure 1.188"H (30 mm)
• 3' (914 mm) shelf can hold up to 10 wine bottles DGA11PC=Single Position Powder Coated • Maximum load capacity, including ledge load,
Tag Molding is 500 lbs
• 4' (1219 mm) shelf can hold up to 14 wine bottles
• Maximum ledge load 50 lbs
Small Wine Box SMWNBX481710-(BIN)

• Laminated wine display SMWNBX..... Small Wine Box
• Plastic binning included 48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
17..... Nominal Depth 17" (432 mm)
• Three adjustable, dividers included available
in Black, White, Ivory or Clear Coat 10..... Nominal Height 10" (254 mm)
• Hardware also included BIN..... Binning Color
BK=Black
WH=White
NOTE! IV=Ivory
The hardware pack is for installation CL=Clear
purposes only. It is not intended to Finish Code
permanently secure wine box to shelf. FIN1-FIN2-FIN3
Wine box must be permanently secured to FIN1......Front
shelf by running screws (provided with wine FIN2......Sides
box) up through shelf perforations and into FIN3......Interior
wooden cleat on underside of wine box.
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Beverage Displays 9/14 9/14
Grocery Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wire Bottle Display Racks WR(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)(PACK)-2 Bakery Wire Shelf MBWS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(MF)(EDGE)
• Designed for use with a Heavy-Duty 10˚ WR..... Wire Rack Bottle Displays • Heavy-gauge, steel-wire construction MBWS..... Madix Bakery Wire Shelf
Downslope Shelf [HUS10-(NW)(ND)] TYPE..... Bottle Type: • Powder coated for long life and extra wear NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(ordered separately) 16D=16 oz. Bottle (914 mm or 1219 mm)
LB=2 Liter Bottle • 21/4" (57 mm) lip in front keeps product
• Wire racks have pack-out specific wire sizes ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments
LB3=3 Liter Bottle in place (406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
to accommodate a variety of space-allocation
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' • Shelf snaps into brackets for quick installation TAG..... Tag Mold Option DGA2 Only
requirements
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • Brackets should be same finish as Bakery Wire
• Tension clips insert into shelf perforations MF..... Mold Finish
ND..... Nominal Depth 20", 24", or 28" Shelf [MBWB-(ND)] A=Silver
at front and back to allow simple but (508 mm, 610 mm, or 711 mm)
secure attachment Shelf may be installed on brackets with the lip G=Gold
PACK..... Blank for WR16D P=Painted
• Gravity Feed Bottle Slide [GFBS-(NW)(ND)] facing to the front or the rear
P=Packout for WRLB EDGE..... Edge Type
(ordered separately) utilizes two-sided plastic WRLB3 (see packout chart) • Shelf projection from upright is same when Blank=Straight Edge Position
slides that rest on shelf and allow beverage shelf is reversed Equal
2..... Bottle Front to Back for WRLB3 L=Lip Edge
bottles to slide to front position of each row 3=3 Bottles
• Bottle slides snap together to fit atop shelf 4=4 Bottles
between front and back retainers of Bottle 5=5 Bottles (see packout chart) Equal
Display Racks
• Optimize with use of Super Slip Paint Shelf projection from
Upright is same when
shelf is reversed
20" 4x10 40 3x9 27 HUS10-(NW)(ND)
4x 24" 5x10 50 4x9 36 HUS..... Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf
10..... 10˚ Downslope
28" 6x10 60 5x9 45
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' Bakery Wire Shelf Brackets MBWB-(ND)
20" 4x7 28 (914 mm or 1219 mm) • Wire Basket Brackets may be used with either MBWB..... Madix Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket
ND..... Nominal Depth 20", 24", or 28" the Madix Bakery Wire Shelves, Wire Truss (pair only and pricing)
3x 24" 5x7 35 ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments
(508 mm, 610 mm, or 711 mm) Shelves, or Modified Wire Truss Shelves
28" 6x7 42 (406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Sold in pairs only
• Brackets should be ordered same size and
finish of wire shelves that they are supporting
Gravity Feed Bottle Slide GFBS-(NW)(ND)

• Ridged panels allow bottles to slide to GFBS..... Gravity Feed Bottle Slide
foremost product position whenever bottle NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
is removed (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Units are easily assembled on site by snapping ND..... Nominal Depth 20", 24", or 28"
panels together with locking seams (508 mm, 610 mm, or 711 mm) Bakery Wire Shelf with MBWSWB-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(EDGE)
• Formed of white plastic
Welded Brackets MBWS..... Madix Bakery Wire Shelf
• Wire Basket Brackets welded to Bakery WB..... Welded Brackets
• Comes in two pieces NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
Wire Shelf
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
TAG..... Mold Tag Finish:
DGA2G=Gold Finish
DGA2A=Silver Finish
EDGE..... Edge Type
Blank=Straight Edge Position
L=Lip Edge
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Grocery Displays 9/14 9/14
Wire Truss Shelving Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wire Brackets BWB-(ND)-H Wire Truss Shelf WTS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)-(MP)
• Brackets for use with Wire Grid Shelves BWB..... Wire Brackets • Heavy-gauge, steel-wire construction; powder WTS..... Wire Truss Shelf
(ordered separately) ND..... Nominal Depth 18", 20", or 22" coated for long life and extra wear NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(457 mm, 508 mm, or 559 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Sold in pairs • 1" (25 mm) high lips may be installed down at
H..... Hardware Pack front and up at rear (or vice versa) to ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments
• Hardware pack included (406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
retain product
TYPE..... Blank=Regular-Duty
• Shelf snaps into three position brackets,
HD=Heavy-Duty
flat, 15˚downtilt, or 30˚ downtilt for
quick installation TAG..... Tag Mold Option:
Blank=No Tag
Bakery Wire Shelf Tag Molding MBWSDGA2(COLOR)-(NW) • Brackets should be same finish as Wire DGA2A=Silver
• Repostion Bakery Wire Shelf without BWSDGA2....Madix Bakery Wire Shelf Tag Molding
M Truss Shelf DGA2G=Gold
disturbing Tag Molding COLOR.....A=Aluminum • Optional 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding is available DGA2P=Powder Coat
G=Gold • Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Top [WTSPT-(NW)(ND)] MP..... Mold Position:
• Attaches to inside of Madix Standard Brackets
P=Painted Blank=No Tag
with included hardware instead of attaching it is available (sold separately)
directly to shelf NW.....Nominal Width 36" or 48" U=Lip Up
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • Load capacity of 150 lbs in flat and 15˚ downtilt D=Lip Down
• Choice of using shelf in lip-edge position or position, and 100 lbs at 30˚ downtilt position
the straight-edge position without need to
alter placement of Tag Molding
• Bakery Wire Shelf [MBWS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(MF)
(EDGE)] must be ordered separately
• Tag Molding is available in 36"or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) nominal widths
• Standard finishes: Aluminum, Gold, and
Painted
Dip Shelf, Extended BWSEDS-(NW) Bakery Wire Shelf Brackets MBWB-(ND)

• Versatile shelf hooks on front of Bakery Wire BWSEDS.... Bakery Wire Shelf Extended Dip Shelf • Wire Basket Brackets may be used with either MBWB..... Madix Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket
Shelf [MBWS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(MF)(EDGE)] NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" the Madix Bakery Wire Shelves, Wire Truss (pair only and pricing)
to accommodate cans of dip and other (914 mm or 1219 mm) Shelves, or Modified Wire Truss Shelves ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments
snack-related merchandise (406 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Sold in pairs only
• Brackets should be ordered in the same size
and finish of wire shelves they are supporting
Hanging Chip/Dip Merchandiser HCDM-(OPT) Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Top WTSPT-(NW)(ND)
• Great for add-on sales in snack/chip aisle HCDM..... Hanging Chip Dip Merchandiser • Designed to prevent smaller items from falling WTS..... Wire Truss Shelf
• Unit may hang on either Standard Upper Shelf OPT..... Blank=Perforated Shelf through Wire Truss Shelf (sold separately) PT..... Plastic Top
WPCS=Wire Potato Chip Shelf NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
or Wire Potato Chip Shelf (ordered separately) • Manufactured from clear acrylic
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• 4"W x 24"H x 4"D • Edges are polished for a smooth appearance
(102 mm x 610 mm x 102 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 16" to 24" in 2" increments
Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Tag Mold WTSPTM-(NW)

• Snaps over lip of Wire Truss Shelf to allow for WTS..... Wire Truss Shelf
1¼" (32 mm) price tags PTM..... Plastic Tag Mold
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Wire Shelving
9/14 9/14
Candy Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Wire Radius Shelf WUSRF-(NW)(ND)(TAG) Wire Candy Rack WCANR-(NW)
• Complements Madix’s Standard Radius WUSRF..... Wire Radius Shelf • Display small boxes of candy, cookies, and WCANR.... Wire Candy Rack
Front Shelf NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" other snack items NW.... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Utilizing the same radius, the SUSRF and • May be used on either a Standard Base Shelf
WUSRF have a smooth, scalloped design ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments [SBS-(NW)(ND)] or Standard Upper Shelf
when shown side by side (305 mm to 787 mm in 51 mm increments) SUS-(NW)(ND)
TAG..... S=DGA2 Silver
• Used in Maxi Line fixtures (in line with SUS or • 36" or 48"W x 24"H x 8"D (914 mm or 1219 mm)
G=DGA2 Gold,
STP shelves) P=DGA2 Painted Any Color • 1" (25 mm) OC wire spacing
• Made of heavy-gauge wire construction W=Radius Tagmold Welded,
• Load capacity is 100 lbs Painted color of shelf
Wire Candy Rack For Gondola WCRFG(NH)-(NW)

• Display small boxes of candy, cookies, and WCRFG..... Wire Candy Rack for Gondola
other snack items NH..... Nominal Height 36" or 48"
Radius Tagmold Welded SBSRF/Tagmold (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Designed to be used on Standard Base Shelf
[SBS-(NW)(ND)] of Maxi Line shelving (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• 131/2"D (343 mm)
• 1" (25 mm) OC wire spacing
Dry Dog Food Display for DDFD4-(NW)(ND)
• 36"H (914 mm) unit has five pockets
4 lb Bags DDFD4.... Dry Dog Display for 4 lb Bag
• 48"H (1219 mm) unit has seven pockets
NW.... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
• Dividing wires 4" (102 mm) in height and • Top two shelves are removed from a 36"H
spaced 7" (178 mm) apart; front fenceis 3" ND.... Nominal Depth 20" to 30" in 2" increments
(508 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) (914 mm) unit
(76 mm) high
• Tension clips insert into shelf perforations
at front and back to allow simple but
secure attachment
Jar/Can Display Rack WRDD-(NW)(ND)

• Designed for use with Heavy-Duty 10° WRDD..... Jar/Can Display Rack
Downslope Shelf (ordered separately) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Dividing wires are spaced 313/16" (97 mm) OC
• Tension clips insert into shelf perforations at (406 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
front and back to allow simple but
secure attachment Ten Level Wire Candy Rack WCRG10L-(NW)(ND)
for Gondola WCRG..... Wire Candy Rack for Gondola
• Ships as one piece, providing quick installation 10L..... Ten Level
into Maxi Line Uprights NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Each individual pocket has 13˚ slant from back
to front of unit ND..... Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm)
• Slant naturally fronts merchandise
• Each wire pocket has 11/4" (32 mm) metal
tag mold
• 1" (25 mm) OC wire spacing
• Pocket dimensions:
° Top - 6"D x 23/16"H
(152 mm x 56 mm)
° Second - 10"D x 23/16"H
(254 mm x 56 mm)
° Remaining - 12"D x 55/8"H
(305 mm x 143 mm)
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Spice Tray
5/17 9/14
Cookware Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Spice Tray SPT-(NW)(ND) Wire Cookware Display Vertical WCWDVDB-(ND)
• Unit mounts onto Standard Upper Shelf SPT..... Spice Tray Divider Bar Mount WCWD..... Wire Cookware Display
[SUS-(NW)(ND)] NW..... Nominal Width 2', 3', or 4' VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar Mount
• Mounts on perforated Vertical Divider Bar
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 24" in 2" increments
• Acrylic front sets in lip on Spice Tray Divider SPT-(NW)(ND) [VDB-(NW)(ND)]
[(SPTD-(ND)], which attaches to back of ND..... 18" or 20" (457 mm or 508 mm) (254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
SPTD-(ND) • Load capacity is 20 lbs
Spice Tray
• Available in 18" or 20" (457 mm or 508 mm)
depths
• Can be used for other small items, such as
cosmetics (as shown in photo)
Spice Tray Divider SPTD-(ND)

• Specifically designed to boost product SPTD..... Spice Tray Divider
visibility and accessibility ND..... 18" or 20"
(457 mm or 508 mm)
• Available in 18" or 20" (457 mm or 508 mm)
depths
• Sturdy, adjustable product dividers
also available
Wire Cookware Display WCWDVDBNP-(ND)
VDBNP Mount WCWD..... Wire Cookware Display
• Mounts on non-perforated Vertical VDBNP..... Vertical Divider Bar Mount, Non-Perforated
Divider Bar [VDBNP-(NW)(ND)] ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 24" in 2" increments
Wire Cookware Display WCWD-(ND)-(OPT)

• Mounts on Slatwall and Wire Grid WCWD..... Wire Cookware Display
• Bottom wire of displays has a hook at ND..... Nominal Depth 10" to 24" in 2" increments
end of wire
OPT..... S=Slatwall Mount
• Hook rests over the top wire on display, W = Wire Grid Mount
securely holding display hooks in place
Wire Cookware Display Hooks WCWDH-(PACK)

• Pots and pans hang on Display Hooks, CWDH.....Wire Cookware Display Hooks
W
allowing easy access to merchandise PACK......Pack Quantity 10, 50, or 100
• Hook has a slight uptilt to prevent
merchandise from sliding off
• WCWDH's are used for all three display mount:
Wire Cookware Display [WCWD-(ND)-(OPT)],
Wire Cookware Display Vertical Divider Bar
Mount [WCWDVDB-(ND)], and the Wire
Cookware Display Ver Wire Cookware Display
tical Divider Bar Mount, Non-Perforated
[WCWDVDBNP-(ND)]
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Plate Displays
9/14 8/16
Plastic Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
Standard Upper Shelf Mount Wire SUSMWRPH-(ND) Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins LUQMPABIN-(OPT)
SUS..... Standard Upper Shelf • Clear plastic bins to merchandise small LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
Rack Plate Holder impulse items MPABIN..... Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins
MWRPH..... Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder
• Displays up to eighteen plates • Use two Luxe Queuing Multi-Purpose Hooks OPT..... SM=Small
ND..... Nominal Depth 14" or 18"
• Mounts into SUS perforations for stability (356 mm or 457 mm) for Pegboard or Slatwall (LUQMPHOOKPSW) MD=Medium
• Each section can hold maximum of two plates to attach to pegboard, MegaWall™, mini grid,
in 2" (51 mm) deep slots slatgrid, or slatwall
• 91/4"W x 14" or 18"D (235 mm x 356 mm • Use two Multi-Purpose Hooks for Wire Grid
or 457 mm) (LUQMPHOOKWG) to attach bins to square
• 16" (406 mm) nominal depth Standard Upper wire grid patterns
Shelf should be ordered with 14" (356 mm) • Place up to three dividers to maximize your
nominal depth fixture; 20" (508 mm) nominal sales and profitability Small - shown with two LUQMPHOOKWG hooks and three
depth Shelf with 18" (457 mm) nominal • Sizes available: LUQMPSBINDIV-SM divider, small
depth fixture ° Small Bin (71/2"L x 117/8"W x 57/8"H)

• 3' (914 mm) shelf will hold three Plate Holders, ° Medium Bin (101/4"L x 117/8"W x 57/8"H)

and 4' (1219 mm) wide shelf will hold four Plate • 11/4" (32 mm) tag mold on front for pricing
Holders Medium - shown with one
• Can accommodate up to three dividers LUQMPBINDIV-MD divider, medium
• 14" (356 mm) nominal depth will hold seven • Order separately from dividers
plates; 18" (457 mm) nominal depth will hold
nine plates
• Fixture is made with sturdy-gauge wire Multi-Purpose Adjustable LUQMPBINDIV-(OPT)
• No assembly required Bin Divider LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
• Clear plastic dividers PBINDIV..... Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bin Divider
OPT..... SM=Small
Crossbar Mount Wire Rack CBMWRPH • Use for small and medium Muli-Purpose
MD=Medium
Plate Holder CBM..... Crossbar Mount Adjustable Bins [LUQMPABIN-(OPT)]
• Capable of displaying up to seven plates, WRPH..... Wire Rack Plate Holder • Can accommodate up to three dividers
this unique plate holder can show 7" and • Order separately from bins
9" (178 mm and 229 mm) plates
• Plate holders hook securely over Roll Goods
Vertical Divider Bars, ordered separately Multi-Purpose Hook for Pegboard LUQMPHOOKPSW
• Display one plate in front, circular portion or Slatwall LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
of holder, while displaying two plates in the • Clear plastic hooks MP..... Multi-Purpose
remaining segments HOOK..... Hook
• Used to hang Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins
• Load capacity is 25 lbs [LUQMPABIN-(OPT)] or Multi-Purpose Tray PSW..... for Pegboard or Slatwall
(LUQMPTRAY) on pegboard, MegaWall™,
mini grid, slatgrid, or slatwall
• Two required per bin
• Order separately from bins or trays
Multi-Purpose Hook for Wire Grid LUQMPHOOKWG

LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
Crossbar Mount Wire Rack Plate CBMWRPHVT • Clear plastic hooks
MP..... Multi-Purpose
Holder for Vertical Divider Bar CBM..... Crossbar Mount • Used to hang Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins
HOOK..... Hook
WRPH..... Wire Rack Plate Holder [LUQMPABIN-(OPT)] or Multi-Purpose Tray
• Plate holders hook securely over Roll Goods (LUQMPTRAY) on wire grid WG..... for Wire Grid
Vertical Divider Bars (ordered separately) VT..... Vertical Divider Bar
• Two required per bin
• Allows vertical display of plates
RGVDBNH-(NW) • Order separately from bins or trays
• Adjustable back stop CBMWRPHVT
• Protective plastic on major contact points to
protect plates
Multi-Purpose Tray LUQMPTRAY

• Clear plastic trays to merchandise small LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
impulse items MP..... Multi-Purpose
• 9"D x 16"W x 3"H TRAY..... Tray
Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar RGVDBNH-(NW) • 11/4" (32 mm) tag mold on front for pricing Shown with one
RG..... Roll Goods • Dividers ordered separately from trays LUQMPTRAYDIV, divider
NH..... No Holes
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Multi-Purpose Tray Divider LUQMPTRAYDIV
• Clear plastic divider LUQ..... Luxe Queuing
• Use with Multi-Purpose Tray (LUQMPTRAY) MP..... Multi-Purpose
TRAY..... Tray
• One divider per bin
DIV..... Divider
• Dividers ordered separately from trays
Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories Plastic Displays 7/17 11/14
Retailer Storage Displays Maxi Line Shelves & Accessories
A Queuing System Sign Holder QSSH(SIZE)
A Paint Lock-Up Kit PTLKUP(NW)(ND)(NH)
and Stem QSSH..... Queuing Systems Sign Holder and Stem
• An economical, locking door kit designed to PTLKUP..... Paint Lock-Up Kit
Size..... 5X7=5"x7" (127 mm x 178 mm) be used where basic security is required Opened
7X11=7"x11" (178 mm x 279 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 24", 36", or 48"
11X7=11"x7" (279 mm x 178 mm) • Nominal width and nominal depth of (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
PTLKUP(NW)(ND)(NH) are the same nominal ND..... Nominal Depth 18", 19", 20", or 23"
size as the top and bottom shelves (457 mm, 483 mm, 508 mm, or 584 mm)
B Queuing Bowl Divider QBDIV12-04 B • Nominal height is the distance from the top of NH..... Nominal Height 11", 12", 13", 32" or 48"
QB..... Queuing Bowl upper shelf to bottom of lower shelf (279 mm, 305 mm, 330 mm, 813 mm
• Shelves mounted inside the or 1219 mm)
DIV..... Divider
12..... 12" (305 mm) PTLKUP(NW)(ND)(NH) can be the same depth
C as the top and bottom shelves
04..... 4 Dividers
Closed
C Bowl Adapter Nut ABADPT D
ABADPT..... Bowl Adapter Nut
D Queuing Bowl QB700922

QB..... Queuing Bowl
E
Folding Shelf Carriage MFSC(NW)
• Organizes shelves for transport MFSC..... Madix Folding Shelf Carriage
throughout store NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
E Bowl Mount for Basic Upright MLQABMH • Can store up to 40 shelves on one cart
ML..... Maxi Line • Cart folds flat when not in use and is easily
QABM..... Queuing Acrylic Bowl Mount stored against a wall in stock room
H..... Hardware • Shelves fit on systems where slotting is 1"
(25 mm) OC shelving systems
• Two straps included
• Patented Expanded View Folded View
Shown at 36" Shown at 48"
Folding Shelf Carriage MFSCAU

Sign Base Basic Upright Mount SBBUM Add-on Upright MFSC..... Madix Folding Shelf Carriage
• Accepts bolt (nut, weld, 3/8-16) SBBUM..... Sign Base Basic Upright Mount • Attaches to Folding Shelf Carriage AU..... Add-On Upright
• Includes screw (mach screw, hxd 3/8-16x1/2) • Mounting holes are 6", 12", 18", 24", 30", and
48" (152 mm, 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm,
762 mm, and 1219 mm) slot centerlines
Plan-O-Gram Pocket Assembly POGP

• Attaches to any 1" (25 mm) OC slotted POGP..... Plan-O-Gram Pocket
Back View
Gondola Upright
• Holds standard 81/2" x 11" (216 mm x 279 mm)
paper and is a better alternative to crude
attachments such as tape, push pins, Velcro,
hooks and plastic-paper sleeves
• Holder may be used on rear of end caps or
positioned behind product on a wall or
two-sided gondola
• Tab Hooks are located so pocket can be installed
on either right or left side of section
Side View
Maxi Line Systems
Maxi Line Systems Maxi Line Rolling Frame
10/17 8/14
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Maxi Line Systems
Maxi Line Rolling Frame A Maxi Line Rolling Frame MRF(OPT)(NW)(NH)
• Required for mounting MRF..... Maxi Line Rolling Frame
Clean, organized displays attract more customers, but stocking enough merchandise to meet demand is important, too.
• Load capacity is 150 lb OPT..... P=Peg
Give your customers plenty of selection while maintaining an attractive appearance with the Maxi Line Rolling Frame. H=Hardboard
This system enables retailers to display samples in front of stocked merchandise without sacrificing valuable selling NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
space. Spring cushions provide greater stability and smoother motion, so displayed items remain in place as the panels
slide back and forth along the track. The panel frames can also support pegboard, creating cross-selling opportunities (1981 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
for small, hanging merchandise. FIN1-FIN2
FIN1..... Frame
• Space-efficient Maxi Line units
FIN2..... P2S Back
• Allows for more floor space
• Available in 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) lengths
• Inside shelf space 8" to 14" (203 mm to 356 mm)
BMaxi Line Rolling Frame MRFTC(NW)(NH)

Top Track Assembly MRF..... Maxi Line Rolling Frame
A • Required for mounting the Maxi Line TC..... Top Channel
Rolling Frame NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Nominal depth matches the base
shelf depth ND..... 16", 18", or 24"
(406 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
CMaxi Line Rolling Frame MRFBC(NW)

Bottom Channel MRF..... Maxi Line Rolling Frame
• Mounts easily to existing base shelves BC..... Bottom Channel
• Required for all installations (914 mm or 1219 mm)
C
D Maxi Line Rolling MRFFS(ND)
E
Frame, Frame Stop MRF..... Maxi Line Rolling Frame
FS..... Frame Stop
ND..... Nominal Width 10" to 24" in 2" increments
(254 mm or 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Components

Part Description Part Number
A Maxi Line Rolling Frame MRF(OPT)(NW)(NH)
B Maxi Line Rolling Frame Top Track Assembly MRFTC(ND) (NW)(NH)
C Maxi Line Rolling Frame Bottom Channel MRFBC(NW) E Maxi Line Rolling MRFWC(NW)
D Maxi Line Rolling Frame Frame Stop MRFFS(ND)
E Maxi Line Rolling Frame Wheel Cover MRFWC(NW)
Frame Wheel Cover MRF..... Maxi Line Rolling Frame
WC..... Wheel Cover
(254 mm or 610 mm)
Maxi Line Systems 5/14 5/14
Y-Gondola Maxi Line Systems
10/12
Y-Gondola Core Components

• Creates focal points in any merchandising category
A Y-Gondola Inside Corner YSGICUS(ND)
• Encourages customers to interact with featured merchandise
• Constructed primarily of standard Maxi Line components Upper Shelf YSG..... Y-Gondola
• Includes brackets for mounting shelf ICUS..... Inside Corner Upper Shelf
• Load capacity is 300 lb (254 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
B Y-Gondola Inside Base Shelf YSGIBS(ND)

• 300 lb load capacity YSG..... Y-Gondola
• Order three per Y-Gondola IBS..... Inside Base Shelf
C Y-Gondola Junction Center & YSGJSC24

Lower Spanner YSG..... Y-Gondola
• Order six per Y-Gondola JSC..... Junction Center Spanner
D Y-Gondola Junction Top Cap YSGJTC

• Order one per Y-Gondola YSG..... Y-Gondola
JTC..... Junction Top Cap
C
Hidden from view:
B, E , F, G
E Y-Gondola Inside Kickplate YSGIKP(ND)
• Order three per Y-Gondola YSG..... Y-Gondola
IKP..... Inside Kickplate
A
D
FY-Gondola Hardboard or YSG(OPT)B(NH)I
Pegboard Back YSG..... Y-Gondola
Y-Gondola Core Components OPT..... H=Hardboard
• Order three panels per Y-Gondola
Part Description Part Number Quantity P=Pegboard
A Y-Gondola Inside Corner Upper Shelf YSGICUS(ND) 3 B..... Back
B Y-Gondola Inside Base Deck YSGIBS(ND) 3 NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments
C Y-Gondola Junction Center & Lower Spanner YSGJSC24 6 (1067 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
D Y-Gondola Junction Top Cap YSGJTC 1 I..... Inside
E Y-Gondola Inside Kickplate YSGIKP(ND) 3
F Y-Gondola Hardboard or Pegboard Back YSG(OPT)B(NH)I 3
G Y-Gondola Back Retainer YSGBR 6
G Y-Gondola Back Retainer YSGBR

• Order six per Y-Gondola YSG..... Y-Gondola
BR..... Back Retainer Basic Upright
Back Retainer
Junction Center
and Lower Spanner
Maxi Line Systems Y-Gondola 5/14 5/14
Y-Gondola Maxi Line Systems
4/13 4/13
Optional Accessories Wrap Around Upper End Flat WAUEFM(ND)

Modified AUEFM......Wrap Around Upper End Flat Modified
W
Round Metal Upper RMUSM(NR)
• Allows continuous display of product ND......Nominal Depth 12" or 24"
Shelf Modified RMUSM..... Round Metal Upper Shelf Modified
at end of gondola run (305 mm or 610 mm)
NR..... Nominal Radius 12" to 24" in 2" increments ND=Gondola Shelf Depth,
• Allows continuous display of product at the • Does not block view of merchandise front to back of WAUEFM matches
end of a gondola run gondola depth
• ND=Gondola Shelf Depth, front to back of
NOTE!
• Does not block view of merchandise WAUEFM matches gondola depth
• Load capacity is 200 lbs • Load capacity is 300 lbs
NOTE!
Round Metal Base Shelf RMBS(NW)(ND) Use with Metal End Flat
• Allows continuous display of product at the RMBS..... Round Metal Base Shelf HDPAPMEF or PAPMEF.
end of a gondola run NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 4" increments
(610 mm to 1219 mm in increments of 102 mm)
• Does not block view of merchandise
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" 2" increments
• Load capacity is 300 lbs (305 mm to 610 mm in increments of 51 mm)
Bullnose Upper and Base Shelf S(TYPE)SBN(NW)(ND)

• Same form, fit, and function of Standard S..... Standard
Upper Shelf, allowing the use of front fence TYPE..... U=Upper
and dividers B=Base
Round Metal Base Kickplate RMBKP(NW)(ND) • Fits 1" OC slotting S..... Shelf
• Mounts into gondola Base Shoes RMB..... Round Metal Base • Radius front measures 11/4" (32 mm) high BN..... Bullnose
KP..... Kickplate NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 6" increments
• Required when Base Shelf is ordered • Maximum load capacities of Upper Shelf:
NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 4" increments (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Standard finishes: Chocolate or Black ° 8" (203 mm) = 300 lbs
(610 mm to 1219 mm in 102 mm increments) ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
° 10" (254 mm) to 24" (610 mm) = 500 lbs (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
(305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments) ° 26" (660 mm) to 30" (762 mm) = 400 lbs
• Capacity reduced by 30% when front half
is loaded
Bullnose Upper Shelf
• Maximum load capacity of Base Shelf is 600 lbs
• Load capacities based on evenly distributed,
static loading
• Available in a variety of finishes
Bullnose Base Shelf
RMBKP(NW)(ND)

NOMINAL WIDTH (MIN = 24, MAX = 48)
ROUND METAL BASE
W/ KICK PLATE

80013518
Basic Upright for End Shelf BUES(NH) BUES(NH)

• Comes attached to a Basic Upright BUES..... Basic Upright End Shelf Attached to
NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 78" in 6" increments Basic Upright
Basic Upright for End Shelf BUESI(NH)

Insert Only BUESI..... Basic Upright End Shelf Insert Only
• For use with Round Metal Upper Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 78" in 6" increments
• Integrates with Basic Upright (field assembly)
Maxi Line Systems Spacer System for Curved Gondola 5/14 5/14
Spacer System for Curved Gondola Maxi Line Systems
10/12 10/12
Spacer System for Curved Gondola Examples of 10˚ Radius Curve Layouts Spacer System Inside/Outside SS(TYPE)RB(TYPE)(NH)-(DEGREE)
• Curves are easy to obtain by adding Spacer Radius Back Panel SS..... Spacer System
System components TYPE..... I=Inside, O=Outside
• Choice a 6˚ or a 10˚ radius curve when RB..... Radius Back
connecting two gondolas together using the TYPE..... H=Hardboard, P=Pegboard
Spacer System NH..... Nominal Height 42" to 96" in 6" increments
DEGREE..... 10=10° Radius, 06=6° Radius
Spacer System Outside Radius SSOR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE) Upper Shelf

Upper & Base Shelves SSOR..... Spacer System Outside Radius
TYPE..... Type: US=Upper Shelf, BS=Base Shelf
Using 6˚ Radius Base Shelf

16
Spacer System Inside Radius SSIR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE) Upper Shelf
Upper & Base Shelves SSIR..... Spacer System Inside Radius
TYPE..... Type: US=Upper Shelf, BS=Base Shelf
24 10° Radius: 8" to 24" in 2" increments
6° Radius: 8" to 18" in 2" increments
Base Shelf
Using 10˚ Radius Spacer System Inside/Outside SSIOR-T-(DEGREE)

Radius Top Spanner SSIOR..... Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius
T..... Top Spanner
Spacer System Inside/Outside SSIOR-C-(DEGREE)

Radius Center Spanner SSIOR..... Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius
C..... Center Spanner
Spacer System Inside/Outside SSIOR-L-(DEGREE)

Radius Lower Spanner SSIOR..... Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius
L..... Lower Spanner
Spacer System Inside/Outside SS(TYPE)RKP(ND)-(DEGREE)

Radius Kickplate SS..... Spacer System
TYPE..... I=Inside, O=Outside
RKP..... Radius Kickplate
ND..... Nominal Depth Outside
Inside
Maxi Line Systems Feature Aisle Display 7/17 2/17
Feature Aisle Display Maxi Line Systems
Feature Aisle Display A Back Panel B(TYPE)-2(NH)
• Efficiently display merchandise in main aisles or high-traffic areas of stores • Choose either Pegboard or Hardboard B..... Back
• Perfect for both small and large sales floors • Nominal Width is 2' only (610 mm) TYPE..... P=Pegboard
H=Hardboard
• Greater impact with merchandise on all four sides • Nominal Height is a minimum of 60" to 72" 2..... Nominal Width 2' (610 mm)
• Colorful and completely customizable; use the shelves alone, or combine with in 6" increments (1524 mm to 1829 mm in 152
mm increments) NH..... Nominal Height
pegboard for displaying pegged merchandise 60" to 72" in 6" increments
• Load capacity is 800 lbs in all sizes, based on evenly distributed static loading and (1524 mm to 1829 mm
500 lbs rolling (DO NOT move fully loaded) in 152 mm increments)
NOTE!
12" depth minimum required for Mobile Gondola End Deck and
Standard Base Shelf when ordering caster parts.
B Basic Upright BU-(AH)
plus maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments
2' x 3' Unit Parts List
Part Number Part Number Quantity Notes • Comprised of heavy-gauge, high-tensile steel
A B(TYPE)-18(NH) Back Panel 2 18" x 60" components welded into a single unit with a
15,000 inch-pound rating
B BU-(AH) Basic Upright 2 36" to 96" in 6" increments
C BSSIL-(ND) Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking 4 12" only
• All Basic Uprights have an integrated leveler
D BUB-1836 Basic Upright Brace 1 18" x 36" • Kickplates of either closed or open type (or
E SL-18 Lower Spanner 1 18" only
shelving runs
F VC-(NH) Metal Upright End Cover 2 36" to 96" in 6" increments
A
G UCC Upright Clear Cap 2
H STL-18 Top Spanner 1 18" only
I SBS-1812 Standard Base Shelf 2 18" x 12"
J KP-18-5-SB Kickplate 2 18' only
K* PAPMEF10-1212-S5 Metal End Flat 2 10" x 24"
L WAUSN3612 Wrap Around Upper Shelf, Notched 8 36" x 12"
B D
C Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking BSSIL-(ND)
• Projection-welded high tensile steel gives BSSIL..... Straight-In Locking Base Shoe
Add Caster Parts List maximum load capacity ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
M MGED121212 Mobile Gondola End Deck 2 (304 mm to 762 mm in 50 mm increments)
• Exclusive I-beam design is 5" (127 mm) low
N OBS-18 Open Back Stiffener 1 18" • Screwdriver leveling and electrical access
O MGPCCR-18 Caster Runner 2 18" • Straight-in insertion does not require tipping
P SCS-18 Seismic Tie Bar 1 18" of the Basic Upright for installation
*When ordering Casters DO NOT order Metal End Flats (PAPMEF10-1212-S5) E • Finishes are random unless Chocolate is specified
• For 2' x 3': NW 12" (NW 305 mm)
• For 3' x 4': NW 18" or 24" (NW 457 mm or 610 mm)
C
3' x 4' Unit Parts List with 18" Bases (4' x 4' also available with 24" Bases)
Part Number Part Number Quantity Notes D Basic Upright Brace BUB-(NW)(NH)
A B(TYPE)-2(NH) Back Panel 2 2' only BUB..... Basic Upright Brace
• For 2' x 3': NW 18", NH 36"
B BU-(AH) Basic Upright 2 36" to 96" in 6" increments (NW 457 mm, NH 914 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 24" (457 mm or 610 mm)
G
C BSSIL-(ND) Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking 4 18" or 24" only NH..... Nominal Height 36" (914 mm)
• For 3' x 4': NW 24", NH 36"
D BUB-2436 Basic Upright Brace 1 24" x 36" (NW 610 mm, NH 914 mm)
H
E SL-2 Lower Spanner 1 2' only
F VC-(NH) Metal Upright End Cover 2 36" to 96" in 6" increments L
F
G UCC Upright Clear Cap 2 E Lower Spanner SL-(NW)
H STL-2 Top Spanner 1 2' only SL..... Lower Spanner
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights at
I SBS-2(ND) Standard Base Shelf 2 18" or 24" only equal spacing and supports back panels NW..... Nominal Width 2' (610 mm)
J KP-2-5-SB Kickplate 2 2' only
K* HDPAPMEF12-1818-S5 Metal End Flat 2 12" x 36"
• For 2' x 3': NW 18" (NW 457 mm)
L WAUSN4818 Wrap Around Upper Shelf, Notched 8 48" x 12"
• For 3' x 4': NW 24" (NW 610 mm)
Add Caster Parts List
M MGED121818 Mobile Gondola End Deck 2
N OBS-2 Open Back Stiffener 1 2'
G Metal Upright End Cover VC-(NH)
O MGPCCR-24 • Metal cover trims end Upright of all runs VC..... Metal Upright End Cover
Caster Runner 2 24"
P SCS-2 Seismic Tie Bar 1 2' I • Easy snap-on positive locking NH..... Nominal Height 60" to 96" in 6" increments
*When ordering Casters DO NOT order Heavy-Duty Metal End Flats (HDPAPMEF12-1818-S5) K J • Standard colors: Sahara, Chocolate, or
Snow White
• Optional colors available
M N O P
• Nominal height is a minimum of 60" to 72"
(Caster Parts Hidden)
in 6" increments (1524 mm to 1829 mm in 152
mm increments)
Maxi Line Systems Feature Aisle Display
1/16 5/14
Feature Aisle Display Maxi Line Systems
F Upright Clear Cap UCC K Metal End Flat, 2' x 3' PAPMEF101212-S5
• High-impact, molded-plastic cap finishes UCC..... Upright Cap, Clear • For a completely finished, “wraparound” end PAP..... Partially Assembled, Perforated Left
open, top end of Upright look with widths to match all Gondola Bases MEF..... Metal End Flat Hand
10..... Nominal Depth 10" (254 mm) Right
• Provision for tapered or threaded stem • Partially assembled to speed installation Hand
sign holders • Kickplate assembly slips into Gondola Base 12..... Nominal Width Left-Hand 12" (305 mm)
• Fits Telescoping Upright knockout in Shoes, replacing Base End Covers, prior to 12..... Nominal Width Right-Hand 12" (305 mm)
Top/Lower Spanner installing End Frame S..... Standard Shelf
• Continuous tag molding matches all 5..... Nominal Base Height 5" (127 mm)
Standard Upper Shelves and has 2" (51 mm)
radius safety corners
H Top Spanner STL-(NW)
• End Flat accommodates 11/4" (32 mm) tags
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights at equal STL..... Top Spanner and has four-point top leveling of shelf
spacing, traps back panels, and trims top NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 2' assembly
of section (457 mm or 610 mm)
• Electrical and Telescoping Upright knockouts
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 18" (457 mm)
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 24" (610 mm) K Heavy-Duty Metal End Flat, HDPAPMEF12-(LH)(RH)-S5
3' x 4' or 4' x 4' HD..... Heavy-Duty
Left
• For a completely finished “wraparound” end PAPMEF...... Partially Assembled Perfed Metal End Flat
Hand
look with widths to match Gondola Bases 12..... Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm) Right
• Partially assembled to speed installation LH..... Nominal Left-Hand Base 18" or 24" Hand
(457 mm or 610 mm)
I Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND) • Kickplate assembly slips into Gondola Base
SBS..... Standard Base Shelf RH..... Nominal Right-Hand Base 18" or 24"
• Formed price-tag molding matches molding Shoes, replacing Base End Covers, prior to (457 mm or 610 mm)
on upper shelves (see SUS) NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 2' (457 mm or 610 mm) installing End Frame
S..... Standard Shelf
• Heavy-gauge shelf bracket features lock tab ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 18", or 24" • Continuous tag molding matches all Standard
(305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm) 5..... Base Height 5" (127 mm)
to ensure quick installation and precision Upper Shelves and has 2" (51 mm) radius
alignment safety corners
• Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based on Configurable Options • End Flat accommodates 11/4" (32 mm) tags and
evenly distributed static loading TYPE-OPT has four point top leveling of shelf assembly
• Flush Front option available TYPE..... Blank=Perforated • Use 18" for 3' x 4' or 24" for 4' x 4'
NP=Non-Perforated (457 mm for 914 mm x 1219 or 610 mm for
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 18", ND 12" OPT..... Optional Covering:
(NW 457 mm, ND 305 mm) 1219 mm x 1219 mm)
L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 24", ND 18"
or 24" (NW 610 mm, ND 457 mm or 610 mm)
NOTE! LWrap Around Notched WAUSN(NW)(ND)

see Tag Molding page
Upper Shelf WAUSN..... Wraparound Notched Upper Shelf
• Specially designed for a completely NW..... Nominal Width 30", 36", 38", or 48"
(762 mm, 914 mm, 965 mm, or 1219 mm)
finished end look
• Continuous tag molding with 2" (51 mm)radius (305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
safety corners
• Accommodates 1¼" (32 mm) tags
• Tag molding matches all Standard Shelves and
J Kickplate KP-(NW)-5-SB End Flats
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 18" (457 mm) KP..... Kickplate • For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 36", ND 12", 18",
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 24" (610 mm) NW..... Nominal Length 18" or 2' 24"(NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm)
(457 mm or 610 mm) • For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 48", ND 12", 18",
5..... Nominal Height 5" (127 mm) 24" (NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm)
SB..... Satin Black • For 4' x 4' (1219 mm x 1219 mm): NW 48", ND 12", 18",
24" (NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm)
Maxi Line Systems Feature Aisle Display
5/14 5/14
Round Feature Aisle Display Maxi Line Systems
Casters for Feature Aisle Dispay Round Feature Aisle Display
• Efficiently display merchandise in main aisles or high-traffic areas of stores
M Mobile Gondola End Deck MGED(ND)(LSD)(RSD)(OPT1)-DGA28(OPT2)
• Perfect for both small and large sales floors
• To attach end deck to Mobile Gondola, order MGED..... Mobile Gondola End Deck
• Total merchandise visibility around the fixture
a Mobile Gondola End Deck ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 16", or 18"
(305 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm) • Utilize the shelves alone, or combine them with pegboard for displaying
• Contains two caster runners, plus front and pegged merchandise
side kickplates LSD..... Left Side Depth 12", 16", 18", or 22"
(305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm) • Load capacity is 800 lbs in all sizes, based on evenly distributed static loading
• Caster runners connect to Madix Base Shoes, and 500 rolling (DO NOT move fully loaded)
allowing for a completely mobile Gondola
(305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
• Includes Wraparound Base Shelf OPT1..... Blank=Perforated
• Load capacity is 400 lbs NP=Non Perforated
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): ND 12", LSD 12", DGA28..... Tag Mold
RSD 12" (ND 305 mm, LSD 305 mm, RSD 305 mm) OPT2..... Blank=Painted
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): ND 12", LSD 18", RSD S=Satin
18" (ND 305 mm, LSD 457 mm, RSD 457 mm) G=Gold
• For 4' x 4' (1219 mm x 1219 mm): NW 48", ND 12", 18", Round Unit Parts List
24" (NW 914 mm, ND 305 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm) Part Number Part Description Quantity Notes
A B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH) Back Panel 2 12" x 54"
B BU-(AH) Basic Upright 2 54" (36" to 96" in 6" increments)
C BSSIL-(ND) Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking 4 16"
D SBS-(NW)(ND) Standard Base Shelf 2 12" x 16"
N Open Back Stiffener OBS-(NW) E KP-(NL) Kickplate 2 12"
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 18" (457 mm) OBS..... Open Back Stiffener F SUS-(NW)(ND) Standard Upper Shelf 8 12" x 16"
NL..... Nominal Length 18" or 2' G BUESI(NH) Basic Upright for End Shelf 2 54", Insert Only
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 24" (610 mm)
(457 mm or 610 mm) H RMUSM(NR) Rounded Metal Upper Shelf Modified 8 16"
I RMBS(NW)(ND) Rounded Metal Base Shelf Assembly 2 32" x 16"
J RMBKP(NW)(ND) Rounded Metal Base Kick Plate 2 32" x 16"
K SCS-(NW) Seismic Tie Bar 2 12"
G
A
OMobile Gondola Plate MGPCCR-(NW) B
Caster Runner MGP..... Mobile Gondola Plate

CCR..... Caster Runner H F
• For 2' x 3' (51 mm x 914 mm): NW 18" (457 mm)
NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 2'
• For 3' x 4' (914 mm x 1219 mm): NW 24" (610 mm) (457 mm or 610 mm)
P Seismic Tie Bar SCS-(NW)

• Stabilizes Maxi Line Basic Uprights when SCS..... Seismic Tie Bar
required by local or state building codes NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 2'
(457 mm or 610 mm)
• Bar may also be used if additional support is
necessary for larger loads
• For 2' x 3': NW 18" (457 mm)
• For 3' x 4': NW 24" (610 mm)
D
I
E
J
C K
Hidden Parts
Maxi Line Systems Round Feature Aisle Display
2/17 5/14
Round Feature Aisle Display Maxi Line Systems
A Back Panel B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH) F Standard Upper Shelf SUS-(NW)(ND)
• Choose either Pegboard or Hardboard B..... Back • 11/4" (32 mm) tag molding formed into front SUS..... Standard Upper Shelf
• Nominal height minimum of 60" to 72" in TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard edge of shelf surface NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' (610 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
6" increments (1524 mm to 1829 mm in • Load capacity, flat position:
152 mm increments) (914 mm or 1219 mm) ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 30" in 2" increments
NH..... Nominal Height (203 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
(914 mm to 1829 mm ° 26" (660 mm) to 30" (762 mm) depths = 400 lbs
in 152 mm increments) • Load capacities based on evenly distributed
static loading
B Basic Upright BU-(AH)

BU..... Basic Upright G Basic Upright for End Shelf BUESI(NH)
• Slotted 1" (25 mm) OC for flexibility plus
maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments Insert Only BUESI..... Basic Upright End Shelf Insert Only
(914 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments) • For use with Round Metal Upper Shelf NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 78" in 6" increments
• Engineered of heavy-gauge, high-tensile steel (1219 mm to 1981 mm in 152 mm increments)
components welded into a single unit with a • Attaches to Basic Upright (field assembly)
15,000 inch-pound rating
• All Basic Uprights have integrated leveler
HRound Metal Upper RMUSM(NR)

C Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking BSSIL-(ND)
Shelf Modified RMUSM..... Round Metal Upper Shelf Modified
• Projection-welded, high-tensile steel gives BSSIL..... Straight-In Locking Base Shoe NR..... Nominal Radius 12" to 24" in 2" increments
• Allows continuous display of product at the
maximum load capacity ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
end of a gondola run
• Exclusive I-beam design is 5" (127 mm) low • Does not block view of merchandise
• Screwdriver leveling and electrical access • Load capacity is 200 lbs
• Straight-in insertion does not require tipping of
the Basic Upright for installation
• Finishes are random unless Chocolate specified
I Round Metal Base Shelf RMBS(NW)(ND)
• Allows continuous display of product at the RMBS..... Round Metal Base Shelf
end of a gondola run NW..... Nominal Width 24" to 48" in 4" increments
• Does not block view of merchandise
D Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND)
• Formed price-tag molding matches molding SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
on upper shelves NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments
• Heavy-gauge shelf bracket features lock
tab to ensure quick installation and ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
J Round Metal Base Kickplate RMBKP(NW)(ND)
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) • Mounts to gondola Base Shoes RMB..... Round Metal Base
precision alignment
• Required when Base Shelf is ordered KP..... Kickplate
• Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based on
evenly distributed static loading Configurable Options • Standard finishes: Chocolate or Black
TYPE-OPT (610 mm to 1219 mm in 102 mm increments)
• Flush Front option available ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" 2" increments
TYPE..... Blank=Perforated
NP=Non-Perforated (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
OPT..... Optional Covering:
L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric
NOTE!
see Tag Molding page
RMBKP(NW)(ND)
Kickplate KP-(NL) Seismic Tie Bar SCS-(NW)

E K NOMINAL WIDTH (MIN = 24, MAX = 48)

ROUND METAL BASE
W/ KICK PLATE
KP..... Kickplate • Stabilizes Maxi Line Basic Uprights SCS..... Siesmic Tie Bar
NL..... Nominal Length 12" when required by local or state NW..... Nominal Width 12"
80013518
(305 mm) building codes (305 mm)

• Bar may also be used if additional
support is necessary for larger loads
Maxi Line Systems Maxi Line Systems
4 3
3/15 12/16
End Merchandiser End Merchandiser
Three-Way End Merchandiser Radius Front Three-Way Display

D
T3DP(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD) RFT3D(OPT)(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD)
(shown with optional canopy) T3D..... Three-Way End Merchandiser • Attractive end merchandiser with RFT3D..... Radius Front Tubular 3-Way Display
• Designed with broad selection of widths, P..... Pegboard Backs laminate finish OPT..... Blank=No Pallet Jack, PJ=with Pallet Jack
depths, and heights to match adjoining FW..... Front Width 36" or 48" • Accommodates lighting options in canopy FW..... Front Width 36", 42" or 48"
fixture run (914 mm or 1219 mm) (Beam LED Canopy Light recommended) (914 mm, 1067 mm or 1219 mm)
• May be used at end of gondola/wall and SW..... Side Width 24" or 36" • Graduated shelves improve appearance SW..... Side Width 12" to 36" in 6" increments
(610 mm or 914 mm) (305 mm to 914 mm in 152 mm increments)
heavy-duty racking runs and light distribution
NH..... Nominal Height 72", 78", or 84" NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments
• Laminated deck/rear panel have (1829 mm, 1981 mm, or 2134 mm) • Section loading capacity front: 400 lbs per section (1219 mm to 2438 in 152 mm increments) C
SBD=12"
T-Mold edging • Section load capacity sides: 500 lbs per section
SBD..... Side Base Depth 10", 12", 14", or 16" SBD..... Side Base Depth 08" to 18" in 2" increments NH=78"
• Optional Bumper Mold available for deck only (254 mm, 305 mm, 356 mm, or 406 mm) • Shelf load capcity 200 lbs (203 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments)
• 8" (203 mm) high optional laminated canopy FBD..... Front Base Depth 12", 16", or 20" FBD..... Front Base Depth 10" to 22" in 2" increments
(ordered separately) has provision for light (305 mm, 406 mm, or 508 mm) (254 mm to 559 mm in 51 mm increments)
fixtures (also ordered separately) Finish Code Finish Code
• Section loading front and sides: FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4-FIN5-FIN6-FIN7-FIN8 FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4-FIN5-FIN6-FIN7-FIN8
500 lbs per section B
FIN1..... Frames-Paint or Powder FIN1..... Frame (Metal)
• Section loading front and sides: 500 lbs FIN2..... Pegboard Backs-Paint FIN2..... Back Panels SW=30"
• Shelf load capacity 200 lbs FIN3..... End Panel-Laminate FIN3..... End Panels
FBD=30"
FIN4..... End Panel Edges FIN4..... End Panel Edges
(Same as Laminate or Optional FIN5..... Deck Top, Canopy Top Edges
T-Mold is Available) FW=48"
FIN6..... Toe Kick
NOTE! FIN5..... Deck Top-Laminate FIN7..... Deck Bumper Molding
Unit does not include Upper Shelves. It is FIN6..... Toe Kick-Laminate FIN8..... Metal Brackets A
recommended that shelves be tiered for FIN7..... Deck Bumper

better lighting, with the depth of lowest (Optional Bumper Mold Available)
shelf being 2" (51 mm) less than base depth. FIN8..... Metal Top NOTE! &RQFHSWV
Corners and pallet entry will have
4 3
aluminum angles to protect the wood
Side Base Depths base from material handling equipment.
12", 14" or 16"
(both sides are equal) Side Front Base Overall
Width Depth Depth
12" 3813/16"
24" x 16" 4213/16"
20" 4613/16"
Overall Depth Side Base Width 12" 5013/16"
(see chart) 24" or 36" 36" x 16" 5413/16"
20" 5813/16"
Front Base Depth

12", 16" or 20"
Front Width
Radius Heavy-Duty RHD3D(FW)(SW)(NH)(SBD)(FBD)(OPT)
36"=actual 381/4" Three-Way Display RHD3D..... Radius Heavy-Duty 3-Way Display
42"=actual 441/4" LOAD RATING • Attractive end merchandiser with FW..... Front Width 36", 42" or 48"
48"=actual 501/4" Each of the 3 panel sections are rated at 500 lbs of total weight. (914 mm, 1067 mm or 1219 mm)
3 2 laminate finish
(Sections 1, 2, & 3) SW..... Side Width 12" to 36" in 6" increments
• Accommodates lighting options in canopy (305 mm to 914 mm in 152 mm increments)
Each shelf on the fixture must not exceed 200 lbs of load. (Beam LED Canopy Light recommended)
To reduce forward deflection, it is recommended that total • Graduated shelves improve appearance (1219 mm to 2438 in 152 mm increments)
weight placed in section 1 be equal to total weight and light distribution
1 SBD..... Side Base Depth 08" to 18" in 2" increments
in both section 2 and 3. • Load capacity is 1000 lbs per panel (203 mm to 457 mm in 51 mm increments)
FBD..... Front Base Depth 10" to 22" in 2" increments
Three-Way End Merchandiser C3WM8-(NW)(NW)(ND)
NOTE! OPT..... Blank=Canopy
Optional Canopy C3WM8..... 8" (203 mm) High Canopy for Three-Way End Merchandiser
Corners and pallet entry will have NC=No Canopy
• 8" (203 mm) high optional laminated canopy NW..... Front Nominal Width 36", 42", or 48" aluminum angles to protect the wood Finish Code
(914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm)
has provision for light fixtures (ordered base from material handling equipment. FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4-FIN5-FIN6
separately) NW..... Side Base Nominal Width 24" or 36"
(610 mm or 914 mm) FIN1..... Frame (Metal)
ND..... Front Base Nominal Depth 12", 16", or 20" FIN2..... Back Panels
(305 mm, 406 mm, or 508 mm) FIN3..... Upper Laminate
Finish Code FIN4..... Toe Kick
FIN1-FIN2-FIN3 FIN5..... Deck Bumper
FIN1..... Exterior-Laminate FIN6..... Tag
G=Gold Tag
FIN2..... Interior-Laminate
S=Satin Tag
FIN3..... Metal Blank=if painted
Maxi Line Systems End Merchandiser 4/16 10/14
End Merchandiser Maxi Line Systems
Three-Way Gift Card Holder T3DECB(NW)(ND)(NH)(EP)(IP)(OPT) Finish Code
• Organizes multiple brands of gift cards in a T3DECB..... Three-Way Display End Cap B Version FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4-FIN5- Triangular End Cap TEC-(NW)(ND)(NH)(BT)-(TYPE) Nominal
• Multi-dimensional option for end caps TEC..... Triangular End Cap Depth
neat, attractive display NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" FIN6-FIN7-FIN8-FIN9-FIN10 Nominal
(914 mm or 1219 mm) • Ships assembled, decreasing amount of time NW..... Nominal Width 24" (610 mm)
• Maximizes merchandise visibility and impact FIN1..... Frames Width
ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 42" in 6" increments and effort required for installation ND..... Nominal Depth 36" or 48"
• Facilitates quick trip shoppers and FIN2..... Backs
(305 mm to 1067 mm in 152 mm increments) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
impulse buyers FIN3..... Rear Panel • Order unassembled to decrease list price and
NH..... Nominal Height 66", 72", or 78" shipping cost NH..... Nominal Height 54", 60", 72", or 84"
(1676 mm, 1829 mm, or 1981 mm) FIN4..... Rear Panel Edges (1372 mm, 1524 mm,
FIN5..... Deck Top • Back panels for End Cap can be hardboard 1829 mm, or 2134 mm)
EP..... Exterior Panel
P=Peg FIN6..... Toe Kick or pegboard BT..... Back Type: Nominal
P1=Peg .5" OC FIN7..... Deck Bumper • All uprights and backs are standard Maxi Line P=Pegboard Height
IP..... Interior Panel (Optional Bumper Mold Available) gondola/wall parts H=Hardboard
H=Hardboard Back FIN8..... Top Cap • Can be ordered with Lumibacks TYPE..... Blank=Assembled
Z=No Back FIN9..... Canopy (ordered separately) U=Unassembled
OPT..... Blank=No Pallet Jack Base • Uprights have 1" (25 mm) OC slotting
PJ=Pallet Jack Base
FIN10..... Canopy Panels Finish Code
• Base laminated on top and sides FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4
FIN1..... Shelf and Upright Color
FIN2..... Back
FIN3..... Base=Laminate
FIN4..... Toe Kick=Laminate
Optional Accessories
Nominal
Triangular Upper Shelves TEUS-(NW)(ND)(HAND) Depth
• Accessory for Triangular End Cap TEUS..... Triangular End Upper Shelf Right Hand
• Must be designated as right- or left-handed NW..... Nominal Width 24" (610 mm)
ND..... Nominal Depth 13", 18", or 24" Nominal
• M31 tag molding is pop-riveted to front of Width
(330 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
NOTE! each shelf Nominal
Depth
Sign material thickness: HAND..... RH=Right-Hand
• Load capacity is 50 lbs LH=Left-Hand Left Hand
3/16" (5mm).
Nominal
Width
Canopy
Sign
Channel Merchandiser Three-Way M3W(OPT)(NH)(NW)(ND)(EXT)(INT)
Sign M3W..... Merchandiser Three-Way
Channel • Lightweight three-way end cap designed
using TOEM style panels that mount on FMEF OPT..... U=Unassembled
open base Blank=Assembled
y Sign
Cano Canop l Width • Designed to hold lightweight products using NH..... Nominal Height (Merchandiser)
ne
Chann py Sign Chan shelves or peg hooks 48", 60", 72", 78", or 84"
el Dep
th (1219 mm, 1524 mm, 1829 mm,
• Maybe ordered with any back style available Nominal
1981 mm or 2134 mm) Height
in TOEM
NW..... Nominal Width (FEMF)
Canopy Canopy Sign Canopy Canopy Sign • May be shipped unassembled or assembled 24" (610 mm)
Nominal Depth Channel Depth Nominal Width Channel Width
ND..... Nominal Depth (FEMF)
12" 193/4" 36" 361/4"
Pegboard option shown 18" or 20" (457 mm or 508 mm)
18" 253/4 48" 481/4
EXT..... Exterior Back
24" 313/4
INT..... Interior Back
30" 373/4
36" 433/4 Finish Code
42" 493/4 FIN1-FIN2-FIN3-FIN4-FIN5-FIN6
FIN1..... Metal Paint
FIN2..... Exterior Back - Paint/Laminate
Three Tiered Calling/Gift Card TTCGCWD(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT)
FIN3..... Interior Back - Paint/Laminate
Wire Display TT..... Three Tiered
FIN4..... Decks - Paint
Nominal
Width Nominal
• Designed to hold gift-card-sized merchandise CGC..... Calling/Gift Card Depth
WD..... Wire Display FIN5..... Top & Bottom Pan - Paint
• Mount to pegboard or Tube Line upright FIN6..... Tag Molding Color
• Will not fit Maxi Line Basic Upright slotting (305 mm, 457 mm, or 610 mm)
• Pocket dimensions: 1"D x 5"H x 21/4" (25 mm x ND..... Nominal Depth 04" (102 mm)
127 mm x 57 mm) front lip NH..... Nominal Height 10" (254 mm)
OPT..... Mounting Option:
P=Pegboard
U=Tube Line Upright
Maxi Line Systems Canopies 5/14 5/14
Canopies Maxi Line Systems
2/13
Radius Front Metal Canopy RFMC-(NW)(NH)-(OPT) Metal Canopy System MCS-(NW)(NH)

• Adjustable brackets allow for adjustment of RFMC..... Radius Front Metal Canopy • All-metal construction MCS..... Metal Canopy System
canopy depth to match depth of shelves below NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" • Available in five lengths NW..... Nominal Width 36", 42", 48", 72", 84", or 96"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm,
• Use with Radius Front Upper and Base Shelves • Special Canopy Flanges (included) may be
NH..... Nominal Height 8", 10", or 12" 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
to give product displays a uniform, radius look mounted on Open Canopy Brackets,
(203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm) NH..... Nominal Height
• Optional stick-on sign channels adjustable Canopy Brackets, or Upper Shelves 7=7" (178 mm)
OPT..... Sign Channel Option:
for customer-supplied graphics • If Light Fixtures are used, they must be ordered Blank=8" (203 mm)
BLANK=No Channels
SOC=Stick-On Channels 6" (152 mm) shorter than canopy length 10=10" (254 mm)
• Only single Tube Light Fixtures can be used
with the Metal Canopy System
Metal Canopy Radius Front MCRF-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT)

• Ideal for use on end cap MCRF..... Metal Canopy with Radius Front
• Complements Radius Front Shelves NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Metal Canopy System Adjustable MCSEC-(NH)-(NDR)
• Fixed depth does not allow for adjustment
ND..... Nominal Depth End Cover MCSEC..... Metal Canopy System End Cover
• Available in heights of 8", 10", or 12" 16" to 30" in 2" increments NH..... Nominal Height
• All-metal construction
(203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm) (406 mm to 762 mm in 7=7" (178 mm)
51 mm increments) • Adjustable End Cap pairs accommodate Blank=8" (203 mm)
• Canopy can be ordered with optional
any extension 10=10" (254 mm)
stick-on sign channels to allow for NH..... Nominal Height 8", 10", or 12"
customer-supplied graphics (203 mm, 254 mm, or 305 mm) NDR..... Nominal Depth Range
OPT..... Sign Channel Option: 1216=12" to 16" (305 mm to 406 mm)
BLANK=No Channels 1624=16" to 24" (406 mm to 610 mm)
SOC=Stick-On Channels 2530=25" to 30" (635 mm to 762 mm)
3036=30" to 36" (762 mm to 914mm)
Metal End Canopy System MCS1-(FD)(FW)-(RSD)(LSD)(SW)

• Updates appearance of standard gondola MCS...... Metal End Canopy System
• Display covers one gondola section and 1...... 1" (25 mm) Bottom Return
accommodates end frame FD...... Front Depth 16" or 24" (406 mm or 610 mm)
or FMEF Depth
• Front depth of canopy determined by depth
FW...... Front Width 48" (1219 mm)
Lite-Ex Canopy LC-(NH)(NL)(OPT)
of FMEF or distance canopy is to extend past • Chocolate-colored, aluminum extrusion retains LC..... Lite-Ex Canopy
or End Frame Width
end frame melamine or laminate panel NH..... Nominal Height 8" (203 mm)
RSD...... Right Side Depth or Gondola Base Depth
• Attaches to gondola and end frames with • Beveled and stained overlap joint provides NL..... Nominal Length 4' or 8'
Canopy Flanges LSD...... Left Side Depth or Left Gondola Base Depth
design line at 4' (1219 mm) intervals preventing (1219 mm or 2438 mm)
SW...... Side Width or Gondola End Width
• Unit ships with following hardware: light gap OPT..... M=Melamine
4 Canopy Flanges, 12 screws, and 12 nuts L=Laminate
• Two Metal End Canopy Systems can be joined PP=Plexiglass
together if width of gondola run does not
exceed 96" (2438 mm)
• If gondola run exceeds 96" (2438 mm), order
MCS1-(NW) to create a continuous metal
canopy system Lite-Ex Canopy Flange CF88
h • Specially designed to be used with CF88..... Lite-Ex Canopy Flange
D ept
ide Lite-Ex canopy
Drawing shows two Metal Canopy Systems ht S 24"
Rig Side • Mounts on Standard Upper Shelf or Open Top
(1) MCS1-()()-()()() t h Wid Canopy Brackets
Dep th 4
8"
S i de • Order one flange per upright on each
L ef t 24"
canopy run
(1) MCS1-()()-()()()
Fron
Height t Wi
dth
8" 24"
FD
+ SW
+4
.95
1" =
ACT
UAL 4 8"
D EP T
H W idth ]÷
2=
o nt
Fr - FW H
7.5" WIDT
LSD + FRONT
+ L
[RSD ACTUA
Drawing shows sizes for MCS1-2424-244848
Canopies Maxi Line Systems
Deluxe Canopy DC-(NH)(NL)L
One Piece Square Square
• All-wood construction in standard or DC..... Deluxe Canopy 3" (76 mm) One Piece Radius Canopy End Panel Canopy End
specified laminate finish NH..... Nominal Height 8" (203 mm) Radius Canopy End, Canopy End Panel, Left-Hand Right-Hand
Left-Hand Right-Hand
• 3" (76 mm) bottom return conceals light tube NL..... Nominal Length 4' or 8'
and fixture (1219 mm or 2438 mm)
L..... Laminate Canopy Canopy Shelf or
• Precision doweling, screws, and drive End Bracket Depth
connectors ensure light tight joints Depth 7" Extension 2" Extension
17" 8" 12"
19" 10" 14"
21" 12" 16"
Deluxe Canopy Flange CFHP973 23" 14" 18"
• Specially designed to be used with CFHP973..... Deluxe Canopy Flange
25" 16" 20"
Deluxe Canopy
27" 18" 22"
• Mounts on Standard Upper Shelf or Open
Top Canopy Brackets 29" 20" 24"
• Order one flange per upright on each 31" 22" 26"
canopy run
33" 24" 28"
35" 26" 30"
37" 28" N/A
39" 30" N/A
Left-hand or right-hand applies only if the
exterior and interior finishes are different.
7" (178 mm) Canopy Flange Extension 2" (51 mm) Canopy Flange Extension
Either CF88 or CFHP973 flange Either CF-88 or CFHP973 flange
Canopy Shelf Depth + 9" (229 mm) = Canopy End Depth Canopy Shelf Depth + 5" (127 mm) = Canopy End Depth
Adjustable Canopy Bracket CBA(TYPE)-(NL)

• Order Canopy Ends one size larger CBA..... Adjustable Canopy Bracket Wall Mount
• Order Canopy Flange separately TYPE..... W=Wall, F=Fixture
NL..... Nominal Length:
• Wall mount does not include anchors
1824 = 18" to 24" (457 to 610 mm)
• Fixture mount goes in the fourth slot from top 2430 = 24" to 30" (610 to 762 mm)
of Basic Upright 3036 = 30" to 36" (762 to 914 mm) Fixture Mount
Order brackets to equal
number of uprights in run
NOTE!
Canopy Flange Position
See Canopy Flange Systems, then
2" = part number as shown
7" - add suffix -X
Light Fixture mounts on all canopy flanges

Light Fixture Light Fixture mounts on back of LC-88 or Open Canopy Brackets CBO-(NL)
Mounts on: DC-88 canopies only CBO..... Open Canopy Bracket
• Sold in pairs
Canopy Canopy Back of NL..... Nominal Length 12" to 30" in 2" increments
or Type Flange Canopy
• Use instead of Upper Shelf for open to canopy,
either 7" (178 mm) or 2" (51 mm) extension
LC-88 YES YES • Mounts in third upright slot from top of
7" Basic Upright
Extension DC-88 YES YES
MCS YES NO
LC-88 NO YES
2" DC-88 NO YES
Extension
Light Fixture mounts on back of LC-88 or MCS NO NO
DC-88 canopies only
Canopy Lighting Accessories Maxi Line Systems
2/13
Canopy End CE(TYPE)(ND)(HAND)-(TYPE) Optional Lighting Accessories

• Edgework matches exterior finish on all panels CE..... Canopy End One Piece Radius
3" (76 mm)
• T-Mold option not available for Mirror Plex TYPE..... S=Square, R=Radius Radius Canopy End, Canopy End Panel, T8 Light Fixture - Single Tube T8LFIXTURE-S(NL)
ND..... Canopy End Depth 17" to 39" in 2" increments Left-Hand Right-Hand T 8LFIXTURE......T8 Light Fixture
(432 mm to 991 mm in 51 mm increments) S......Single Tube
HAND..... R=Right-Hand, L=Left-Hand NL......Nominal Length 2', 3', 4', or 8'
TYPE..... M=Melamine, L= Laminate (610 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm, or 2438 mm)
Canopy End Panel CEP(TYPE)(UH)(BSD)-(CED)(HAND)-(TYPE)

• Edgework matches exterior finish on all panels CEP..... Canopy End Panel
• T-Mold option not available for Mirror Plex TYPE..... S=Square, R=Radius
UH..... Upright Height 78", 84", 90", or 96"
(1981 mm, 2134 mm, 2286 mm, or 2438 mm)
T8 Light Fixture - Double Tube T8LFIXTURE-(NL)D
T8LFIXTURE......T8 Light Fixture
BSD..... Base Shelf Depth 12" to 32" in 2" increments
NL......Nominal Length 2', 3', 4', or 8'
(914 mm, 1219 mm, or 2438 mm)
CED..... Canopy End Depth 17" to 39" in 2" increments
D......Double Tube
HAND..... R=Right-Hand, L=Left-Hand
TYPE..... Material Type:
M=Melamine, both faces
L= Laminate, both faces
MP=Mirror Plex, both faces
LMP=Laminate, one face, Mirror Plex, one face
Finish Code
FIN1..... Exterior Finish T8 Light Tube T8LTUBE-(NL)
FIN2..... Interior Finish T8LTUBE......T8 Light Fixture Tube
FIN3..... T-Mold Option NL......Nominal Length 3', 4', or 8'
FIN3..... Edge/T-Mold Option (914 mm, 1219 mm, or 2438 mm)
Light Diffuser Kit LDK(NW)(ND)-(COLOR)
• Gives a cleaner appearance to lighted canopy LDK..... Light Diffuser Kit
installations by concealing lighting fixture and NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
underside of the canopy shelf (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Frame inserts into Basic Upright slotting at ND..... Nominal Depth 20" to 30" in 2" increments
rear, and front rests on LC88 or DC88 canopy (508 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
COLOR..... Diffuser Color
• Plastic paracube diffuser is ½" x ½" (13 mm x 13 Canopy End 7" Canopy 2" Canopy LDK
W=White
mm) grid and is ½" (13 mm) thick S=Silver Depth Extension Extension Depth
• Available in white and silver (frame finish 29" 20" 24" 20"
should be the same as the paracube diffuser) 31" 22" 26" 22"
33" 24" 28" 24"
35" 26" 30" 26"
37" 28" N/A 28"
39" 30" N/A 30"
Light Diffuser Frame LDF-(NW)(ND)

LDF..... Light Diffuser Frame
(for customer supplied diffuser)
• Wide selection available (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• If diffuser differing from above selection is ND..... Nominal Depth 20" to 30" in 2" increments
required, only Light Diffuser Frame may (508 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
be ordered
• Diffuser's cut sizes are shown below
Diffuser Cut Sizes (Customer Supplied)
Nominal 3' Actual 4' Actual
Depth Width x Depth Width x Depth
20" 353/4" x 19" 473/4" x 19"
One Piece 22" 353/4" x 21" 473/4" x 21"
24" 353/4" x 23" 473/4" x 23"
26" 173/4" x 25" 233/4" x 25"
Two Piece 28" 173/4" x 27" 233/4" x 27"
30" 173/4" x 29" 233/4" x 29"
Maxi Line Systems Sliding Peg Panels
5/14 5/14
Sliding Peg Panels Maxi Line Systems
10/12 10/12
Sliding Peg Panels, Heavy-Duty C Sliding Peg Panel Frame

• Single panel increases peggable space by nearly 50% SPPFHD22(NH)
• Double panels increase peggable space by nearly 100% SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel
• Fits Maxi Line and Tube Line Systems F..... Frame
HD..... Heavy-Duty
Parts for 4' Section - WUB Version 22..... Nominal Width 22" (559 mm)
A
Description Part # Qty. NH..... Nominal Height 34", 38", or 48"
(864 mm, 965 mm, or 1219 mm)
Heavy-Duty Sliding Peg Panel Panel Heights
A SPPHDTT48 1
Top Track, Single or Double
Panel Height Actual Height Minimum Height of Uprights
Heavy-Duty Sliding Peg Panel C
B SPPHDBT48 1 NH 34" 38" 52"
Bottom Track, Single or Double
NH 38" 42" 56"
C Heavy-Duty Framed Sliding Peg Panel SPPFHD22(NH) 1 or 2 NH 48" 52" 66"
B Optional Accessories
Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track SPPHDBTB48-S12(OPT)
with Bin SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel
HD..... Heavy-Duty
BTB..... Bottom Track with Bin
48..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm) VDB Mount
S12..... Single Panel, 12" (305 mm)
OPT..... Mounting Configurations:
Blank=VDB
WUB=Welded Upright
Mounting Bracket Arm
WUB Mount
A Sliding Peg Panel Top Track

SPPHDTT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2) SPPHDBTB(48)-(S12)(OPT)
SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel Single Panel Single Panel SLIDING PEG PANEL HEAVY DUTY BOTTOM TRACK w/ BIN
HD..... Heavy-Duty VDB Mount WUB Mount NOMINAL WIDTH ( 48 ONLY)

SINGLE PANEL, 12" STANDOFF
TT..... Top Track MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: ( ) = VDB MOUNTING BRACKET ARM

(WUB) = WELDED UPRIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET ARM
NOTES:
NW..... Nominal Width 48" or 72" MUST ORDER DIVIDERS (#80015482) SEPARATELY
(1219 mm or 1829 mm) Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track SPPHDBTBD0609

OPT1..... Nominal Depth Options: Bin Divider SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel
S12=Single Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm) Double Panel Double Panel HD..... Heavy-Duty
D18=Double Nominal Depth 18" (457 mm) VDB Mount WUB Mount
BTBD..... Bottom Track Bin Divider
D25=Double Nominal Depth 25" (635 mm), WUB only
06..... Nominal Height 6" (152 mm)
OPT2..... Mounting Configurations:
Blank=VDB 09..... Nominal Depth 9" (229 mm)
WUB=Welded Upright Mounting Bracket Arm
SPPHDTT(NW)-(OPT 1)(OPT 2) SPPHDTT(NW)-(OPT 1)(OPT 2)
SLIDING PEG PANEL, HEAVY DUTY, TOP TRACK SLIDING PEG PANEL, HEAVY DUTY, TOP TRACK
B Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track NOMINAL WIDTH - (48, 72) NOMINAL WIDTH - (48, 72)
PANEL OPTION (S12 SINGLE NOMINAL DEPTH 12")
(D18 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 18")
PANEL OPTION (S12 SINGLE NOMINAL DEPTH 12")
(D18 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 18") Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)
SPPHDBT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2)
(D25 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 25")(WUB ONLY) (D25 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 25")(WUB ONLY)
MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: ( ) = VDB MOUNTING BRACKET ARM
MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: ( ) = VDB MOUNTING BRACKET ARM
(WUB) = WELDED UPRIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET ARM (WUB) = WELDED UPRIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET ARM
SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel Single Panel Single Panel NW..... Nominal Width 48" or 72"
VDB Mount WUB Mount
HD..... Heavy-Duty (1219 mm or 1829 mm)
BT..... Bottom Track
(1219 mm or 1829 mm)
OPT1..... S12=Single Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm)
D18=Double Nominal Depth 18" (457 mm)
D25=Double Nominal Depth 25" (635 mm), WUB only Double Panel Double Panel
OPT2..... Mounting Configurations: VDB Mount WUB Mount Vertical Divider Bar VDBNP-(NW)02
Blank=VDB Non-Perforated VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
WUB=Welded Upright Mounting Bracket Arm NP..... Non Perforated
(1219 mm or 1829 mm)
02..... 2" Standoff (51 mm)
SPPHDBT(NW)-(OPT 1)(OPT 2) SPPHDBT(NW)-(OPT 1)(OPT 2)
SLIDING PEG PANEL, HEAVY DUTY, BOTTOM TRACK SLIDING PEG PANEL, HEAVY DUTY, BOTTOM TRACK
NOMINAL WIDTH (48, 72) NOMINAL WIDTH (48, 72)
PANEL OPTION: (S12 SINGLE NOMINAL DEPTH 12") PANEL OPTION: (S12 SINGLE NOMINAL DEPTH 12")
(D18 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 18") (D18 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 18")
(D25 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 25")(WUB ONLY) (D25 DOUBLE NOMINAL DEPTH 25")(WUB ONLY)
188 189
MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: ( ) = VDB MOUNTING BRACKET ARM MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: ( ) = VDB MOUNTING BRACKET ARM
Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.
Maxi Line Systems Sliding Peg Panels
5/14 5/14
Dressing Room Maxi Line Systems
10/12
Sliding Peg Panels, Regular-Duty SPPVDBMT(DOOR)(NW)(NH) Maxi Line Dressing Room

• Single panel increases peggable space by SPP..... Sliding Peg Panel • Flexible size configurations
nearly 50% VDBMT..... VDB Mount • Use outside walls to display merchandise NOTE!
• Double panels increase peggable space by DOOR..... Blank=Peg Panel on standard Maxi Line shelving Cannot be attached to an
nearly 100% 2W=2" (51 mm) OC Wire Panel existing wall, cement block,
• Comprised of standard Maxi Line sheetrock, etc.
• Attaches with Vertical Divider Bar at top and NW..... Nominal Width 18" or 24" components
(457 mm or 610 mm)
Base Shelf on bottom • Easily removed or relocated
NH..... Nominal Height 78"
(1981 mm) • Can be reconfigured using
standard back sizes
• Door is customer supplied or a door
with lock can be ordered
2" OC Wire Panel Peg Panel
B EU-24 Extension Upright 10

C SL-4 Lower Spanner 4' 4 H
Z
A Three-Sided Rotating Display RTD3S-(NH) D SL-5 Lower Spanner 5' 1 R
BB
• Mounts on two Roll Good Vertical Divider RTD3S..... Rotating Display, Three-Sided E SS-4 Splicer Spanner 4' 12 F
Bars (RGVDB-4 [ordered separately]); rests on NH..... Nominal Height 48" or 78" F SS-5 Splicer Spanner 5' 3 X Y G
base deck (1219 mm or 1981 mm) KK
G STL-4 Top Spanner 4' 6
• Mounts on 22" (559 mm) Base Shelf without FIN1-FIN2-FIN3 H STL-5 Top Spanner 5' 6
hanging over FIN1..... Metal I OBS-4 Open Back Stiffener 4' 4
• Auto rotates so flat surface faces front FIN2..... Pegboard J OBS-5 Open Back Stiffener 5' 1 Q
when released FIN3..... Mounts K OBSKP-48 Open Back Kickplate 4' 4
• Uprights need to be 6" (152 mm) taller than L OBSKP-60 Open Back Kickplate 5' 1
rotating displayer M BH-436 Hardboard Back 48" x 36" 4
GG B
N BH-536 Hardboard Back 60" x 36" 1
E
O BXH-430 Hardboard Back Extension 48" x 36" 8
B P BXH-530 Hardboard Back Extension 60" x 36" 2
JJ
A Q BXHL-424 Hardboard Back Extension Laminate 48" x 36" 8
II O
R BXHL-524 Hardboard Back Extension Laminate 60" x 36" 2
S MEBP-4836 Metal Extension Pegboard 48" x 36" 4 M U
T MEBP-6036 Metal Extension Pegboard 60" x 36" 1 AA
U MEBP-4830 Metal Extension Pegboard 48" x 30" 8 C
V MEBP-6030 Metal Extension Pegboard 60" x 30" 2
K
W TLEG-16 T-Leg 6 S I
X DRTRS Dressing Room Top Rail Stabilizer 2
CC
Y DRUFC Dressing Room Upright Face Cover 120" 2
B DD W
Z DRICF Dressing Room Inside Corner Filler 120" 4
AA DROCF Dressing Room Outside Corner Filler 120" 4
BB DRUS Dressing Room Upright Spacer 4
CC DRIA Dressing Room Inside Anchor 2 A Hidden:
DD DROA Dressing Room Outside Anchor 2 D SL-5 V MEBP-6030
EE SFA-RD-1 Seismic Floor Anchors 6
J OBS-5 EE SFA-RD-1
FF SFA-EB-1 Seismic Floor Anchors Expansion Bolts 12
GG DRDP-60 Dressing Room Door Panel 1 NOTE! L OBSKP-60 FF SFA-EB-1
HH DPS Dressing Panel Splicer 1
Dressing Room Door Panel with N BH-536 HH DPS
B Vertical Divider Bar VDB-(NW)02 II DRDPR-LH Dressing Room Door Panel Retainer-Left Hand 1
Locking Door (DRDPWLD60)
can be used in place of Dressing P BXH-530 LL DR88HP
• 1" (25 mm) square tubing has .40" (10 mm) VDB..... Vertical Divider Bar
JJ DRDPR-RH Dressing Room Door Panel Retainer-Right Hand 1 Room Door Panel (DRDP-60).
diameter holes 1" (25 mm) OC to accept roll NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' T MEBP-6036
KK DRDPS Dressing Room Divider Panel Stabilizer 2
goods upright (914 mm or 1219 mm)
LL DR88HP Dressing Room Hardware Pack 1
• Includes heavy-duty bracket to attach 02..... 2" (51 mm) Standoff
to basic fixture upright
Maxi Line Systems Dressing Room
2/17 5/14
A Basic Upright BU-(AH) M N Back Panel B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)
• Slotted 1" (25 mm) OC for flexibility BU..... Basic Upright • Hardboard or pegboard available B..... Back
plus maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144" in 6" increments TYPE..... P=Pegboard
(914 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments) H=Hardboard
• Comprised of heavy-gauge, high-tensile
steel components welded into a single unit NW..... Nominal Width 4' or 5'
with a 15,000 inch-pound rating (1219 mm or 1524 mm)
• All Basic Uprights have an integrated leveler
• Kickplates of either closed or open type (or
shelving runs
O P Q R Back, Extension BX(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)
• Hardboard or pegboard available BX..... Back Extension
TYPE..... P=Pegboard
H=Hardboard
B Extension Upright EU-(NH) (1219 mm or 1524 mm)
• Connector inserts easily into top of shelving EU..... Extension Upright NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
section upright NH...... Nominal Height 6" to 54" in 6" increments (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Set screws expand the connector, solidly C 5/8
5/16 HANG HOLE
aligning assembly 7/16
Metal Back Panels Non-Perforated Perforated 3/16

1/4
Nominal Height Maximum Load Capacity

• Heavy-gauge metal panel MBP-(NW)(NH)-NP MBP-(NW)(NH)
MBP..... Metal Back Panel MBP..... Metal Back Panel
DETAIL "B"
• Coined perforations 1" OC (25 mm) SCALE: 4X's
19"-54" 100 lbs per side NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Durable
(914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm)
NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72"
NOTE! in 6" increments in 6" increments
Requires the use of (914 mm to 1829 mm (914 mm to 1829 mm
C D Lower Spanner SL-(NW) Slatwall Spanners, SC-(NW). in 152 mm increments) in 152 mm increments)
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights at equal SL..... Lower Spanner NP..... Non-perforated
spacing and supports back panels NW..... Nominal Width 4' or 5'
(1219 mm or 1524 mm)
S T Metal Extension
U V MEBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)
Back Panels MEBP..... Metal Extension Back Panel
• Use above the lower panels in Maxi Line NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
E F Splicer Spanner SS-(NW) sections 78" (1981 mm) tall or taller
NH..... Nominal Height 36", 42", 48", 54"
• Splicer spanner joins two back panels in SS..... Splicer Spanner (914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm, 1372 mm)
sections 78" (1981 mm) and above NW..... Nominal Width 4' or 5' OPT..... NP=Non-perforated, Blank=Perforated
(1219 mm or 1524 mm)
W T-Leg TLEG-(NW)
• Slim design TLEG..... T-Leg
G H Top Spanner STL-(NW) • Allows shelves to be mounted on outside of NW..... Nominal Width 12" to 22" in 2" increments
STL..... Top Spanner (305 mm to 559 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Snap-in spanner secures uprights at equal fitting room
spacing, holds back panels, and trims top NW..... Nominal Width 4' or 5' • Caster is not an option for Dressing Room
of section (1219 mm or 1524 mm)
• Load capacity of 10,000 lbs
X Dressing Room DRTRS

Top Rail Stabilizer DRTRS..... Dressing Room Top Rail Stabilizer
I J Open Back Stiffener OBS-(NW)
• Connects tops of outside wall sections
• Electrical knockouts OBS..... Open Back Stiffener
• Bolts in place to add stability NW..... Nominal Width 4' or 5'
(1219 mm or 1524 mm)
Dressing Room Corner Crossbar DRCCB

• Connects interior wall between DRCCB..... Dressing Room Corner Crossbar
dressing rooms
K L Open Back OBSKP-(NW)
• Required for double dressing rooms
Stiffener Kickplate OBSKP..... Open Back Stiffener Kickplate
NW..... Nominal Width 24", 30", 36", 48", 60"
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm)
Maxi Line Systems Dressing Room
5/14 5/14
Y Dressing Room Upright DRUFC-(NH) GG Dressing Room Door Panel DRDP(NW)
Face Cover DRUFC..... Dressing Room Upright Face Cover • Door is customer supplied DRDP..... Dressing Room Door Panel
• Covers slots/gaps for added privacy when NH..... Nominal Height 96", 102", 108", or 112" NW..... Nominal Width 48" or 60"
(2438 mm, 2591 mm, 2743 mm, or 2845 mm) (1219 mm or 1524 mm)
Upright is exposed on wall section
Blank=Standard 120" (3048 mm)
Z Dressing Room Inside DRICF-(NH)

Corner Filler DRICF..... Dressing Room Inside Corner Filler
• Covers slots/gaps in corner for added privacy NH..... Nominal Height 96", 102", 108", or 112"
(2438 mm, 2591 mm, 2743 mm, or 2845 mm)
• One for each inside corner Blank=Standard 120" (3048 mm)
Inside Corner Detail

Dressing Room Door Panel with DRDPWLD(NW)
AADressing Room Outside DROCF-(NH) Locking Door DRDP..... Dressing Room Door Panel
WLD..... with Locking Door
Corner Filler DROCF..... Dressing Room Outside Corner Filler
• Gives clean look to outside corners NH..... Nominal Height 96", 102", 108", or 112"
(2438 mm, 2591 mm, 2743 mm, or 2845 mm) (1219 mm or 1524 mm)
Blank=Standard 120" (3048 mm)
HHDressing Room Door DPS-(NW)

Panel Splicer DPS..... Door Panel Splicer
BB Dressing Room Upright Spacer DRUS • Mounts above dressing room door NW..... Nominal Width 48" (1219 mm)
DRUS..... Dressing Room Upright Spacer Blank=Standard 60" (1524 mm)
• Four required for each outside corner
• Secures two corner uprights
Outside Corner Detail II JJ Dressing Room Door DRDPR-(HAND)

Panel Retainer DRDPR..... Dressing Room Panel Retainer
HAND..... LH=Left-Hand
CC Dressing Room Inside Anchor DRIA • Use when installing double dressing rooms
RH=Right-Hand
• Bolts to floor when required DRIA..... Dressing Room Inside Anchor • Install left- and right-hand retainers into

interior of walls
DD Dressing Room Outside Anchor DROA

• Bolts to floor when required DROA..... Dressing Room Outside Anchor
EESeismic Floor Anchors, SFA-RD-1

Regular-Duty SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchors KK Dressing Room Divider DRDPS
• For use when local building codes require RD..... Regular-Duty Panel Stabilizer DRDPS..... Dressing Room Divider Panel Stabilizer
anchoring Base Shoes and/or standard 1..... 1 Pack • Connects interior walls
Uprights to floor
• Level as required prior to anchoring floor
• Requires two expansion bolts for each order
• Galvanized only
LL Dressing Room Hardware Pack DR88HP
• Miscellaneous parts required DR88HP..... Dressing Room Hardware Pack
for installation
FF Seismic Floor Anchors SFA-EB-1
Expansion Bolts SFA..... Seismic Floor Anchors
• ICBO approved EB..... Expansion Bolt
1..... 1 Pack
• 3/8"-16 x 3½"
• Order two bolts per Seismic Floor Anchor
For more dressing-room merchandising accessories, visit www. madixinc.com
(Regular or Heavy-Duty)
Maxi Line Systems T-Leg Mobile Gondola
2/17 8/17
Rolling Gondola Maxi Line Systems
T-Leg Mobile Gondola Rolling Gondola
• Uses standard components to create a C The Rolling Gondola is an agile merchandising solution that can easily move about the store and allow for quick stock
mobile unit for lightweight merchandise rotation. Available in fixed or variable lengths, this unit moves about on casters and has a choice of back panel options:
A
hardboard, pegboard, or grid backs. Depending on your chosen back panel, hundreds of options from our standard
A Basic Upright BU-(AH) Maxi Line accessories are available to complete your customized store fixture.
B
and maximum space AH..... Actual Height 36" to 144"
in 6" increments Rolling Gondola - Fixed Length (as shown)
• Engineered of heavy-gauge, high-tensile
(914 mm to 3658 mm Part Number Description Qty.
steel components welded into single unit in 152 mm increments) C1
with 15,000 inch-pound rating A RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK) Rolling Gondola Display Upright Feature End 2
B RGDBT(NW) Rolling Gondola Display Bottom Tube 1
E
NOTE! C1 RGDTTF(NW) Rolling Gondola Display Top Tube - Fixed 1
A Seismic Tie Bar [SCS-(NW)] may D RGDUI(NH)(ND) Rolling Gondola Display Upright - Intermediate 1
E
be used in place of the Open Back D E RGDB(NW)(NH)(TYPE)(COLOR) Rolling Gondola Display Back 4
Stiffener with Cover[OBSWC-(NW)],
when backs are used.
A
B Upright End Cover VC-(NH)

VC..... Metal Upright End Cover
• Metal cover trims end Upright
in all runs NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 96"
in 6" increments
• Easy “snap-on” positive locking (914 mm to 2438 mm in Rolling Gondola - Variable Length (as shown)
• Standard colors: Sahara, Chocolate, 152 mm increments) B D
Part Number Description Qty.
or Snow White A RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK) Rolling Gondola Display Upright Feature End 2
B RGDBT(NW) Rolling Gondola Display Bottom Tube 4
F
C2 RGDTTE(NW) Rolling Gondola Display Top Tube - End 2
D
C2 RGDTTI(NW) Rolling Gondola Display Top Tube - Intermediate 2
F D RGDUI(NH)(ND) Rolling Gondola Display Upright Intermediate 3
C2 E RGDB(NW)(NH)(TYPE)(COLOR) Rolling Gondola Display Back 8
C2
F RGDTTC Rolling Gondola Display Connector 3
E
COpen Back Stiffener OBSWC-(NW) A
OBS..... Open Back Stiffener
with Cover
WC..... with Cover
• Requires two per unit
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' A
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
NOTE!
A Seismic Tie Bar [SCS-(NW)] may D
be used in place of the Open Back
Stiffener with Cover[OBSWC-(NW)],
when backs are used.
B
D T-Leg Base Shoe TLEG-(ND)-(OPT)

• Can be ordered with or without casters TLEG..... T-Leg Base Shoe
• Using the caster version must have an Open ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
Back Siffener [OBS-(NW)] at the bottom
and either a Open Back Stiffener with Cover OPT..... Blank=No Caster A Rolling Gondola Upright RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK)
C=Caster
[OBSWC-(NW)] or Seismic Tie Bar [SCS-(NW)], Feature End GDUFE..... RGD Upright Feature End
R
if backs are used, installed near the top of NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
• Closes off each end of Rolling Gondola
Basic Upright [BU-(AH)] (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
• Choice of hardboard, pegboard, multi-grid, ND..... Nominal Depth 36", 42", or 48"
or, mini-grid backs for Feature End Frames (914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm)
(or choose to have no back at all)
BACK..... P=Pegboard
• Feature End Upright ships fully assembled H=Hardboard
with specified backs included PPWG=Minigrid
E T-Leg Standard Base Shelf SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND) • Use Rolling Gondola Top Fixed Tube MHG=Multi-grid
Blank=No Back
SBS..... Standard Base Shelf and Bottom Tube to attach Feature
• Must be ordered with T-Leg Base Shoe, End Frame to another Feature End, or
TLEG-(ND)-(OPT), sold separately OPT..... Blank=Not Reinforced Finish Code
R=Reinforced use RGD Intermediate Upright to
• Optional for T-Leg Mobile Gondola FIN1..... Frame
construct a Fixed Gondola
TLEG..... T-Leg FIN2..... Back
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' • Use Intermediate and End Top Tubes,
(914 mm or 1219 mm) Tube Connectors, and Bottom Tubes
to assemble a Variable Gondola
(305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments) • RGDUFE has 1" (25 mm) OC slotting
Maxi Line Systems Rolling Gondola
8/17 8/17
Rolling Gondola Maxi Line Systems
B Rolling Gondola RGDBT(NW) E Rolling Gondola Hardboard RGDB(NW)(NH)(TYPE)
Bottom Tube RGDBT..... RGD Bottom Tube Assembly or Pegboard Backs RGDB..... RGD Back
• Securely joins the different uprights NW..... Nominal Width 36", 42", or 48" • Two backs required for each section NW..... Nominal Width 36" to 48" in 6"increments
(914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm) (914 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm Increments)
using push-pin technology • Triple-track retainers are welded onto NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
• A track is welded to the top of the uprights, providing a groove for back (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
Bottom Tube, providing a resting place panels to slide into their proper placing
for the chosen backs (hardboard, • RGD Bottom Tube also has a track that stops H=Hardboard
pegboard, multi-purpose, or mini-grid) and properly holds backs in place
C1Rolling Gondola Top RGDTTF(NW)

Tube Fixed GDTTF..... RGD Top Tube Fixed
R
• Create a 3', 4', 6', or 8' (914 mm, 1219 mm, NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", 72", or 96"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, or 2438 mm)
1829 mm, or 2438 mm) Rolling Gondola using
the Fixed RGD Top Tubes [RGDTTF(NW)] Rolling Gondola Grid Backs RGDG(NW)(NH)(TYPE)
• Multi-grid offers a versatile grid pattern RGDG..... RGD Grid
• Spans the entire RGD unit, maintaining NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
specified length the unit was ordered that accepts all 1" (25 mm) and 3" (76 mm) OC
accessories (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Intermediate and End Top Tubes, NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
[RGDTT(OPT)] should be ordered if • Mini-grid can only use 1" (25 mm) OC
peghooks and slatwall accessories, but (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
unit greater than 8' (2438 mm) is desired TYPE..... Mini=Mini-Grid
it allows a denser visual display than Mulit-Purpose Grid
• When using RGDTTF in a single-section multi-grid panels Multi=Multi-Grid
configuration, the RGDUI is not required
• Triple Track Backs can be installed in
any of the three channels or omitted
as needed (order Grid and Hardboard
backs as required)
C2 Rolling Gondola Top Tube RGDTT(OPT)(NW)
• Securely holds back panels in place RGDTT..... RGD Top Tube
through the use of locking-snap buttons OPT..... I=Intermediate Intermediate
E=End Mini Grid
• Must connect Top Tubes on a Variable
Gondola with RDG Top Tube Connectors, NW..... Nominal Width 36", 42", or 48"
RGDTTC (914 mm, 1067 mm, or 1219 mm)
• Combine two sections to create a Rolling Gondola Grid for RGDGFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)
longer aisle with the following: Gondola Feature End RGDGFE..... RGD Grid for Gondola Feature End
° Rolling Gondola Top Intermediate • Only necessary if Rolling Gondola Upright NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
[RGDTTI(NW)] (914 mm or 1219 mm)
End Feature Ends are originally ordered without
° Rolling Gondola Top End Tubes backs and retailer decides at a later date to NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
have back panels added to the RGDUFE’s (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
[RGDTTE(NW)]
TYPE..... Mini=Mini-Grid
° Rolling Gondola Top Tube Connectors • RGD Retainer Systems will be required if
Multi=Multi-Grid Mulit-Purpose Grid
(RGDTTC) back panels are added after the original
fixture purchase
• Available with Mini-Grid or Multi-Grid
D Rolling Gondola Upright RGDU(OPT)(NH)(ND)

Intermediate or End RGDU..... RGD Upright
• Made of 1" x 23/4" (51 mm x 70 mm) tubing OPT..... I=Intermediate
E=End Mini Grid
• 1" (25 mm) OC slotting NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
• Triple-track retainers are welded onto both (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
sides of the upright with 3" (76 mm) locking
casters installed on base of upright
ND..... Nominal Depth 36" to 48" in 6" increments Rolling Gondola Back for RGDBFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)
• Each upright has a connector piece welded Gondola Feature End GDBFE..... RGD Back for Gondola Back Feature End
R
• Only necessary if Rolling Gondola Upright NW..... Nominal Width 36" to 48" in 6" increments
onto each side where the Rolling Gondola (914 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm Increments)
Bottom Tube attaches and locks into place Feature Ends are originally ordered without
backs and retailer decides at a later date to NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 72" in 6" increments
• End upright can be used in place of the Intermediate End (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
Rolling Gondola Upright Feature End have back panels added to the RGDUFE’s
[RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK)] • RGD Retainer Systems will be required if
H=Hardboard
back panels are added after the original
fixture purchase
• Available with Pegboard or Hardboard
Maxi Line Systems Rolling Gondola
8/17 5/14
Mobile Gondola Maxi Line Systems
F Rolling Gondola Top RGDTTC Mobile Gondola Plate Caster MGPC(NW)
Nominal Width
Tube Connector RGDTTC..... RGD Top Tube Connector • Move gondola runs without having to MGPC..... Mobile Gondola Plate Caster 36" or 48"
• Variable Rolling Gondolas are created when dismantle the fixtures NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
RGD Top Tube Connectors are used in • Assembles to base shoes and uprights
conjunction with RGD Intermediate and End • Maximum height: depth ratio of 2.5:1
Top Tubes [RGDTT(OPT)]
• Minimum depth of Base Shelf and
• Top Tube Connectors rest on top of Base Shoe: 12" (305 mm) NOTE!
Intermediate and End Top Tubes simulating a Parts assemble to Maxi Line Gondola
• Maximum upright height: 78" (1981 mm) Base Shoes and Uprights which are
solid top cap
• Maximum of three sections per run ordered separately.
• Push-pins keep the Top Tube Connectors
(RGDTTC), in place • Load capacity:
° 36"-48" 1000 lbs per gondola section
° 36"-48" 900 lbs with end frames NOTE!
° 60" 750 lbs per gondola section DO NOT use the MGPC(NW)
Tube Line T-Rack Upright TLTRUCB
° 60" 650 lbs with end frames
with Wall Sections!
Connector Bracket TLTR..... Tube Line T-Rack
• Use four (required) to connect two Rolling UCB..... Upright Connector Bracket
Gondola Upright Ends [RGDUE(NH)(ND)]
• Creates 1" (25 mm) gap between the uprights, Mobile Gondola End Deck MGED(ND)(LSD)(RSD)(OPT1)-DGA28(OPT2)
allowing the casters to spin and roll properly • Contains two caster runners, as well as front MGED..... Mobile Gondola End Deck
and side kickplates ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 16", or 18"
(305 mm, 406 mm, or 457 mm)
• Caster runners connect to Madix Base Shoes,
creating for a completely mobile gondola LSD..... Left Side Depth 12", 16", 18", or 22"
(305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
• Includes a Wrap Around Base Shelf
• Load capacity is 400 lbs (305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, or 559 mm)
OPT1..... Blank=Perforated
NP=Non Perforated
DGA28..... Tag Mold
OPT2..... Blank=Painted
Rolling Gondola Retainer System RGDBR-(NW)(NH)
S=Satin
• Hardboard, pegboard, mini-grid, and RGDBR..... RGD Back Retaining System G=Gold
multi-grid panels are held into place in RGD NW..... Nominal Width 36" to 72" in 6" increments
Feature End Uprights by use of Rolling (914 mm to 1829 mm in 152 mm increments)
Gondola Back Retaining System NH..... Nominal Height 36" to 48" in 6" increments
• This retainer system is only necessary if Rolling (914 mm to 1219 mm in 152 mm increments)
Gondola Upright Feature Ends are originally
ordered without backs and retailer decides at Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate MGSP
MGSP..... Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate
a later date to have back panels added to the • Order when Mobile End Decks are
RGDUFE’s not installed on one or both ends of
Mobile Gondola
• One MGSP is required per base shoe
• Spacer plates should be painted same color
as the unit's base shoes
• Hardware is included for attaching MGSP to
base shoe
Maxi Line Systems MIPS 5/14 5/14
MIPS Maxi Line Systems
MIPS – Maxi Integrated Pallet System MIPS – Maxi Integrated Pallet System Components
The Maxi Line Integrated Pallet System (MIPS) displays palletized merchandise within conventional shelving sections,
enabling retailers to expand their merchandising options within a shopping aisle and reduce restocking labor. Madix A Heavy-Duty Base Shoe Cover BSCHD-(ND)
estimates that MIPS can cut at least ten hours an aisle per week of restocking, and it also precludes employee injuries • Protects base shoes from pallet jacks BSCHD..... Base Shoe Cover Heavy-Duty
from lifting heavy boxes/merchandise. (559 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
The MIPS is particularly well suited to high-density merchandise that must be repeatedly restocked. The system is
comprised of components that may be specified in new stores or retrofitted to existing Maxi Shelving. This flexibility
permits stores to convert areas back to conventional displays as merchandise needs to change.
• Utilizes conventional Maxi Line parts and

accessories, including standard shelves,
in depths that optimize merchandise
presentation
B Vertical Divider Bar, VDBNP-402
• Product can be added to existing shelving
by removing Base Shelf, Kickplates and Non-Perforated VDBNP..... Vertical Divider Bar Non-Perforated
Base End Covers; this process can also 4..... Nominal Width 4' (1219 mm)
• Protects gondola/wall backs from damage 02..... Nominal Depth 2" (51 mm)
be reversed to convertback to
conventional shelving
• For applications that require additional
load capacity, Hypermaxi can be installed
• No change in load capacity when installed
per instructions
NOTE!
A 4' (1219 mm) section
requires a pallet that does not C Low Base Pallet Stop LBPS
exceed 44" (1118 mm) wide • Stops pallets from hitting gondola/wall LBPS..... Low Base Pallet Stop
DSeismic Floor Anchors, SFA-RD-10

Regular-Duty SFA-RD..... Seismic Floor Anchor Regular-Duty
10..... 10 Pack
• For use when local building codes require
anchoring Base Shoes and/or Basic Uprights
Parts for 4' Section to floor
Description Part # Qty. • Level as required prior to anchoring to floor
A Base Shoe Cover Heavy-Duty BSCHD-(ND) 2 • Requires two expansion bolts for every
B Vertical Divider Bar No Perforations VDBNP-402 2 Seismic Floor Anchor
B C Low Base Pallet Stop LBPS 1 • Galvanized only
D Seismic Floor Anchor Regular-Duty SFA-RD-1 2
E Seismic Expansion Bolt SFA-EB-1 4
E Seismic Floor Anchors SFA-EB-1

Expansion Bolts SFA-EB..... Seismic Floor Anchor Expansion Bolt
1..... 1 Pack
• ICBO approved
• 3/8"-16 x 3½"
C • Order two bolts per Seismic Floor Anchor
A (Regular or Heavy-Duty)
D
E Hidden Part
Maxi Line Systems Hypermaxi Systems
5/14 4/18
Hypermaxi Systems Maxi Line Systems
Hypermaxi System Hypermaxi Upright HMU-(NH)
Hypermaxi is a sub-system of modified Wide Span shelving. This product increases the versatility of basic Maxi Line • Heavy-gauge, 13/4" (44 mm) square upright HMU..... Hypermaxi Upright
components by adding stock storage above the fixture to optimize space usage. supports 5,000 lbs, slotted 2" (25 mm) OC NH..... Nominal Upright Height 72" to 96" in 6" increments
for beam connectors (1829 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments)
Hypermaxi may be used throughout the store or specifically applied to categories as small as 3' (914 mm). Choose Upper • Use with Special Hypermaxi Upright Support
Decks plus optional Intermediate Decks (as op posed to Standard Base and Upper Shelves), depending on the type of Center Arm [SHMUSCA-(ND)]
merchandise involved. • Two-piece design for shipping efficiency
HMU-(NH)(ND) mounts in sixth
and flexibilty slot from top of fixture upright.
Stock Stock Stock

NOTE! NOTE!
To prevent overturning, the total Base For mounting light fixtures under
Shelf depth (wall or gondola) multiplied top deck, use HMU-(NH)(ND) -12.
times 6 cannot exceed the height of the Mounts in twelfth slot from top of fixture
topmost loaded beam pair, unless the Base upright. See Hypermaxi accessories for
Shoes are properly anchored. light-mounting kit.
Special Hypermaxi Upright SHMUSCA-(ND)

Support Center Arm SHMU..... Special Hypermaxi Upright
• Arm assembly includes hardware for SCA..... Support Center Arm
Wall Both Sides of Gondola One Side of Gondola
attachment to Hypermaxi Upright [HMU-(NH)] ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
• Order to match base shelf depth (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)

How To Order • Order a minimum of one attachment arm per
upright (and Hypermaxi Attachment
Clip [HMAC-2])
• Install in accordance with location instructions
Hypermaxi Beams HM(TYPE)(OPT1)(NL)(OPT2)

• Heavy-gauge beam body with integrated HM..... Hypermaxi
Order basic shelving run Then + Order add-on Hypermaxi components connectors fits snugly into upright slots TYPE..... LD=Light-Duty
and maintains deck alignment with basic RD=Regular-Duty Rear
from Maxi Line catalog. from the following pages. fixture slotting HD=Heavy-Duty
• One front beam and one rear beam are OPT1..... FB=Front Beam
required per deck RB=Rear Beam
Outside Mount End Merchandisers, TOEM, and/or Metal End Flats (FMEF) • Load capacity:
NL..... Nominal Beam Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96" Front
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
may be used with Hypermaxi. ° Light-duty=1,000 lbs OPT2..... U=Upper
° Regular-duty=1,600 lbs Blank=Rear
Standard End Frames, End Panels, Canopy End Panels, and Canopy Ends ° Heavy-duty=3,000 lbs
¾" ¾" ¾"
may not be used with the Hypermaxi system. 2½"
3½"
NOTE! 5"
Actual beam length is 2" (51 mm)
less than Wide Span beam length; will
Maximum Load Capacit y Per Beam Pair not interchange with Wide Span. Heavy-Duty Regular-Duty Light-Duty
Maximum Capacity Maximum Capacity Maximum Capacity
Beam Regular- Heavy- Number of 3000 lbs per pair* 1600 lbs per pair* 1000 lbs per pair*
NOTE! Length Duty Duty Deck Supports *Based on evenly distributed loads, 96" (2438 mm) beam lengths,
HAND STACK ONLY! 48" 1600 lbs 3000 lbs 2 all frame lengths
Powered forklifts or stackers are 60" 1600 lbs 3000 lbs 3
not recommended for use with 72" 1600 lbs 3000 lbs 3
Hypermaxi Storage System. 84" 1600 lbs 3000 lbs 3
96" 1600 lbs 3000 lbs 3
• Based on evenly distributed loads
• Based on 96" beam length, all frame widths
Maxi Line Systems Hypermaxi Systems 5/17 5/14
Hypermaxi Regular-Duty HMRDCBC(NW)(OPT) Hypermaxi Deck Support (TYPE)WSDS(ND) 13/4"
Cosmetic Beam Cover HMRD..... Hypermaxi Regular-Duty • Formed-steel component easily rotates into TYPE..... LD=Light-Duty
Light-
LIGHT
23/4"
CBC..... Cosmetic Beam Cover place, ties beams together, and supports deck RD=Regular-Duty 1/ "
• For use with Beam LED Canopy and
3
Duty
4
DUTY
HD=Heavy-Duty 4"
LEDge Lights NW..... Nominal Width 20", 36", 48", 54", 60", 68", LIGHT
23/4"
72", 84", 89", or 96" (508 mm, 914 mm, WSDS..... Wide Span Deck Support DUTY Regular-
REGULAR 4"
• Hides lights on the rear of the beam below the 1219 mm, 1372 mm, 1524 mm, 1727 mm, ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 30" Duty
DUTY
REGULAR
deck supports 1829 mm, 2134 mm, 2261 mm, or 2438 mm)
Sign Holder
in 2" increments DUTY
Heavy-
HEAVY
OPT..... Blank=No Sign Holder (457 mm to 762 mm HEAVY Duty
DUTY
DUTY
SH=Sign Holder in 51 mm increments)
Hypermaxi Dart Clip WSDC-50

• Spring-steel clip secures beam to frame, WSDC..... Hypermaxi Dart Clip
preventing accidental disengagement 50..... 50 Pack
NOTE!
Sign holder size: 4.813"H x NW - 2.125" • Two required for each beam
Example: 4.813"H x 48 - 2.125" = 45.875"W • Pack of 50
Maximum thickness: 1/16" • Available in black only
Hypermaxi Base End HMBECN-524

Cover Notched HM..... Hypermaxi Base
• Only use with Hypermaxi Notched Base Shelf BECN..... Base End Cover Notched
LEDge Light Deck Support LLRDDSMC [HMBS(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)] 5..... Nominal Height 5" (127 mm)
Mounting Clip LLRD..... LEDge Light Regular-Duty 24..... Nominal Depth 24" (610 mm)
• The LLRDDSMC must be used to attach DSMC..... Deck Support Mounting Clip
the Beam Lights
Hypermaxi Notched Base Shelf HMBS(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)
• Brings the front of the base shelf flush with HM..... Hypermaxi
Beam LED Canopy Light LLB(NW) front of the Hypermaxi upright BS..... Base Shelf
• 3' and 4' lengths (914 mm and 1219 mm; other LLB......Beam LED Canopy Light • Hypermaxi notched base shelves require all TYPE..... L=Notched on Left
sizes available as special order) NW......Nominal Length 36" or 48" Hypermaxi components and standard shelves R=Notched on Right
C=Notched on both sides
• Maintenance-free life in excess of 50,000 hours (914 mm or 1219 mm) ND of base -2" (-51 mm)
Example: HMBSC-424 base use HMU-(NH)(22) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
(11 years at 12 hours/day)
Hypermaxi uprights and SUS-422 shelves (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Uses same Power Supply and Jumper Cables as ND..... Nominal 18" to 72" in 2" increments Center shown
LEDge Light (457 mm to 1829 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Durable aluminum extrusion
• Integrated magnets make installation on metal
shelves or other surfaces easy and allow fast changes Hypermaxi Base Shoe HMBSAC-2
• End tabs with holes for fastening to wood canopy Attachment Clip HMBSAC......Hypermaxi Base Shoe Attachment Clip
and metal canopy brackets 2......2 Pack
• Cannot be used on end of run where BEC is Spacers
• Certified by the DesignLights™ Consortium (DLC) positioned, use HMAC-2
and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
Lights Per Circut* • Comes with spacer for raising Base Shelf
• DLC certification provides potential utility rebates where there is no HMU
Circuit Power LLB48
• All plug ’n play connections– no electrician required Amps Supplies per Circuit • HMAC-2 required for end of run
(Class 2 system) 15 8 48 • Pack of 2
• Multiple units are connected using Jumper Cables 20 11 66
or Harness Assembly * Above assumes fully loaded power supply
• May be daisy-chained to single power supply for
“single row” applications Hypermaxi Attachment Clip HMAC-2
Gen3 LED Lighting Wattage Output/Efficency • Special steel angle twist-locks into Upright, HMAC..... Hypermaxi Attachment Clip
• 100W power supply can power up to six 48" 2..... 2 Pack
(1219 mm) lights Shelf Part Actual Max # Lights per Lumens/ then screws into Base Shelf to secure
DC Watts Lumens Upright positioning
Width Number Length Power Supply Watts
• Color temperature: 4,200K
36" LLB36 34½" 11.3W 8 1444 128 • Finish should be same as Base Shelf
• Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 85
48" LLB48 46½" 15.0W 6 1925 128
• Contains no heavy metals
• Low power consumption helps meet California
Title 24 lighting regulations 46"
• Safe 24 volt DC system 1.96"
Hypermaxi Attachment Clip for HMACBBWD-(OPT)
• 3-year warranty Top View Base Beam and Wood Deck HMAC..... Hypermaxi Attachment Clip
• Bolt sits flush with top of the HMAC BBWD..... Base Beam and Wood Deck
• Not compatible with Lumi-M-Stick, Lumiback, or OPT..... 1=Pack of 1
Lumishelf™ accessories • Hardware pack included
Bottom View 2=Pack of 2
Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension HMBDEB(NL) Hypermaxi Wire Grid Decks HMWMS(ND)(NL)-3 Beam
• Extends the base deck of Maxi Line base shelf HM..... Hypermaxi • Sturdy, approximately 5/16" (8 mm) diameter HM..... Hypermaxi Length
to front of Hypermaxi Upright (HMU) BDEB..... Base Beam Extension gauge wire is welded on 3" (76 mm) grid WMS..... Wire Grid Deck
• Beam includes angled tag molding and NL..... Nominal Length 36" to 144" centers to form decking ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 30"
adjustable plate to cover the gap between in 12" increments • Standard finishes: Silver Vein, Sahara, or in 2" increments (457 mm to 762 mm
beam and floor (914 mm to 3658 mm in Blue Gray in 51 mm increments)
Frame
305 mm increments) NL..... Nominal Piece Length 24" to 48" Depth
• Beam increases area available for displaying
in 6" increments (610 mm to 1219 mm
merchandise Piece
NOTE! in 51 mm increments) Length
• Places Hypermaxi Upright (HMU) behind front 3..... Grid Size 3" OC (76 mm)
Deck Supports are not included.
lip of base shelf
Order two deck supports per piece.
Combine Piece Quantity

Nominal Lengths to Equal of Deck
Beam Length Beam Length Supports
Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension HMBDEBEC
One Piece Decks
36" 36" 2
End Caps HM..... Hypermaxi 48" 48" 2
• Covers the open ends of beams BDEBEC..... Base Beam Extension End Cap 60" 30" + 30" 4
• Comes as a pair 72" 36" + 36" 4
Two Piece Decks
84" 42" + 42" 4
• Only needed on ends of runs
96" 48" + 48" 4
• Wire grid piece length runs parallel to beam length
Hypermaxi Decks HM(TYPE)(ND)(NL)-(OPT)

• Regular-duty decks are durable 5/8" (16 mm) HM..... Hypermaxi
particle board TYPE..... RDD=Regular-Duty Deck
HDD=Heavy-Duty Deck
• Heavy-duty decks are 5/8" (16 mm), 45 lb
density particle board for increased load ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
capacity (457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Sealed decks have a baked-on polymer- NL..... Nominal Beam Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96" Flow Through Hypermaxi Decks FTHMD-(ND)(NL) Beam
Length
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm) FT..... Flow Through
wax finish • Flow-through decks are pieced for
OPT..... U=Unsealed efficient handling HMD..... Hypermaxi Deck
• All dimensions listed are actual dimensions S=Sealed
of deck • Sturdy, 5/16" (8 mm) diameter gauge wire is ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 30"
welded on 3" (76 mm) grid centers in 2" increments (457 mm to 762 mm
in 51 mm Increments) Frame
• Standard finishes: Silver Vein, Sahara, or Depth
NL..... Nominal Piece Length 24" to 48"
Blue Gray Piece
Length
NOTE!
Deck Supports are not included.
Order two deck supports per piece.
Combine Piece Quantity

Nominal
Hypermaxi Deck Kits (TYPE)HMUK(ND)(NL)-(TYPE) Beam Length Lengths to Equal of Deck
TYPE..... LD=Light-Duty Beam Length Supports
• Convenient, accurate ordering is assured with
Hypermaxi Deck Kits RD=Regular-Duty 36" 36" 2
HD=Heavy-Duty One Piece Decks
• Each kit includes one Front Upper Beam, 48" 48" 2
HMUK..... Hypermaxi Upper Kit
one Rear Beam, one Deck, and the correct 60" 30" + 30" 4
number of Deck Supports ND..... Nominal Upright Depth 18", 20", 22", 24", or 30" 72" 36" + 36" 4
(457 mm, 508 mm, 559 mm, 610 mm, or 762 mm) Two Piece Decks
• Dart Clips for beam locking are not included, 84" 42" + 42" 4
NL..... Nominal Beam Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96"
order four Dart Clips per kit (WSDC25-50) (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm) 96" 48" + 48" 4
• Load capacity: TYPE..... U=Unsealed • Wire grid piece length runs parallel to beam length
° Light-duty=1,000 lbs S=Sealed
° Regular-duty=1,600 lbs
° Heavy-duty=3,000 lbs
Hypermaxi Base Decks HMBD(ND)(NL)-(TYPE) HMBD Hypermaxi Base

• Designed to be used with Hypermaxi Deck
Base Beams ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 32"
NL..... Nominal Piece Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 438 mm)
TYPE..... U=Unsealed
S=Sealed
F=Fabric
Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam HMBDB-(NL)-(TYPE) Hypermaxi Kickplate Beam HMBDB-(NL)-S
• Required when using the HMBD HMBDB Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam • Heavy-gauge beam prevents damage HMBDB..... Hypermaxi Kickplate Beam
• Allows HMBD to sit on base shelf of NL..... Nominal Piece Length 36", 48", 72", from carts and polishers NL..... Nominal Length 36" 48", 72", or 96"
84", or 96" (914 mm, 1219 mm, (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm,
gondola/wall backs • Stops trash from collecting under
1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm) 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
• Can be used as a kickplate beam Base Shelves
TYPE..... Blank=Heavy-Duty S..... S Style
• Available in regular-duty or heavy-duty RD=Regular-Duty
HMBD-(NL)
Wall Section Hypermaxi WSHMAK

Attachment Kit WSHMAK.....Wall Section Hypermaxi
Attachment Kit
HMBDB-(NL)-(TYPE) • Mount wall sections to the end of a Hypermaxi
run as an end cap
• Each unit attaches to the slotting of the
Hypermaxi Leveler Cover HMUCA Wall Section Uprights and bolts through the
• Designed to protect leveler from buffers HMUCA..... Hypermaxi Leveler Cover slotting of the Hypermaxi Uprights
and mops; also improves appearance • Includes hardware and two complete
• Should match Hypermaxi Upright color mounting brackets
Hypermaxi Front Beam HMFBMB-(NH)(NW)(OPT)

Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit HMU-(NL)LR Metal Border HM..... Hypermaxi
and Reflector HMU..... Hypermaxi Reflector
• Covers the beams and a portion of the FBMB..... Front Beam Metal Border
• Includes all the necessary hardware for NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96" uprights of the Hypermaxi NH..... Nominal Height 8" or 12"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, (203 mm or 305 mm)
mounting light fixture and reflector to • Supports magnetic signage
2134 mm, or 2438 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96"
Hypermaxi or Wide Span Deck Supports
LR..... Light Reflector • Available in 8" and 12" heights (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm,
• Light fixture and tube not included (203 mm and 305 mm) 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
• Use only with Hypermaxi Upright OPT..... RH=Right-Hand
HMU-(NH)(ND)-12 LH=Left-Hand
• Light Reflector includes mounting kit C=Center
FRONT
Front VIEW
View
Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit WS/HMLMK
WS/HMLMK.....Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit left side Panel
Left-Hand panel center panel
Center Panel right sidePanel
Right-Hand panel
NOTE!
Hypermaxi Graphics Light Box HMGLB-(NW) When ordering, specify center,
HMGLB..... Hypermaxi Graphics Light Box left-hand, or right-hand application
• Top brackets allow box to be mounted under
Hypermaxi front beam NW..... Nominal Width 48", 96", or 144" See diagram F
(1219 mm, 2438 mm, or 3658 mm)
• 5/16" (8 mm) retainer track is built inside top
and bottom of box to hold customer- supplied
signage fixture; 467/8"W (98 mm)
for 96"W (2438 mm) fixture (quantity: 2); Nominal Width Openings
471/4"W (1200 mm) for 144"W (3658 mm) fixture 48" 1 Hypermaxi Metal Border Q6491-(NL)(NH)
(quantity: 3), 51/2"H (140 mm) with graphics Q6491..... Hypermaxi Metal Border
visible 4" (102 mm) OC
96" 2 • Metal Border easily attaches above or below
144" 3 beams with supplied hardware NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96"
• Recommended cardstock thickness of (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm,
customer-supplied signage is 1/4" (6 mm) • Adds accent color, signage, or light deflection
2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
to Hypermaxi sections (regular, on base, or over
• When ordering product, please note the gondola) NH..... Nominal Height 12", 21", or 36"
number of front openings that coincide (305 mm, 533 mm, or 914 mm) Rear View
• Attaches to the Hypermaxi Uprights and has an
with the part width overlap at each end to conceal Uprights when
they are different colors than border
Peg Hook Wide Span Inside PHWSIMFF10-RD
Mount Forward Facing PHWS..... Peg Hook Wide Span
IMFF..... Inside Mount Front Facing
• Mounts on Wide Span or Hypermaxi
10..... Nominal Length 10" (254 mm)
Hypermaxi Sign Holder HMSH-(NSH)(NL)
regular-duty beams HMSH..... Hypermaxi Sign Holder
RD..... Regular-Duty
• Provides signage over Hypermaxi systems
• Designed for lightweight products NSH..... Nominal Sign Height 12", 19", or 24"
• Actual sign measurements are
• Mounts by simply twisting onto the back (305 mm, 483 mm, or 610 mm)
573/4"W x 12", 19", or 24"H (1467 mm W x 305
of beam and locking into place mm, 483 mm or 610 mm) NL..... Nominal Length 48" or 60"
(1219 mm or 1524 mm)
• Thickness of signage material can be
5/16" (8 mm) or less
Maxi Line Systems Hypermaxi Systems
12/15 2/16
Hypermaxi & Wide Span HMSASH(NL)(NH)(OPT1)(OPT2) LEDge Light Beam Canopy Cover LLBCC(CONF)(NW)-(OPT)
Sign Holder HM..... Hypermaxi • Canopy installs over existing beams HMGFLR..... Wide Span Gravity Feed Retainer
• Mounts in Hypermaxi or Wide Span uprights SASH..... Single Arm Sign Holder • End cover is sloped for more aesthetic appeal CONF..... Configuration=Size and Type
NL..... Height Length 12" or 18" Hypermaxi:
and frames • Helps direct BEAM light down
(305 mm or 457 mm) LDHM=Light-Duty Hypermaxi
• Front facing option faces into aisle towards product RDHM=Regular-Duty Hypermaxi
NH..... Nominal Height 06" to 42"
• End facing option faces over the end cap or at HDHM=Heavy-Duty Hypermaxi
in 6" increments
the end of a shelving run Wide Span:
(152 mm to 1067 mm
LDWS=Light-Duty Wide Span
• Includes black cap at the end of wire in 152 mm increment) NOTE! RDWS=Regular-Duty Wide Span
• Hook-to-hook length: 12"=6.5" and 18"=10.5" OPT1..... Blank=Arched Arm Arched Arm, See the Electrical, Lighting and
End Facing HDWS=Heavy-Duty Wide Span
(305 mm=155 mm and 457 mm=267 mm) SA=Straight Arm Signage Catalog for Beam LED NW..... 36", 48", 60", 72", 84", or 96"
• Sign graphics not included OPT2..... E=End Facing Canopy Light details. (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm,
F=Front Facing 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
OPT..... S=Starter Kit
Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam HMBDBREXT(NW) A=Add-on Kit
Radius Extender HMBDB..... Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam
• Hangs on Hypermaxi Base Beam, held in place REXT..... Radius Extender
by Hypermaxi Wood Base Deck [HMBD(ND) NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", 60", 72", 84", or 96"
(NL)-(TYPE)] (914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm, 1829 mm,
2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
• Highligts a way to highlight a new product,
hot sale item, or an entire line of merchandise Finish Code
• Use in line with Standard Upper Shelf section FIN1-FIN2
stand out FIN1..... Metal
• May also be used with end merchandisers FIN2..... Tag
to create eye-catching end cap displays that HMBDBREXT36 HMBDBREXT72
highlight new products or sale items
Hypermaxi Light Canopy Light Fixture

• Designed for fluorescent lights Secured to
Light Canopy Hypermaxi
• Highlights product Hypermaxi Front Beam Hypermaxi Light Rear Beam
• Attractive way to add light for Light Canopy Canopy End Cover
HM(TYPE)FB(NL)-U-LC HMLCEC Light Light Canopy
Canopy Secured to
Light Canopy Beam
Light
Hypermaxi Canopy
Light Canopy Beam
Splicer (Splicer Included)
HMLC-(NL)
Hypermaxi Light Canopy HMLC-(NL)

• Splicer included HM..... Hypermaxi
• Requires Hypermaxi Front Beams for canopy LC..... Light Canopy
NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 60", 72", 84", or 96"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
Hypermaxi Front Beam for HM(TYPE)FB(NL)-U-LC

Light Canopy HM..... Hypermaxi
• Required for mounting Hypermaxi TYPE..... HD=Heavy-Duty
RD=Regular-Duty
Light Canopy
FB..... Front Beam
NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 60", 72", 84", or 96"
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1524 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
U..... Upper
LC..... For Light Canopy
Hypermaxi Light Canopy HMLCEC

End Cover HMLCEC.... Hypermaxi Light Canopy End Cover
• Comes in pairs
• One pair required for each run
Maxi Line Systems Hypermaxi EU System
1/17 2/17
Hypermaxi EU System Maxi Line Systems
Hypermaxi EU ATL Outrigger Freestanding TLOFK(TYPE)-(ND)
Introducing a sleeker, more sophisticated solution for retail display and storage! Inspired by European designs, Madix’s Display Kickplate TLOFK..... TL Outrigger Freestanding
Display Kickplate
new Hypermaxi EU system gives retailers an attractive merchandising platform without sacrificing functionality. This • Required in each section
TYPE..... C=Close Kickplate
fixture is perfect for generating additional space overhead for stock storage, so you can get the most out of your square • Delete Kickplate [KP-(NL)(NH)] or OpenFront O=Open Kickplate
footage. Hypermaxi EU can be applied to specific merchandise categories in sections as small as three feet (914 mm), or Kickplate [OFK-(NL)(NH)], when using TLOFKO ND..... Nominal Depth 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
it can be used universally throughout the store. Your Madix sales representative is available today for consultation on
how Hypermaxi EU can benefit your store layouts and merchandising schemes.
Open
Closed
BOutrigger for Maxi Line ORMLBSEI(ND)

Base Shoe Extender ORML..... Outrigger for Maxi Line
• Fits over standard Maxi Line Base Shoe BSE..... Base Shoe Extender
E
[BS-(ND)] I..... Intermediate
• Order Base Shoe 2" (51 mm) less than Base ND..... Nominal Width 12", 24", 36" or 48"
F (305 mm, 610 mm, 914 mm or 1219 mm)
Shelf depth and 5" (127 mm) high
Example: 24" deep base = 22" Base Shoe BSSIL-
22
Nominal Depth
Base Shelf Depth of Base Shoe
12" 10"
24" 22"
36" 34"
48" 46"
C TL Outrigger Dress Kit TLODK-(ND)

• End cover slides over Base Shoe Extender TLODK..... TL Outrigger Dress Kit
D • Base End Covers [BEC-(ND)-(NH)] not required ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 24", 36" or 48"
(305 mm, 610 mm, 914 mm or 1219 mm)
D TL Outrigger Shelf TLOSS-(ND)

Support Assembly TLOSS..... TL Outrigger Shelf Support Assembly
• Supports TL Outrigger Shelf Deck ND..... Nominal Depth 12", 24", 36" or 48"
(305 mm, 610 mm, 914 mm or 1219 mm)
[TLOSD-(NW)12]
B • One required for each left-hand and right-
(Hidden) hand side of shelf
A
C
Maxi Line Systems Hypermaxi EU System
2/17 5/14
Cantilever Storage Maxi Line Systems
4/13
E TL T-Rack Top and Bottom Tie TLTRTAZ(NW)
• One required at the top for each section TLTRTA..... TL T-Rack Top and Bottom Tie Cantilever Storage System
Z..... No Back The Cantilever Storage System is constructed with Maxi Line components for a unique appearance. A choice of one or
NW..... Nominal Depth two deck levels are available (with wood or wire grid decks). Light Canopies are also an attractive option available for
35.5=36" (914 mm)
47.5=48" (1219 mm) Cantilever Systems and can attach directly to the Cantilever Arms.
In order to use the system properly and safely, please follow the instructions below.
1. Whenever the system is installed, it must always be with these parts (NO EXCEPTIONS):
a. Double Welded Uprights
b. Double Stacked Shoes
NOTE!
2. The Cantilever Arms may not be deeper than the Base Shelves. HAND STACK ONLY!
3. Load capacities are listed in the diagrams below. Powered fork trucks on stackers
are not recommended for use on
4. Cantilever Arms may not be used higher than 144" (3658 mm). Cantilever Storage System
F Outrigger for Maxi Line Post ORMLP(NH)(OPT)
• Available with slotting on both sides or no ORMLP..... Outrigger for Maxi Line Post 5. Custom alternatives to the applications listed below require extensive
front slotting on the front-facing post NH..... Nominal Height 78"-108" in 6" increments testing before approval; client must be fully apprised of system's use
1981 mm-2743 mm in 152 mm increments and limitations before Madix approve the use of Cantilever Arms in
OPT..... Blank=Slotted Both Sides
NFS=No Front Slotting
a non-standard application

All examples below are for 8' (2438 mm) sections, divide by 2 for 4' (1219 mm)
Wall or gondola runs with a single Cantilever Wall runs with two Cantilever levels Gondola runs with two Cantilever levels
Load capacity 1600 lbs Cannot exceed 1600 lbs Load capacity per level 1600 lbs
on any single 8' level, and Load capacity per side 3200 lbs
may not exceed 2000 lbs
1600 1600 1600

1600
400 1600 1600
G TL Outrigger Shelf Deck TLOSD-(NW)12

• Shelves are 12" (305 mm) deep TLOSD..... TL Outrigger Shelf Deck
• For a 24" deep shelf, order two TL Outrigger NW..... Nominal Depth 12", 36" or 48"
(610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
Shelf Deck
12..... Nominal Depth 12" (305 mm)
• The same shelf is used for center and
base shelves
• Load capacity is 300 lbs per 12" (305 mm) shelf
1200 1600 600

1600 1600
800 1600 600
If offset loaded, the offset

load difference cannot exceed
28,000 inch-lbs.
Maxi Line Systems Cantilever Storage
5/14 2/17
4/13
Cantilever Components
N
J
L NOTE!
Use only Cantilever components listed within this section.
I
Do not mix components from other systems.
M
H
F
K A Back-to-Back Basic Upright BBWBU-(NH)

• Two Standard Basic Uprights welded into BBW..... Back-to-Back Welded
A single, rigid unit BU..... Basic Upright
• 28,000 inch-pound load rating to support NH..... Nominal Height 84" to 144" in 6" increments
offset loading of Cantilever System (2134 mm to 3658 mm in 152 mm increments)
B BBack-to-Back Upright UECBBU-(NH)

End Cover UEC..... Upright End Cover
• Cover to trim end uprights of back-to-back BBU..... Back-to-Back Basic Upright
Cantilever runs NH..... Nominal Height 84" to 120" in 6" increments
O (2134 mm to 3048 mm in 152 mm increments)
NOTE!
E
D Table does not include spanners, MSBBB
back panels, light fixtures, or tubes
Hidden:
C Back-to-Back Base Shoe BBBSM-(ND)
• Two base shoes welded into stacked BBBSM..... Back-to-Back Shoe Modified
C BBBS-(ND) configuration to give additional support ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
G HMRDCNN-(ND) at lower section of Back-to-Back Upright (457 mm to 762 mm in 510 mm increments)
SBBB
D Back-to-Back Base End Cover BBBEC-(ND)

• Trim Base Ends of Back to Back Cantilever runs BBBEC..... Back-to-Back Base End Cover
• Unleveled Base Shelf height of Cantilever runs ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
is 91/2" (242 mm)
Quantity per Section

Cantilever Components Part Number Gondola Wall
Start Add Start Add
A Back-to-Back Upright BBWBU-(NH) 2 1 2 1
B Back-to-Back Upright End Cover UECBBU-(NH) 2 0 2 0
C Back-to-Back Base Shoe BBBSM-(ND) 4 2 2 1
E Back-to-Back Kickplate BBKP-(NW)
• Standard kickplate in extended height to close BBKP..... Back-to-Back Kickplate
D Back-to-Back Base End Cover BBBEC-(ND) 2 pair 0 1 pair 0
off Base Shoes of Back-to-Back Cantilever runs NW..... Nominal Width 3'=36" (914 mm)
E Back-to-Back Kickplate BBKP-(NW) 1 1 1 1 4'=48" (1219 mm)
F Cantilever Tubular Arm, with upright HM(OPT)C-(ND) 2 1 2 1 • Full-floating feature to fit flush against
G Cantilever Tubular Arm, no upright HMRDCNN-(ND) 1 1 1 1
uneven floors
H Cantilever Front Beam, Regular Duty, Lengths: 72", 84", 96" HMRDFB(NL)-U 1 1 1 1
I Cantilever Deck Support (not required under HMCWGS) HMCDS-(NW) 2 2 2 2
J Cantilever Deck, Wood, Lengths: 72", 84", 96" HMCD-(ND)(NW) 1 1 0 0
K Cantilever Beam Side Cover, Regular Duty HMRDBSC-(ND) 1 pair 0 0 0
Options
L Cantilever Wire Grid Deck, 2-piece, Lengths: 36", 48" HMCWGS-(NL)(NW) 0 0 1 1
M Cantilever Front Canopy, Lengths: 72", 84", 96" (replaces HMRDFB) HMRDFC-(NW) 1 0 0 0
N Cantilever Side Canopy (replaces HMRDBSC) HMRDSC-(ND) 1 pair 0 0 0
O Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND) 2 2 1 1
Maxi Line Systems Cantilever Storage
5/14 5/14
F G Cantilever Tubular Arms HMRD(OPT1)(OPT2)-(ND) L Cantilever Wire Grid Decks HMCWGS(ND)(NL)
HM..... Hypermaxi HMRDCNN HM..... Hypermaxi
• Available in two styles: • Sturdy, approximately 5/16" (8 mm) diameter Beam
° HMRDC - used where Hypermaxi beam RD..... Regular-Duty gauge wire is welded on 3" (76 mm) grid WGS..... Cantilever Wire Grid Deck Length
or Cantilever front canopy is hooked OPT1..... C=Cantilever Tubular Arm with Upright centers to form decking ND..... Nominal Frame Depth 18" to 30"
(includes a receiver for the beam clips) CN=Cantilever Tubular Arm (No Nose=No Upright) • Supports are welded to wire in 2" increments (457 mm to 762 mm
OPT2..... Blank=Nose in 51 mm increments)
° HMRDCNN - used in alternating uprights • Standard finishes: Silver Vein, Sahara, or
N=No Nose HMRDC NL..... Nominal Piece Length 36" or 48" Frame
where it only supports the decks and Blue Gray Depth
deck supports are compatible (receiver (457 mm to 762 mm in 510 mm increments)
Piece
Length
for beam clips not included)
Combine Piece
Nominal
Beam Length Lengths to Equal
Beam Length
72" 36" + 36"
Two Piece Decks 84" 36" + 48"
H Cantilever Regular-Duty Beam HMRDFB(NL)-U 96" 48" + 48"
• Standard Hypermaxi Beam carries the load MRDFB... Hypermaxi Beam Regular-Duty
H
• Wire grid piece length runs parallel to beam length
at the front of Wood or Wire Grid Decks; no (NL)-U..... Nominal Length 72", 84", or 96"
rear beam is used (1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
M Cantilever Front Canopy HMRDFC-(NL)
• 81/2" (216 mm) high and has beam brackets HM..... Hypermaxi
inset at each end to engage the upright RD..... Regular-Duty
segment of the Cantilever Tubular Arms FC..... Front Canopy
• Canopy will accommodate decks NL..... Nominal Length 72", 84", or 96"
• Lights may be mounted on underside of (1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm)
Cantilever Tubular Arms
I Cantilever Deck Support HMCDS-(NW)
• Heavy gauge channel notched at ends to HMCDS..... Hypermaxi Cantilever Deck Support
fit over Cantilever Tubular Arms NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Two required per 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) (914 mm or 1219 mm) N Cantilever Beam Side Cover HMRDSC-(ND)
section, each level, of Back-to-Back shelving • Sold in pairs only HM..... Hypermaxi
• 83/4" (222 mm) cover designed to present a RD..... Regular-Duty
more finished appearance around the ends of SC..... Side Cover
Cantilever Upper Deck ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
• Features tabs that wrap around front of (457 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Cantilever Front Canopy
• Pre-formed tabs along the top accept and
support Wood or Wire Grid Decks
J Cantilever Deck HMCD(ND)(NL)
• Durable 5/8" (16 mm) particle board HM..... Hypermaxi
• Two required per 3' or 4' (914 mm or 1219 mm) CD..... Cantilever Deck
section and at each level of Back-to-Back ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
shelving (457 mm to 762 mm in 510 mm increments)
NL..... Nominal Length 36", 48", 72", 84", or 96" O Standard Base Shelf SBS-(NW)(ND)
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, or 2438 mm) • Formed price-tag molding matches molding SBS..... Standard Base Shelf
on upper shelves (see SUS) NW..... Nominal Width 2' to 4' in 6" increments
• Heavy-gauge shelf bracket features lock tab
to ensure quick installation and precision ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 30" in 2" increments
alignment (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
• Load capacity is 600 lbs in all sizes, based
on evenly distributed static loading Configurable Options
K Cantilever Beam Side Cover HMRDBSC-(ND) • For additional load capacity, see Base TYPE-OPT
HM..... Hypermaxi TYPE..... Blank=Perforated, NP=Non-Perforated
• Sold in pairs only Load Levelers
RD..... Regular-Duty OPT..... Optional Covering
• 41/2" (115 mm) cover is designed to present a • Flush Front option available L=Laminate, C=Carpet, F=Fabric
more finished appearance around ends of BSC..... Beam Side Cover
Cantilever Upper Deck ND..... Nominal Depth 18" to 30" in 2" increments
• Pre-formed tabs along top accept and support (457 mm to 762 mm in 510 mm increments)
Wood or Wire Grid Decks NOTE!
• This cover is used only with Hypermaxi Beams, Optional Tag Molding available,
not the Cantilever Front Canopy see Tag Molding page
Maxi Line Systems Lock-Up System
3/16 12/16
Lock-Up System Maxi Line Systems
Security Cabinet Lock-Up System Security Cabinet Gondola Lock- LSDSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT)
Manufactured using heavy-steel tubing, this locking display cabinet integrates seamlessly with gondola runs to secure Up System - Single Door LSDSGM.... Liquor Single Door Security
Cabinet Gondola Mounted
high-risk and/or controlled-access merchandise. Door-panel options include acrylic, glass, and wire grid; standard Madix NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
shelving and side panels (metal and wood) are also compatible. Add vertical BEAM Canopy Lights and LEDge LED Shelf
Lights to create a display that's both beautiful and functional. 60", 76", 78", 84", 90", or 96"
(1524 mm, 1930 mm, 1981 mm, 2134 mm,
2286 mm, or 2438 mm)
For use in... LSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT) ND..... Nominal Depth 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", or 24"
• Liquor and tobacco LSCGM..... Liquor Security Gondola Mounted Lock-Up (254 mm, 305 mm, 356 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm,
NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" 508 mm, 559 mm, or 610 mm)
• Pharmacy retail and high-end cosmetics
(914 mm or 1219 mm) OPT..... Door Option
• Home goods (such as cutlery, small P=Single Pane Plexiglass
appliances, and kitchen gadgets) 58", 60", 66", 70", 72", 76", 78", or 84" G= Single Pane Glass
• Electronics (1473 mm, 1524 mm, 1676 mm, 1778 mm, PP=Double Pane Plexiglass
• Sporting goods 1839 mm, 1930 mm, 1981 mm, or 2134 mm) GP=Glass Front, Plexiglass Back
ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20", 22", or 24"
(406 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, 559 mm, or 610 mm) Actual Depth Actual Width
NOTE! OPT..... Door Option NW +.125" NW -.125"
Doors include BEST/Delta compatible P=Single Pane Plexiglass
lock housing. Lock cores provided by G= Single Pane Glass
customer and can be purchased from W=Wire Grid
DeltaLock using part number PP=Double Pane Plexiglass
XI CORE 7E BCUNCO (specify "Keyed GP=Glass Front, Plexiglass Back
Alike" or "Keyed Different").
Actual Height
NW -5"
NOTE!
Standard Upper Shelves need to be
nominal depth -2" and Straight-in
Insertion Three Position needs to
be nominal depth -3".
Actual Depth Actual Width

NW +.125" NW -.125"
Shown with Glass Front,

Plexiglass Back
Actual Height
NW -5"
Shown with
Side View Front View Wire Grid
12/16 1/17
LEDge Light Detail
Cabinet Depth (ND + 1/8") Cabinet Width (NW - 1/8")
Nominal Width 48", Single Door Shown
Clearance detail for Nominal Width 24"
Security Cabinet
Gondola Lock-Up Security Cabinet Metal Side Panel LSCSP-(NH)(ND)
System [LSCGM(NW) LSCSP.....Liquor Security Cabinet Side Panel
(NH)(ND)(OPT)] when WTWS-(NW)(ND)
LEDge Lights [LLS(NL)] with vertical LLS: 58", 60", 66", 70", 72", 76", 78", or 84"
are mounted vertically. ND=Cabinet ND-3 (1473 mm, 1524 mm, 1676 mm, 1778 mm,
ND21 shown Shelf depth 1839 mm, 1930 mm, 1981 mm, or 2134 mm)
24" x 84" shown clearance ND..... Nominal Depth 16", 18", 20", 22", or 24"
with LLS(NL) (406 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm, 559 mm, or 610 mm)
installed
vertically
36"=341/2"
Cabinet 48"=461/2"
Height 15 NL36 x 2 shown
(NH - 51/8")
STP-(NW)(ND)
Nominal
Height
with vertical LLS:
ND=Cabinet ND-3
NOTE!
Please contact your
84" ND21 shown Sales Representative
if binning is to be used
on shelves in a downtilt
position to confirm the
SUS-(NW)(ND) shelf and binning will
with vertical LLS: fit inside the Liquor
ND=Cabinet ND-3 Security Cabinet.
ND21 shown
.880"
LEDge
Light
Depth
End Panels, Square EPS(NH)(ND)-(OPT)
• Edgework matches exterior finish on all panels EPS..... End Panel Square
• T-mold option not available on mirror-plex NH..... Nominal Upright Height
panels
• For 12" high base, add -12 ND..... Nominal Base Shelf Depth
Beam Light Detail (305 mm to 762 mm in 51 mm increments)
Cabinet Depth (ND + 1/8") Cabinet Width (NW - 1/8")
Clearance detail for Nominal Width 24" Nominal Width 48", Single Door Shown OPT.....Material Code
Security Cabinet M=Themofused, Both Faces
Gondola Lock-Up NOTE! L= Laminate, Both Faces
System [LSCGM(NW) MP=Mirror Plex, Both Faces
(NH)(ND)(OPT)] when Finish code must show exterior, LMP= Laminate, One Face,
WTWS-(NW)(ND) interior finish in sequence shown.
Beam Lights [LLB(NL)] with vertical LLB: Mirror Plex, One Face
are mounted vertically. ND=Cabinet ND-4 Melamine Panels must be the Finish Code
ND20 shown Shelf depth
clearance same finish on both sides. FIN1..... First Exterior Finish
24" x 84" shown
with LLB(NL) FIN2..... Second Interior Finish
installed
vertically FIN3..... T-Mold Option
36"=341/2" TSA=Sahara
Cabinet 48"=461/2" TBK=Black
NOTE!
Height NL36 x 2 shown TWH=White
15
(NH - 51/8") TCH=Chocolate
TDG=Dove Gray
STP-(NW)(ND)
Nominal with vertical LLB: NOTE!
Height ND=Cabinet ND-4 Please contact your
84" ND20 shown Sales Representative
if binning is to be used
on shelves in a downtilt
position to confirm the
SUS-(NW)(ND) shelf and binning will
with vertical LLB: fit inside the Liquor
ND=Cabinet ND-4 Security Cabinet.
ND20 shown
1.96"
Beam
Light
Depth
5/17 1/18
LEDge Light Harness Assembly LLHA
Beam LED Canopy Light LLB(NW) • Harness Assembly is used to connect up to 6 LLHA..... LEDge Light Harness Assembly
• 3' and 4' lengths (914 mm and 1219 mm; other LLB......Beam LED Canopy Light LEDge Lights to a single 100W power supply
sizes available as special order) NW......Nominal Length 36" or 48"
• Up to 12 lights may be connected to a single
• Maintenance-free life in excess of 50,000 hours (914 mm or 1219 mm) Harness Assembly by using 2 power supplies Two (2) Right Angle Barrel Connector Four (4) Conductor
(11 years at 12 hours/day) • Harness plugs directly into power supply
with 72" (1829 mm) Leads
(not shown to scale)
White Jacketed Cable Typical
Module Spacing
• Uses same Power Supply and Jumper Cables as • Jumper Cables required to connect 121/4" (311)
LEDge Light LEDge Lights to Harness Assembly
• Durable aluminum extrusion • 6 modules, 12.25" (311 mm) OC with 72"
• Integrated magnets make installation on metal (1829 mm) leads for each power supply
One (1)
shelves or other surfaces easy and allow fast changes connection Beginning Module Four (4) Center Modules One (1) End Module
• End tabs with holes for fastening to wood canopy • The screw tab on each connecting module
and metal canopy brackets allows fastening to perforated back panel via
• Certified by the DesignLights™ Consortium (DLC) push rivets or to other surfaces with screws
and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) (not included)
Lights Per Circut*
• DLC certification provides potential utility rebates • White color
Circuit Power LLB48
• All plug ’n play connections– no electrician required Amps Supplies per Circuit
(Class 2 system)
• Multiple units are connected using Jumper Cables
15 8 48 LEDge Light Jumper Cable LLJ(NL)
20 11 66 • Required to connect LEDge Lights to Harness LLJ..... LEDge Light Jumper Cable
or Harness Assembly * Above assumes fully loaded power supply Assembly and adjacent lights in daisy-chain NL..... Nominal Length 6", 18", 30", 72", or 144"
• May be daisy-chained to single power supply for applications (152 mm, 457 mm, 762 mm, 1829 mm, or
single row applications 3658 mm)
Gen3 LED Lighting Wattage Output/Efficency • Male connectors at each end
• 100W power supply can power up to six 48"
(1219 mm) lights Shelf Part Actual Max # Lights per Lumens/ • White color
DC Watts Lumens
Width Number Length Power Supply Watts
• Color temperature: 4,200K
36" LLB36 34½" 11.3W 8 1444 128
• Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 85
48" LLB48 46½" 15.0W 6 1925 128
• Contains no heavy metals LEDge Light Power Supply LLPS
• Low power consumption helps meet California • UL listed 100W DC power supply features LLPS..... LEDge Light Power Supply
46"
Title 24 lighting regulations nearly 90% efficiency using of latest
• Safe 24 volt DC system 1.96" circuitry design
Top View • 120V standard plug; no electrician required
• 3-year warranty
• Not compatible with Lumi-M-Stick, Lumiback, or • Maximum of 16 power supplies per 20-amp
Lumishelf™ accessories Bottom View circuit
• Not compatible with Lumiback or Lumishelf™
LEDge Light LLS(NL) • Uses 1 amp at 120V
• 2', 3', or 4' lengths (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) LLS......LEDge Light • Female connector
• Maintenance-free life in excess of 50,000 hours NL......Nominal Length 24", 36", or 48"
(11 years at 12 hours/day) (610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm)
• Compact, 1.18" x .88" (30 mm x 22 mm) profile Wire Truss Wine Shelf WTWS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)
• Durable aluminum extrusion • Constructed of 1/2" (13 mm) OC wire spacing WTWS..... Wire Truss Wine Shelf
• Integral magnets make installation on metal with 1" (25 mm) high front truss lip and NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48"
shelves or other surfaces easy and allow fast welded-on brackets (914 mm or 1219 mm)
changes • Extra bracing underneath supports ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 26" in 2" increments
Lights Per Circut* heavyweight merchandise, such as wine (305 mm to 660 mm in 51 mm increments)
• End tabs with holes for fastening to wood
shelves, counters, or other surfaces or other beverages TYPE..... Bracket Type:
Circuit Power LLS48 Blank=Standard SUS Brackets
• Certified by the DesignLights™ Consortium (DLC) Amps Supplies per Circuit • Tag mold is built into the construction of shelf, STP=STP Brackets
and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 15 8 104 measuring 11/4"H (32 mm)
• DLC certification provides potential utility rebates 20 11 143 • Customer-supplied signage for tag mold Blank=Same Color Shelf/Tag Mold
• All plug ’n’ play connections– no electrician * Above assumes fully loaded power supply should measure 1.188"H (30 mm) P=Tag Mold Different Color
required (class 2 system) • Load capacity is 400 lbs
• Multiple units connected using Jumper Cables or
Harness Assembly Gen3 LED Lighting Wattage Output/Efficency
• May be daisy-chained to single power supply for Shelf Part Actual DC Watts Max # Lights per Lumens Lumens/
“single row” applications Width Number Length Power Supply Watts Wire Truss PMF Front WTPMFF-(NW)
• Power up to thirteen 48" LEDge Lights with one 24" LLS24 22½" 3.6W 27 455 126 • Attaches to Madix Standard Base or TPMFF.....Wire Truss PMF Front
W
power supply (see chart) 36" LLS36 34½" 5.4W 18 682 126 Upper Shelves NW.....Nominal Width 36" or 48"
• Color temperature: 4200K 48" LLS48 46½" 7.2W 13 910 126 (914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Easily attaches into shelf perforations using
• Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 85 provided pine cone clips and offers product
46½" retention
• Contains no heavy metals
• Low power consumption helps meet California .88" • WTPMFF and Standard Upper Shelf
Title 24 lighting regulations Top View combination may complement Wire
• Safe 24 volt DC system Truss Shelves
• 3-year warranty • Serves as alternative to shelf retainers and
1.18" wire fronts 7/8" (22 mm) high
• Not compatible with Lumiback or Lumishelf™
accessories Bottom View
Maxi Line Systems Countertops
7/15 6/16
Door Kits Maxi Line Systems
Retractable Security Wire Gate RSGW(LOCK)(NW)(NH)(EXT)(INT) Nominal End Frame Gate Combination Upper Door Kits SDK(TYPE)-(OPT)(NW)(NH)
• Blocks entrance to aisles for security or RSGW.....Retractable Security Wire Gate Width Actual Width Actual Width • Ideal for creating secure displays or closed SDK..... Sliding Door Kit
safety reasons LOCK.....Blank=Best Lock Housing 36" 36.75" 48.375" storage in shelving run TYPE..... U=Upper
BLC=Best HSG & Core L=Lower
• Secures product with restricted sales hours 48" 48.75" 72.375" • Frames are satin-anodized aluminum Upper Door Kits
(liquor, wine, pharmaceuticals, etc.) NW..... Nominal Width 36" or 48" OPT..... G=Glass
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
• Upper doors are clear glass (tempered H=Hardboard
Nominal End Frame Gate optional); includes roller-glide bottom track TG=Tempered Glass
NH..... Nominal Height 60", 66", 72", or 78" Height Actual Height Actual Height
Nominial Width with locking option HM=Hardboard, Mirror
(1524 mm, 16769 mm, 1829 mm, or 1981 mm)
60" 60.25" 56" • Wire kits have .188 diameter wire, 3" (76 mm) HL=Laminate, on Hardboard
EXT..... Exterior Panel
66" 66.25" 62" OC vertically welded to .117 diameter wire, 2" WG=Wire Grid
INT..... Interior Panel
72" 72.25" 68" (51 mm) OC horizontally NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
78" 78.25" 74" • Canopy End Panels (or SDKEP panels) close (914 mm or 1219 mm)
off the open ends NH..... SDK Nominal Height
• Shelves used inside SDK should be at least 18", 24", 30", 36", 40", 46", 52", or 58"
Nominial
(457 mm, 610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm,
Height 4" (102 mm) less in depth than exterior face of
1016 mm, 1168 mm, 1321 mm, or 1473 mm)
SDK in order to clear frame extrusion
• Top of door kit always secures under front Aligned
edge of intermediate or canopy shelf
Upright Upper Kit Height
• Combinations work only with canopy Height 58" 52" 46" 40"
projections (see Canopy System), using 84" 18" 24" 30" 36"
Countertops CTS(ND)-(NL) Standard Upper Shelves or CTS countertops
90" 24" 30" 36" N/A
CT..... Countertop as intermediate shelf
• Wood construction with top surface and 96" 30" 36" N/A N/A
edgework finished in choice of laminates S..... S=No Drop Edge • Standard colors: Sahara for hardboard or
(listed in Finishes Brochure) ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 48" in 1" increments PC008 Powder Chrome for wire
• Available in widths from 8" to 48" (203 mm (203 mm to 1219 mm in 25 mm increments) 13/16" CTS
or 1219 mm) and lengths up to 8' (2438 mm) NL..... Nominal Length
in one piece
• Longer tops are joined at job site by CTO(ND)-(NL)
combination dowel and “tite-joint” CT..... Countertop CTO
3"
method, ensuring a smooth surface
O..... O=One Drop Edge Offset
• Brackets are not included; one pair ND..... Nominal Depth 8" to 48" in 1" increments
required for each shelving section (203 mm to 1219 mm in 25 mm increments)
(see below) CTT
NL..... Nominal Length 3"
Nominal Size
Center to Center
CTT(ND)-(NL)
CT..... Countertop
T..... T=Two Drop Edge
Actual Size NL..... Nominal Length
Nominal + 21/2"
Type CTO
Type CTS 475/8" maximum Type CTT Fixture Height Door Kits SDKF-(OPT)(NW)(NH)
8" to 30" 281/4" to 481/4" • Must have SUS, CTS, or CTO for top SDK..... Sliding Door Kit
155/8" to 335/8"
• Wire Grid standard color: Sahara or F..... Fixture Height
2" PC008 Powder Chrome OPT..... G=Glass
2" 2" • Order the fixture-height door kit H=Hardboard
2" 6" (152 mm) less than gondola/wall TG=Tempered Glass
upright height WG=Wire Grid
Type CTO H=Hardboard
8" to 30" • Shelves used inside SDK should be HL=Laminated Hardboard
NOTE! at least 4" (102 mm) less in depth NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
than exterior face of SDK frame to
When ordering CTO or CTT, drop-edge countertops must be used (914 mm or 1219 mm)
clear frame extrusion
2" over the top of Gondola or Wall sections with End Panels; add 13/16" to NH..... 48", 54", 60", 66", or 72"
countertop width for EACH drop edge, PLUS 3" for the upright. • Frames are satin-anodized aluminum (1219 mm, 1372 mm, 1524 mm,
• Standard colors: Sahara for hardboard or 1676 mm, or 1829 mm)
PC008 Powder Chrome for wire
Wood Shelf Brackets WSB-(ND)

• Heavy-gauge bracket has been specially WSB..... Wood Shelf Brackets Fixture Actual
designed to support countertops shown above ND..... Nominal Depth 08" to 44" in 2" increments Height Height
• One pair is required for each section 78" 723/8"
• Order brackets 2" (51 mm) shorter than 72" 663/8"
countertop unless Sliding Door Kits and/or Side NOTE! 66" 603/8"
Mount Light Fixtures are to be used Wood Shelf Brackets must be 6" 60" 543/8"
less than countertop depth or 8" 54" 483/8"
if used with Sliding Door Kit.
Maxi Line Systems Door Kits
6/16 6/16
Door Kits Maxi Line Systems
Fixture Height Door Kits, SDKFLW-(OPT)(NW)(NH) Optional Accessories
Lightweight SDK..... Sliding Door Kit
• Doors interlock in center to help prevent
F..... Fixture Height Door Kit End Panel SDKEP(ND)(NH)
LW..... Lightweight • Reversible metal panel closes open end of SDKEP..... Sliding Door Kit End Panel
unauthorized entry
OPT..... Blank=Tempered Glass, Door Kits for complete security ND..... Nominal Depth 12" to 24" in 2" increments
• Available only with 1/8" (3 mm) Tempered Glass (305 mm to 610 mm in 51 mm increments)
LX=Lexan • One panel is required for each end of run that
or Lexan NH..... Nominal Height 18", 24", 30", 36", 40", 46",
NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' will not have a wood End Panel or Box Corner
• Frames are satin-anodized aluminum (914 mm or 1219 mm) 48", 52", 54", 58", 60", 66", 72", or 78"
• Must have SUS, CTS, or CTO for top (457 mm, 610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm,
NH..... Nominal Height 18", 24", 30", or 36"
1016 mm, 1168 mm, 1219 mm, 1321 mm,
• Order the fixture-height door kit 6" (152 mm) (457 mm, 610 mm, 762 mm, or 914 mm)
1372 mm, 1473 mm, 1524 mm, 1676 mm,
less than the gondola/wall upright height 1829 mm, or 1981 mm)
• Shelves used inside SDK should be at least 4"
(102 mm) less in depth than exterior face of
SDK frame in order to clear frame extrusion
Door Kit End Filler SDK-EF(NH)

• Aluminum angle is necessary to finish SDK..... Sliding Door Kit
installation of Sliding Door Kit when not EF..... End Filler
using Door Kit End Panels NH..... Nominal Height
• One filler is required for each door kit that 12", 16", 18", 24", 30", 36", 40", 46",
butts against a wood End Panel, End Frame, or 48", 52", 54", 58", 60", 66", 72", or 78"
Box Corner (305 mm, 406 mm, 457 mm, 610 mm,
Mini SDK SDKL-HL(NW)(NH) 762 mm, 914 mm, 1016 mm, 1168 mm,
• Ideal for creating secure displays or closed SDKL..... Sliding Door Kit, Lower 1219 mm, 1321 mm, 1372 mm, 1473 mm,
storage in a shelving run HL..... Laminate on Hardboard 1524 mm, 1676 mm, 1829 mm, or 1981 mm)
• Secure small, expensive, and other high-risk NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'
merchandise such as ink cartridges, perfume, (914 mm or 1219 mm)
knives, tool/drill sets, and electronics NH..... Nominal Height 7" (178 mm)
• May be closed at ends with End Panels, Metal
End Panels, or End Frames (ordered separately)
• Frames are satin-anodized aluminum
Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit TAMPRF-SLK
• Secure merchandise by bolting through TAMPRF-SLK..... Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit
brackets of SUS
• Works only with SUS TAMPRF-NUT
• Works in the 0˚, 15˚, and 30˚ positions TAMPRF-NUT... Tamper Proof Nut TAMPRF-NUT
• Mounting hardware and specialized tamper
proof nuts included
• Tamper Proof Socket required for attachment
• Replacement nuts ordered separately Shelf with kit installed
• May be used with SDK to improve security
• Deters crime; not entirely theft proof
TAMPRF-SLK
Tamper Proof Socket Tool TAMPRF-SOCKET

• Secures Tamper Proof Shelf Nuts TAMPRF-SOCKET.....Tamper Proof Socket
(TAMPRF-NUT)
• Must be used to properly secure the Tamper TAMPRF-SLK
Proof Shelf Nuts
Maxi Line Systems Sign Holder 9/17 3/15
Maxi Slice Maxi Line Systems
Wide Span Hypermaxi Sign WSHMSHFM(NW)(NH) Maxi Slice
Holder Modified Shelf Mount WSHM..... Wide Span Hypermaxi Maxi Slice's upright system provides interesting merchandising
• Signage Height: NH-2.313" SHFM..... Sign Holder Modified Shelf Mount
NW..... Nominal Width 36", 48", 72", 84",
opportunities by breaking up a common gondola into flexible
• Signage Width: NW-1/2" (1 mm); 1.34" sections. Give merchandise more 'pop' and cross-sell products by
96", or 108"
(3 mm) overlap
• Signage Thickness: 1/4" max
(914 mm, 1219 mm, 1829 mm, 2134 mm, adding shelves and accessories in smaller categories.
2438 mm, or 2743 mm)
• May also be installed on Maxi Line Gondola NH..... Nominal Height 12", 24", 36", or 48"
(305 mm, 610 mm, 914 mm, or 1219 mm) Slice gives merchandise the opportunity to have shelves
planogrammed to what is needed rather than being restricted to
3' and 4' (914 mm and 1219 mm) sections.
• Can be used on one or both sides of a gondola

• Can be installed in existing Madix Maxi Line shelving NOTE!
• Backs are available in peg, hardboard, and BWGH wire backs If you order a BWGH Wire Back and a
back on the other side, the back could
be painted on two sides
48" Wide Configurations 36" Wide Configurations

48" High to 96" High Backs 48" High to 96" High Backs
Hardboard, Peg and Wire Grid Hardboard, Peg and Wire Grid
Nominal Width
72" and above
Nominal Width
48" and below
Wide Span Sign Holder Frame WS(OPT1)SHF(NW)(NH)(OPT2)

• Unit mounts onto Maxi Line Gondola WS..... Wide Span
• Unit projects 2" (51 mm) past nominal depth OPT1..... Blank=Wide Span Length
of shelf, for flush front mounting with cover HM=Hypermaxi Length
shelf, order top shelf 2" (51 mm) shorter SHF..... Sign Holder Frame
• Provides graphic mounting and hides NW..... Nominal Width 48", 60", 96", 98", 120", 144"
overstock (1219 mm, 1524 mm, 2438 mm, 2489 mm, 3048 mm, 3658 mm)
• Nominal Signage Height 21.75" (552 mm) NH..... Nominal Height 36" or 48" (914 mm or 1219 mm)
OPT2..... Mounting Options
• Customer provides signage Blank=Beam Mount
• May also be installed on Maxi Line Gondola USM=Upper Shelf Mount
Ordering Information
Whole Foods Gondola Order standard gondolas, but follow these guidelines:
• Order gondola with 3' and 4' (914 mm and 1219 mm) Base Shelves and Kickplates
• Delete Top Spanners
• Delete Center Spanners
• Delete Splicer Spanners [replace with MBS(NW) as needed]
• Delete Backs on Maxi Slice side
• Maxi Slice Upright: Order the height based on gondola height
• Maxi Slice Upright Tie Bar: Two required 48"H to 60"H (1219 mm to 1524 mm),
and three required 66"H to 96"H (1676 mm to 2438 mm)
• Mirror Back Splicer: Needed for “Slice” side if 2-piece backs are required;
if 2-piece backs are necessary on other side of wall or 2-sided gondola, use MBS
• Maxi Slice Top Spanner for Slice: Replaces standard top spanner in gondola
• Standard Madix backs are used for Slice and non-Slice sides
• Recommend: Ordering shelving runs by parts
Maxi Line Systems Maxi Slice
3/15 1/17
General Information
Maxi Slice Upright MSSU(NH) Prices
• Upright, Maxi Multi Upright System MSSU.....Maxi Slice System Upright All prices are subject to change without notice. Every effort will be made to give advance notice of any increase through notification from the
NH..... Nominal Height 48" to 96" in 6" increments home office. The customer will receive an acknowledgement showing prevailing prices at the time the order is processed. State or other sales
• Order height based on gondola height (1219 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm increments) or use taxes, freight and surcharges will be charged when applicable. Freight quotes may be provided based upon information available at
• Order as required time of quote, but are not guaranteed. Active freight charges will be billed if applicable. When market conditions dictate, a surcharge may be
• Off-set load per section (load between basic implemented. All quotations automatically expire at the end of 30 days.
uprights) maximum load: 5000 inch-pounds Terms
• Section load per section (load between basic Cash in advance prior to production or net 30 days if open account status is approved by Madix Credit Department. MasterCard, Visa, and
uprights) maximum load: 800 lbs American Express are accepted.
Acceptance
Maxi Slice Top Spanner MSSST(NW) All orders, contracts, and agreements are subject to Madix’s acceptance and approval. Madix shall not be liable for any delay in the performance of
MSSST.....Maxi Slice System Spanner Top
any order, contract, in the delivery of any goods, or for any damages resulting from such delay, when such delay is directly or indirectly caused by
• Spanner Top, Maxi Multi Upright System or due to fire, flood, accident, riot, act of God, war, governmental decree or order, strike, labor difficulties, shortage of labor, fuel, power, material or
• Order width based on gondola (914 mm or 1219 mm) supplies, transportation delay or any other delay or causes (whether or not similar to any of those herein before specified) beyond our reasonable
• Order 1 per section control. Order acceptance will be per the conditions and terms outlined in Madix’s acknowledgement. Mailing of the acknowledgement will
signify Madix’s acceptance of the order.
NOTE!
Rated at 5000 inch-pounds Minimum Charge
with Top Spanner. Orders are subject to a minimum charge of $50.00 net (merchandise only) per shipping destination.
Changes and Cancellations
Customer requested changes and cancellations are subject to approval by Madix. Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate these
Maxi Slice Upright Tie Bar MSSUTB(NW)
requests without additional cost to the customer. Any manufacturing or engineering costs incurred will be charged to the customer. Orders
• Upright Tie Bar, Maxi Multi Upright System MSSUTB.....Maxi Slice System Upright Tie Bar
produced and delayed for more than one week may incur charges for demurrage, unloading, or other storage costs. Madix will advise customers
• Order 2 per section, NH 60" (1524 mm) NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4' of the estimated charges at the time changes or cancellations are made
(914 mm or 1219 mm)
and under Shipments
• Order 3 per section, NH 66" and 96" (1676 mm Method and route of shipment are at Madix’s discretion unless Madix is furnished with complete shipping instructions at least ten (10) days before
and 2438 mm)
NOTE! the scheduled shipping date. Freight is FOB/EXW Madix shipping point.
• Hardware pack included Leave blank when Aluminum Freight Claims
MBS is required. For common carrier shipments, claims must be made directly with the carrier by the recipient. Listed are the types of losses which may occur, and
your responsibility in handling them:
Mirror Back Splicer MBS-(NW)-PC Loss of Freight: It is the receiver’s responsibility to count the freight at the time of delivery. Any exception must be noted on the carrier’s delivery
• Splicer, Maxi Multi Upright System MBS.....Mirror Back Splicer receipt at time of delivery.
• Used when 2 backs are needed (or to NW..... Nominal Width 2', 30", 3', 42", 4', or 5' Damage of Freight: As with a loss of freight, damage of freight must be noted on the carrier’s delivery receipt at the time of delivery. It is the
(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm, receiver’s responsibility to make sure that the freight is inspected for visible damage and that the number of pieces damaged is marked on the
splice the backs on the non-Maxi Slice side
1219 mm, or 1524 mm) carrier’s delivery receipt. Failure to note visible damage at the time of delivery will result in non-payment of a damage freight claim. Salvage must
when upper and lower backs are needed)
PC..... Powder Coat be held for the carrier.
• Standard Splicer Spanners cannot be used
with Slice system Concealed Damage: If goods are received in apparently good condition but there is concealed damage, it is the customer’s responsibility to
contact your Madix Service Representative within 15 calendar days from delivery. Customer must keep the product and the packaging so that
4 3 2 1
an inspection may be conducted by the carrier. Failure to handle a concealed damage claim in this manner could greatly reduce the amount
recovered from the carrier.
MSSST(NW)
4 3 2
Returned Goods
1
D Returned Goods requests must be submitted to Madix, Inc. within 60 days after receipt of product. Authorization must be in writing on Madix's
RGA (Return Goods Authorization) form. Goods must be received within 30 days of RGA issue date for credit. Customer is responsible for delivery
MSSUTB(NW) MSST(NW) of authorized returns to Madix designated location in condition originally received. Only Code A products finished in returnable colors as
D D
indicated on the finish policy pages will be considered for return, and only items in unused, in resalable condition, and in the original packaging.
No special size, color, or specially manufactured parts or products are eligible for return unless sent to the customer as the result of an error
by Madix. Only merchandise listed on the RGA will be accepted for conditional return. Credit will not be issued for that portion of merchandise
MSSUTB(NW) that is not considered resalable. A handling and restocking charge of 25% of the invoice price will be charged for all approved returns. Submit
requests to your Madix Sales Representative or Customer Service Department prior to returning any merchandise. All returns must be have the
customer name and Madix RGA number prominently displayed on each package. Product to be shipped prepaid at customer's expense unless
MSSU(NH)C
C
C prior approval has been received from an authorized Madix Representative.
MBS(NW)
Warranty
MBS(NW) We warrant to the original purchaser that all products manufactured by Madix are free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty
(order if needed) is invalid if products or parts are modified or used in a manner other than the intended purpose. Our obligation under this warranty is limited to
repairing or replacing of any part or parts which shall, within one (1) year after delivery to the original purchaser, be demonstrated to be defective
B
under normal use and service. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and of all other obligations or liabilities of
B
any kind on Madix’s part, and no modification of this warranty shall be valid or binding unless in writing and signed by an officer of Madix, Inc.
MSSU(NH)
B
POSSESSION OF THIS CATALOG IS NOT AUTHORIZATION TO SELL MADIX PRODUCTS!

ALL FACTORY QUOTES ARE GOOD FOR 30 DAYS ONLY.
A A
NOTE!
RFQ/Project: 19497, MADIX VERSA MAXI SYSTEM
No MBS
Designer:required
Customer: RITE AID CORP
ABRYANT
Concepts A
Sales: GACOREY
78" Gondola with Maxi Slice Installed 54" Gondola with Maxi
© 2013 Madix Inc., All rights reserved
4 3
Slice Installed 2
Date: 1/2/14 Rev:
1
PAGE 1 OF 3
© 2013 Madix Inc., All rights reserved

TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIED
DESIGNER: CHANGE #:
Two-sided Gondola shown can also be used on wall sections
.XX = .060
.XXX = .030 DRAWN BY: DESC:
.XXXX = .015
234 235
ANGULAR = 1
VE PROPERTY OF MADIX INC
DWATER, AL 35072 256-839-6354
TX 75160 214-515-5400
Texas: 214-515-5400
DATE: Fax: 972-563-0792
DWGAlabama:
NO.: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 REV: Prices
SHEET 2 OFand
5 specifications subject to change without notice. Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.
4 3 www.madixinc.com
2 1
Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved. www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
General Information 5/14 5/14
General Information
7/13 7/13
Production Codes
Madix fixtures are manufactured utilizing the most current technology of highly automated systems with process control techniques. Skilled In your planning stage, consult with local municipal engineers to determine what codes and restrictions will be applicable in the locations
craftsmanship, combined with automatic presses, roll forming machines, multi-spot welders, conveyers, finishing equipment and thorough where the shelving will be used. Codes may include: state, local, fire, building, and health and safety codes. Seismic requirements may apply in
inspections produce store fixtures of the highest quality. some locations. For example, in most locations fire codes state that fixtures need to be at least 18 inches below the sprinklers.
Upright Shelving Selection
Carefully engineered of heavy gauge, high quality steel components, the UPRIGHT is slotted one inch on center for maximum flexibility, shelf Take into consideration the load that is expected not only on each shelf but also on the unit as a whole. Take into account the upright capacity.
adjustability and use of available space. Standard heights range from 36" through 96" with built-in leveler. For the finishing touch at the end of Refer to the load capacity information that is in the Madix Standard Catalog. Madix shelves are rated using an evenly distributed load. Do not
the shelving run, the snap-on UPRIGHT END COVER is made of durable, scuff and impact resistant plastic or heavy gauge metal. The UPRIGHT install shelves or accessories that extend beyond the depth of the Base Shelves. Consider making the Base Shelves and low height fixtures a
CAP, made of high impact plastic, has provision for a sign holder. contrasting color from the floor’s color to prevent potential tripping hazards. Do not use Madix parts or accessories for any purpose other than
Base Shoe originally intended by Madix.
The five inch low BASE SHOE features exclusive “I” beam design, engineered of projection welded high strength steel parts insuring maximum Shelving Installation
load capacity. Snaps securely into upright with leveler and electrical access allowing for quick error free installation. For the finished look, the Initial installation or relocation of Madix shelving should be supervised by qualified personnel. Madix products should be installed according
one piece slip on BASE END COVER is made with a high impact plastic nose reinforcement to protect base shelf tag molding. to Madix’s specifications. Madix’s installation sequence must be followed for assembly and leveling. An improperly installed store fixture has
Spanners a poor appearance and may cause a dangerous condition. Be especially careful when leveling fixtures with offset loads in which one side of
Snap-in support SPANNERS keep uprights at equal spacing and hold the back panels rigid. Each spanner has knockouts for electrical access and the fixture has a considerably heavier load than the other side. Dismantling and reassembling used Madix shelving can be dangerous if the
telescoping uprights. installers who are doing the work leave out parts, use damaged parts, or do not reassemble the product by Madix’s specifications. Do not
alter, modify, or structurally change any shelving component. Do not move assembled shelving. Only parts and accessories that are produced
Back Panels and supplied by Madix are covered by the Madix warranty. Do not assemble Madix fixtures with parts from other manufacturers. Under no
High density hardboard BACKS fit flush to the face of the upright. A wide variety of finishes include solid, pegboard, wood grain and fabric in a circumstances should you use damaged parts. When assembling Gondola/Wall Shelving, install Kickplates to protect the Base Shoes from
wide assortment of optional colors. Mirrors and open backs are also available. floor cleaning equipment and to offset the possible bumping and misalignment of the shelving runs. Do not install shelves or accessories on
Kickplate the sides of wall sections or any section that is not supported by Base Shoes. Use caution when handling and transporting shelving parts. Be
careful when cutting shrink wrap from pallets because the shelving parts can dislodge from the wrap and fall. Cut the wrap gradually from the
Fully floating feature of kickplate allows flush fit against uneven floors, snaps in and out without disturbing base shelf for easy cleaning. top, only as much as you need to remove the product from the top. Two common hazards while installing store fixtures are: employees hurting
Convenient knockout accommodates electrical access.
themselves with improper types of box cutters and employees putting boxes on the floor and then tripping over them.
Base and Upper Shelves
Anchoring and Floors
Steel base shelves feature lock tabs to insure quick installation and precision alignment. A double row of 1/4" inch perforations on the front and
rear edge makes any form for binning possible. Slim bracket, high tensile design with flat or 15 degree downslope upper shelf positions allow Depending on code requirements and Madix’s specifications, some products must be anchored to the walls and/or floors. Do not lean tall or
for maximum merchandise visibility. Integrally formed price tag molding accommodates 11/4" tag. Upper shelves available in 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", heavy objects against unanchored shelving systems. Retailers must consider the type of floor upon which the shelving will be installed.
20", 22", 24", 26", 28", and 30" depths. Base shelves available in 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22" 24", 26", 28", and 30" depths. Impact Loading
Impact during the loading and unloading of merchandise can create an adverse loading situation and may result in damage to or failure of the
Shelf Loading
Madix shelving. Do not walk or climb on Madix shelving.
The recommended load capacity for upper shelves is based on evenly distributed weight. Capacities are reduced by 35% when front half is
loaded and reflect rated maximum load. Load capacities are shown in the General Information Section under Shelf Loading. Overturning
Baked Enamel, Powder Coat Finishes Overloading the top portion of the shelving, non-uniform loading, out-of-plumb installation, and impact can cause shelving to overturn.
All metal parts are finished with a specially formulated high solids or powder which are electrostatically bonded in a unique multi-stage process, Improperly installed Madix shelving with offset loads can cause store fixtures to collapse. Carefully follow Madix’s installation instructions in
to insure the highest quality finish. Aerosol cans of Touch-up paint are available in Madix’s standard and optional colors. FAA regulations order to prevent shelving from overturning.
prohibit the shipment of this product by air or in export containers by air or ocean to countries outside the United States. Additional Shelving Safety Pointers
Product Maintenance Product loading instructions are included with each Madix order. Retailers must make merchandisers aware of the product’s load limitations
When necessary to clean Madix shelving, use a non-abrasive mild detergent and warm water, followed by thorough drying. The use of a cloth and the dangers of overloading the shelving. Remove any merchandise or overstock before attempting to move Madix shelving. Periodically
made of a soft white cotton material is strongly recommended. The use of cleaning products that contain abrasive, bleach, or strong solvents, inspect your Madix shelving for damaged or loose parts. Make sure that shelves and accessories are properly seated in the slotting or
such as ketones, ethers, etc. will result in damage to the finish. The damage is most severe when these harsh cleaning agents are used on colors perforations. Make sure that shelves and accessories are not overloaded. As merchandising changes, beware of creating offset loads on
which contain leafing aluminum pigment such as powder chrome, silver vein, and other “vein” type finishes. The aluminum in these coatings shelving runs that are not properly leveled. Look for leveling warning signs such as increased gaps between shelves or accessories that may
resides at the surface of the finish and is therefore susceptible to damage by the harsh cleaning agents. As an alternative to the mild detergent, indicate that the shelving runs need re-leveling. Damage to Madix shelving is dangerous. In some cases, the shelving should be unloaded
cleaners with ingredients similar to those found in products such as 409, Fantastik, and Simple Green can be used. Caution! Cleaners having immediately and repaired or replaced before returning to service. Re-level fixtures that you have bumped or moved. Incorporate safety into
ingredients similar to those found in Ajax, Borax, Comet, etc. should be avoided as finish damage could result. your merchandising strategy. When possible, merchandise the heavier products on the lower shelves. If the merchandise will not fit on the
Madix shelves and there is a replenishment cycle, make sure that the cycle is a safe one. Make sure that merchandise and overstock are properly
stacked and maintained so that items will not fall into the aisles. Assure that customers who handle merchandise or overstock will not push
product from one side of the Madix fixture to the other side where people could be injured from falling merchandise. Safely secure overstock
that is placed on Madix shelves overhead. Measure the difficulty that your employees have in retrieving overstock, and consider whether
employees or customers could be injured if the product happens to fall from the shelving units. Teach employees and inform customers that
Madix shelves should never be used as ladders to reach higher shelves. Ladders should be clearly marked for employees use only and should
not be left unattended, or customers will try to remove stock on higher shelves by themselves. Notify customers to ask for assistance when they
need product that is out of their reach.
General Information 5/14 5/14
General Information
Finish Policy for Metal Products Finish Policy for Back Panels
Standard Colors, Returnable– Code A Standard Colors, Returnable– Code A
Madix standard returnable colors for display shelving are Sahara, Blue Gray, Oyster, Snow White, and Satin Black. Madix standard Madix standard returnable colors for display shelving back panels are Sahara, Oyster, and Snow White.
returnable colors for wire products only are Powder Chrome and Silver Vein. All catalog items are priced in standard color.
Optional Colors-Level I Finishes (Non-Returnable)– Code B
No Charge Colors (Non-Returnable)– Code B Madix non-returnable back panel colors offered at the optional price are Chocolate, Dove Gray, Dover White, Fashion Gray, Satin Black, Skyline
Madix non-returnable colors offered at the standard price are Chocolate, Dove Gray, Dover White, Fashion Gray, Skyline Gray and Gray, Blue Gray and Tru Gray. Set-up charge of $350.00 applies.
Tru Gray. All catalog items are priced in standard color.
Optional Colors-Level II Finishes (Non-Brilliant)– Code B
Optional Colors-Level I Finishes (Non-Returnable)– Code B Madix offers optional back panel colors also known as non-brilliant finishes at an additional charge. These colors include custom grays, off
Madix offers optional colors, also known as Grade I Finishes, at additional charge: Bright Orange, Hollyberry, Hunter Green, Mandarin, whites, tans, and beiges not listed in Madix’s Finishes brochure. Products painted with these colors are non-returnable. Set-up charge of
Neon Blue, Spectrum Blue, Spectrum Green, Spectrum Red and Valencia. Products painted with these colors are non-returnable. $350.00 applies.
Metal Components: $350.00 line charge plus published per-piece charge. Optional Colors-Level III Finishes (Brilliant)– Code C
Metal Back panels: $350.00 line charge plus published per-piece charge. Brilliant back panel finishes include Hunter Green, Neon Blue, Spectrum Blue, and Spectrum Green. Set-up charge of $350.00 applies.
Special Colors– Code C Optional Colors-Level IV Finishes (Reds and Yellows)– Code C
Use line change charge plus per piece charge supplied by customer service. Special colors are non-returnable. Use line change charge plus per piece charge supplied by customer service. Special colors are non-returnable. Set-up charge of
$350.00 applies.
Pricing For Levels II To IV:
Level II: 1.6 x Optional Color Upcharge. Example: Optional upcharge for SUS is $1.50; upcharge with Level II finish will be $2.40.
Level III: 2.8 x Optional Color Upcharge. Example: Optional upcharge for SUS is $1.50; upcharge with Level III finish will be $4.20.
Pricing For Levels II To IV
Level IV: 3.8 x Optional Color Upcharge. Example: Optional upcharge for SUS is $1.50; upcharge with Level IV finish will be $5.70. Level II
Metal Components: $500.00 line charge plus published per-piece charge. 1.2 x the difference between the Hardboard/Pegboard Optional Color pricing and the Hardboard/Pegboard Sahara pricing.
Back panels: $350.00 line charge plus published per-piece charge. Example: Optional upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level II finish would be calculated as follows:
$13.85 - $12.45 = $1.40 x 1.2 = $1.68. The color upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level II finish is $1.68. This upcharge amount will be added to the
Optional Color price of a BH-342. The new price of a BH-342 using a Level II finish is $15.53 ($13.85 + $1.68 = $15.53).
Maintenance for Metal Products
Level III
Baked Enamel and Powder Coated Finishes 1.4 x the difference between the Hardboard/Pegboard Optional Color pricing and the Hardboard/Pegboard Sahara pricing.
All metal parts are finished with a specially formulated high solids or powder which are electrostatically bonded in a unique Example: Optional upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level III finish would be calculated as follows:
multi-stage process to insure the highest quality finish. Aerosol cans of touch-up paint are available in Madix’s standard and optional colors. FAA $13.85 - $12.45 = $1.40 x 1.4 = $1.96. The new color upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level III finish is $1.96. This upcharge amount will be added to
regulations prohibit the shipment of this product by air or in export containers by air or ocean to countries outside the United States. the Optional Color price of a BH-342. The new price of a BH-342 using a Level III finish is $15.81 ($13.85 + $1.96 = $15.81).
Product Maintenance Level IV
When cleaning Madix shelving, use a non-abrasive mild detergent and warm water, followed by thorough drying. Using a soft white cotton cloth 1.8 x the difference between the Hardboard/Pegboard Optional Color pricing and the Hardboard/Pegboard Sahara pricing.
is strongly recommended. Cleaning products containing abrasives, bleach, or strong solvents will result in damage to the finish, especially when Example: Optional upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level IV finish would be calculated as follows:
used on colors containing leafing aluminum pigment, such as powder chrome or vein-type finishes. $13.85 - $12.45 = $1.40 x 1.8 = $2.52. The color upcharge for a BH-342 with a Level IV finish is $2.52. This upcharge amount will be added to the
Optional Color price of a BH-342. The new price of a BH-342 using a Level IV finish is $16.37 ($13.85 + $2.52 = $16.37).
Finish Policy for Wood Products

High Pressure Laminate NOTE!
The terms “laminate” or “HPL” are commonly applied to this material which consists of multiple layers of paper infused with phenolic resin and See Finishes Brochure for color samples
topped by a finish paper coated with clear melamine resin, all totally bonded under high pressure and heat. The finished sheet has extremely
high wear and impact resistance.
Customer Specified High Pressure Laminate
Madix coding is based on Wilsonart availability. Laminates other than Wilsonart may require additional lead time.
• Customer specified laminates add $100.00 per pattern, per order
• Additional charge will apply based on the laminate grade that is chosen
Laminates that are not from a laminate manufacturer’s standard samples (metallics, heavy textures, wet looks, core edge, special prints)will
require a special quote. Contact Customer Service for specific pricing on laminates not listed above.
Thermofused Panels
Thermofused panels are ideal for non-wear surfaces and have substantial impact and wear characteristics compared to melamine panels
previously available. The product is produced using hot press laminating polyester or melamine resin impregnated self-bonding paper to
wood substrate. Performance specifications are available from the American Laminations Association. Madix does not recommend the use of
Thermofused panels on horizontal or other wear surfaces.
Printed Mirror Hardboard
Printed materials are primarily used for back panels, but appear as various other products. These materials are carefully cross matched to the
corresponding laminates and Thermofused. Mylar mirror hardboard is used in the same applications
and is also available in pegboard and grooved pegboard.
NOTE!
See Finishes Brochure for color samples.
Alphabetical Index 4/18 4/18
Part Name Part Number Page Number

Alphabetical Index
Part Name Part Number Page Number Part Name Part Number Page Number Part Name Part Number Page Number
A CD Displayer Endcap........................................................................CDDE-(NW)........................................................... 105 Extension Back Panels, Pegboard, or Hardboard.........................BXP-(NW)(ND)........................................................ 23 Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam Radius Extender..............................HMBDBREXT(NW).................................................212
@Front Deck.....................................................................................AFRD(NW)(ND)........................................................59 Ceiling Fan Cloud Adjustable Beam...............................................CFD-AB.................................................................. 130 Extension Back Wire Grid for Centered Backs...............................BXSWG-(NW)(NH)..................................................31 Hypermaxi Base Decks....................................................................HMBD(ND)(NL)-(TYPE)........................................209
@Front Gen5 Divider.......................................................................AFG5D(NH)(ND)-(COLOR).......................................61 Ceiling Fan Cloud Display Bracket..................................................CFDB-(HAND)........................................................ 130 Extension Back Wire Grid for Flush Backs.....................................BXWGH-(NW)(NH)..................................................31 Hypermaxi Base End Cover Notched.............................................HMBECN-524........................................................ 207
@Front Gen5 Driver.........................................................................AFG5DR-(COLOR).....................................................61 Ceiling Fan Cloud Fan Box...............................................................CFD-FB.................................................................. 130 Extension Upright...........................................................................EU-(NH)............................................................14, 192 Hypermaxi Base Shoe Attachment Clip........................................HMBSAC-2............................................................. 207
@Front Gen5 Rail Set ......................................................................AFG5RS48............................................................... 60 Ceiling Fan Cloud HB-48.................................................................CFD-HB-48............................................................ 130 Extra Heavy-Duty Label Holder .....................................................SCLHXHD-(NL)-(PACK)........................................... 98 Hypermaxi Beams..........................................................................HM(TYPE)(OPT1)(NL)(OPT2)...............................205
@Front Gen5 Roller Track................................................................AFG5RT(ND)-(COLOR)............................................ 60 Center Spanner................................................................................SC-(NW).............................................................15, 22 Extra Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner.................................................HSLHD-(NW).......................................................... 22 Hypermaxi Dart Clip........................................................................WSDC-50............................................................... 207
@Front Shelf....................................................................................AFRS(NW)(ND)....................................................... 58 Chip Clip, 12-Hook ..........................................................................MSF-R44-SWR-12-P.............................................119 Extra Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf.......................................................HUS-(NW)(ND)........................................................55 Hypermaxi Deck Kits.......................................................................(TYPE)HMUK(ND)(NL)-(TYPE)............................208
@Front Shelf Metal Divider.............................................................AFRSD(NH)(ND).......................................................59 Circular Saw Display........................................................................TBCSD.....................................................................135 EZ Clip Label Holder.........................................................................EZ861-(NW)...................................................113, 120 Hypermaxi Deck Support................................................................(TYPE)WSDS(ND)................................................. 207
@Front Shelf Pitch Converter.........................................................AFPC-(COLOR)................................................... 60, 61 Classic Basket for Wire Grid.............................................................CBWG-(NW)(ND).................................................. 101 F Hypermaxi Decks.............................................................................HM(TYPE)(ND)(NL)-(OPT)...................................208
@Front Shelf Plastic Front...............................................................AFRSPF(NH)48...................................................59, 61 Classic Pegboard Basket..................................................................CBPSW-(NW)(ND).................................................. 99 FMEF and TOEM Connector.............................................................FMEFTOEMC(NW).................................................. 48 Hypermaxi Front Beam for Light Canopy......................................HM(TYPE)FB(NL)-U-LC.........................................212
@Front Shelf Plastic Front...............................................................AFRSPF(NH)48H.................................................59,61 Clipless Basket Divider....................................................................CBD(OPT1)-(ND)(OPT2)(NH).........................113, 120 Faceout Waterfall............................................................................CB1/2FOW-PC..........................................................93 Hypermaxi Front Beam Metal Border...........................................HMFBMB-(NH)(NW)(OPT)....................................211
Adjustable Canopy Bracket............................................................CBA(TYPE)-(NL).................................................... 185 Combination Back Panel Retaining System..................................CBPRS-(NW)(NH)-(TYPE).......................................32 Faceout Waterfall 12"......................................................................CB1/2FOJ-12-OPT....................................................93 Hypermaxi Graphics Light Box.......................................................HMGLB-(NW)........................................................210
Adjustable Crossbar........................................................................CBADJ-(NW)(ND).................................................... 94 Combination Upper Door Kits........................................................SDK(TYPE)-(OPT)(NW)(NH)................................229 Fastener 10156.................................................................................F10156-10............................................................... 88 Hypermaxi Kickplate Beam............................................................HMBDB-(NL)-S......................................................210
Adjustable Crossbar ........................................................................ACBR3648-(ND)................................................... 125 Concave Kickplate............................................................................SBSMRFCKP(ID)-(NW)........................................... 66 Fastener CFICF-1..............................................................................CF1CF-10.................................................................. 88 Hypermaxi Leveler Cover................................................................HMUCA...................................................................210
Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm.................................................ACTPRA1222 .......................................................... 95 Countertop No Drop Edge...............................................................CTS(ND)-(NL)........................................................228 Fastener Remover 2145..................................................................FR2145.................................................................... 88 Hypermaxi Light Canopy................................................................HMLC-(NL)..............................................................212
Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm for Vertical Divider Bar..........ACTPRAOT(ND)........................................................93 Countertop One Drop Edge.............................................................CTO(ND)-(NL)........................................................228 Fishing Pole Holder Crossbar Hook................................................FPHCBH.................................................................140 Hypermaxi Light Canopy End Cover..............................................HMLCEC..................................................................212
Adjustable Frame Retainer.............................................................AFR1222-(OPT).....................................................100 Countertop Two Drop Edge............................................................CTT(ND)-(NL)........................................................228 Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display.....................................................FPD-(NF)(NW)...................................................... 140 Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit......................................................WS/HMLMK...........................................................210
B Crossbar............................................................................................CB(NL)-(SL)............................................................. 94 Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display Adjusatable Heights.................FPDAH6................................................................. 140 Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit and Reflector..............................HMU-(NL)LR..........................................................210
Baby Formula Wire Shelf................................................................BFWS-(NW)(ND)...................................................117 Crossbar............................................................................................CB1/2X11/2-(NW)(ND)........................................... 95 Five Pocket Magazine & Calender Display.....................................MCD-(NW)............................................................104 Hypermaxi Metal Border................................................................Q6491-(NL)(NH)....................................................211
Back Panel........................................................................................B(TYPE)-2(NH).................................................51, 171 Crossbar 1/2" Peghook......................................................................CB1/2PH-(NL)......................................................... 95 Five Tier Wire Display......................................................................FTWD5-(NW).........................................................117 Hypermaxi Notched Base Shelf......................................................HMBS(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)...................................... 207
Back Panel........................................................................................B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH).......................................176, 193 Crossbar Hooks................................................................................CB9201-(NL)-(PACK).............................................. 94 Fixture Height Door Kits..................................................................SDKF-(OPT)(NW)(NH)..........................................229 Hypermaxi Regular-Duty Cosmetic Beam Cover..........................HMRDCBC(NW)(OPT)...........................................206
Back Panels, Pegboard, or Hardboard...........................................BP-(NW)(ND).......................................................... 23 Crossbar Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder........................................CBMWRPH............................................................ 156 Fixture Height Door Kits, Lightweight..........................................SDKFLW-(OPT)(NW)(NH).....................................230 Hypermaxi Sign Holder...................................................................HMSH-(NSH)(NL)..................................................211
Back-to-Back Base End Cover.........................................................BBBEC-(ND)......................................................16, 219 Crossbar Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder for VDB..........................CBMWRPHVT........................................................ 156 Flat S Hooks......................................................................................AC125(OPT)Z..........................................................115 Hypermaxi Upright.........................................................................HMU-(NH)(ND).....................................................205
Back-to-Back Base Shoe.................................................................BBBSM-(ND)....................................................16, 219 Crossbar Scanner Hook...................................................................RCCS(NL)-212-(PACK)............................................ 94 Flow Through Hypermaxi Decks....................................................FTHMD-(ND)(NL)..................................................209 I
Back-to-Back Basic Upright............................................................BBWBU-(NH)...................................................16, 219 Crossbar with Perforations.............................................................CBP(NW)-(ND)........................................................ 94 Flush Front Base Shelf.....................................................................FFBS-(NW)(ND).......................................................41 Inside Corner Base Shelf..................................................................WBSIC-(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT).......................................75
Back-to-Back Kickplate...................................................................BBKP-(NW)......................................................16, 219 D Flush Front Upper Shelf...................................................................FF(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)............................................. 62 Inside Corner Kickplate...................................................................WKPIC-(ASD)-(OPT)................................................75
Back-to-Back Upright End Cover....................................................UECBBU-(NH)..................................................16, 219 Deluxe Canopy.................................................................................DC-(NH)(NL)L........................................................ 184 Folding Shelf Carriage.....................................................................MFSC(NW).............................................................159 Inside Corner Side Retainer............................................................ICSR-(NL)..................................................................75
Back, Extension...............................................................................BX(TYPE)-(NW)(NH).............................................193 Deluxe Canopy Flange.....................................................................CFHP973................................................................ 184 Folding Shelf Carriage Add-on Upright.........................................MFSCAU.................................................................159 Inside Corner Upper Shelf...............................................................WUSIC-(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT).......................................75
Bakery Wire Shelf............................................................................MBWS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(MF)(EDGE)...................149 Dip Shelf, Extended.........................................................................BWSEDS-(NW)..................................................... 150 Footwear Shelf................................................................................FWSH(NW)(ND).....................................................141 Installation Kit for Maxi Line..........................................................GWSIK......................................................................39
Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket..............................................................MBWB-(ND).............................................82, 149, 151 Door Kit End Filler............................................................................SDK-EF(NH)........................................................... 231 Footwear SUS...................................................................................FWSUS(NW)(ND)...................................................141 Interlocking Wire Binning Divider.................................................MD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT)........................................... 90
Bakery Wire Shelf Tag Molding......................................................MBWSDGA2(COLOR)-(NW)................................. 150 Door Kit End Panel...........................................................................SDKEP(ND)(NH).................................................... 231 Footwear SUS Reinforced...............................................................FWSUSR(NW)(ND)................................................141 Interlocking Wire Binning Front....................................................MF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT).......................................... 90
Bakery Wire Shelf with Welded Brackets......................................MBWSWB-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(EDGE).....................149 Double Tab Bracket..........................................................................BRKTDT-(NL)............................................................18 Four Tier Wire Display.....................................................................FTWD4-(NW)........................................................117
Base End Cover Cap Design.............................................................BECCD-(NH)(ND)................................................... 106 J
Downtilt Shelf 7˚.............................................................................DTS7-(NW)(ND).......................................................61 Framed Art Bracket ........................................................................FAB(OPT)PG-(HAND).............................................. 99 Jar/Can Display Rack........................................................................WRDD-(NW)(ND)..................................................152
Base End Covers...............................................................................BEC-(ND)-(NH) ....................................................... 20 Downtilt Tag Molding.....................................................................M29(COLOR)-(NW)................................................ 64
Base Load Leveler............................................................................BLL-(ND) ................................................................. 20 Framed Slatwall End Panel.............................................................FSWEP(NH)(ND)-(OPT1)-(OPT2)........................... 65 Jig Saw and Sander Display............................................................TBJSSD....................................................................135
Dressing Room Corner Crossbar.....................................................DRCCB ....................................................................193 Freestanding Metal End Flat, F-Style Square Front Base Shelf...FMEF(ND)-(NW)-F(NH).......................................... 48 K
Base Load Lip Leveler......................................................................BLLL-(ND) .............................................................. 20 Dressing Room Divider Panel Stabilizer........................................DRDPS................................................................... 195
Base Shelf Bumper Molding...........................................................M30(COLOR)-(NW)................................................ 63 Freestanding Metal End Flat, S-Style Base Shelf..........................FMEF(ND)-(NW)-S(NH) ......................................... 48 Keyboard Shelf.................................................................................IU-106-(OPT).......................................................... 86
Dressing Room Door Panel.............................................................DRDP(NW)............................................................ 195 G Kickplate...........................................................................................(TYPE)-(NL)(NH)..................................................... 38
Base Shoe.........................................................................................BS-(ND)................................................................... 20 Dressing Room Door Panel Retainer..............................................DRDPR-(HAND) .................................................... 195
Base Shoe Reinforced......................................................................BSR-(ND)................................................................. 20 Garden Fork Peg Hook.....................................................................E4K534.................................................................... 98 Kickplate...........................................................................................KP-(NW)-5-SB...................................................... 172
Dressing Room Door Panel Splicer.................................................DPS-(NW)............................................................. 195 Garden Rake Peg Hook....................................................................E4K531.................................................................... 98 Kickplate...........................................................................................KP-(NL)...................................................................176
Base Shoe Straight-In Locking.......................................................BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)......................................................19
Dressing Room Door Panel with Locking Door.............................DRDPWLD(NW).................................................... 195 Glass Shelf........................................................................................GS-(NW)(ND).......................................................... 84 L
Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, 7"..................................................BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)-7..................................................19
Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, Two Height..................................BSSIL2H-(ND)1205(OPT).........................................19 Dressing Room Hardware Pack......................................................DR88HP................................................................. 195 Glass Shelf Bracket..........................................................................SGSB-(ND)............................................................... 84 Label Holder ....................................................................................SCMLH-(NL)-(PACK)............................................... 98
Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking......................................................BSSIL-(ND)......................................................171, 176 Dressing Room Inside Anchor........................................................DRIA....................................................................... 194 Glass Shelf Clips...............................................................................GSC-20..................................................................... 84 Laminated Back...............................................................................BHL-(NW)(NH)........................................................ 25
Basic Upright....................................................................................BU-(AH)..............................14, 50, 171, 176, 192, 196 Dressing Room Inside Corner Filler................................................DRICF-(NH)........................................................... 194 Glass Shelf Frame............................................................................GSF-(NW)(ND)........................................................ 84 Laminated Extension Back.............................................................BXHL-(NW)(NH)...................................................... 25
Basic Upright Brace.........................................................................BUB-(NW)(NH)......................................................171 Dressing Room Outside Anchor.....................................................DROA..................................................................... 194 Glass Shelf Frame with Two Crossbars..........................................GSF(NW)(ND)-2B.................................................... 84 Lawn Mower Display.......................................................................LMD-4................................................................... 128
Basic Upright for End Shelf.............................................................BUES(NH)........................................................ 70, 166 Dressing Room Outside Corner Filler.............................................DROCF-(NH).......................................................... 194 Gondola Wire Display Panel With and Without Wings................GWDP(OPT1)-(NH)(ND)-(OPT2)(OPT3) ...............121 LEDge Light......................................................................................LLS(NL)..................................................................226
Basic Upright for End Shelf Insert Only..........................................BUESI(NH)...............................................70, 166, 177 Dressing Room Top Rail Stabilizer..................................................DRTRS ....................................................................193 Gravity Feed Bottle Slide................................................................GFBS-(NW)(ND)....................................................148 LEDge Light Beam Canopy Cover...................................................LLBCC(CONF)(NW)-(OPT).....................................213
Basic Upright for Top Mount Wall Anchor Bracket.......................BUTMWAB...............................................................17 Dressing Room Upright Face Cover................................................DRUFC-(NH).......................................................... 194 Gravity Feed Caulk Tube Display....................................................GFCTD(NW)(ND)................................................... 129 LEDge Light Deck Support Mounting Clip.....................................LLRDDSMC............................................................206
Basic Upright Wall Mount Support Bracket..................................BUWMS....................................................................17 Dressing Room Upright Spacer......................................................DRUS...................................................................... 194 Greeting Card Four Tier Wire Display.............................................GCFTWD4-(NW)................................................... 109 LEDge Light Harness Assembly......................................................LLHA......................................................................227
Basix, Extendable Base Shelf..........................................................BASIX-(NW)(ND)(TAG)............................................42 Drill Display......................................................................................TBDD...................................................................... 136 Grinder Display................................................................................TBGD...................................................................... 136 LEDge Light Jumper Cable..............................................................LLJ(NL)..................................................................227
Beam LED Canopy Light..................................................................LLB(NW)........................................................206, 226 Dry Dog Food Display for 4 lb Bags ................................................DDFD4-(NW)(ND)..................................................152 H LEDge Light Power Supply..............................................................LLPS.......................................................................227
Belt and Tie Display.........................................................................BTDR(NW)(ND)......................................................142 DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level..................................................................DVDF3L-(NW)....................................................... 107 Half Basic Upright Wall Mount Support Bracket..........................HALF-BUWMS.........................................................17 Leveler Wrench................................................................................LW-1-(TYPE)............................................................39
Bike Rack ..........................................................................................BRUSM90-(NW)................................................... 138 DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level End Panel ................................................DVDF3L-EP............................................................ 107 Half Shelf on Tubing Heavy-Duty...................................................HSTHD-(NW)(ND)................................................... 57 Light Diffuser Frame.......................................................................LDF-(NW)(ND)...................................................... 186
Bike Rack Bike Holder......................................................................BRBHHM90........................................................... 138 DVD Shelf 4-Tier ..............................................................................DVDS4T-(NW)....................................................... 107 Half Upright.....................................................................................HU-(AH)...................................................................14 Light Diffuser Kit..............................................................................LDK(NW)(ND)-(COLOR)........................................ 186
Book Basket.....................................................................................ABB-(NW).............................................................104 DVD Shelf 4-Tier End Panel ............................................................DVDS4T-EP............................................................ 107 Half Wrap Around Shelf..................................................................WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)-(HAND)............................ 68 Light Fixture Crossbars...................................................................LFCB-(TYPE)......................................................... 134
Book Display, 70".............................................................................BD70-(NW)........................................................... 102 E Half-Radius Base Shelf....................................................................SBSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)........................... 73 Light Fixture Display Flush Front Shelf..........................................LFFUS-424Z............................................................133
Bookshelf End Panel........................................................................BKSBEP-(ND)-6.............................................102, 110 EF/TOEM Options, Offset Gondola Base and Panel Options........EF(NH)(NW)(TYPE)5(OPT)(LH)(RH)......................44 Half-Radius Concave Base Shelf.....................................................SBSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)........................... 73 Light Fixture End Panels.................................................................LFEP-(TYPE)...........................................................133
Bookshelf On Base...........................................................................BKSOS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE).................................... 102 End Cap Merchandiser....................................................................EC090852.............................................................. 122 Half-Radius Concave Upper Shelf..................................................SUSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)........................... 73 Light Fixture Lower Hardboard......................................................LFLHBP...................................................................133
Bookshelf Wire Divider...................................................................BKSD-(ND)-25...............................................102, 110 End Cap Merchandiser Basket........................................................EC090854.............................................................. 122 Half-Radius Upper Shelf..................................................................SUSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)........................... 73 Light Fixture Panels.........................................................................LFP-(TYPE)............................................................ 134
Bowl Adapter Nut............................................................................ABADPT................................................................. 158 End Cap Merchandiser Mounting Hardware................................AC125520K............................................................ 122 Hand Held Weight Display..............................................................HHWD(NW)(ND)................................................... 138 Light Fixture Radius Canopy Frame...............................................LFRCF......................................................................132
Bowl Mount for Basic Upright........................................................MLQABMH............................................................ 158 End Cap Merchandiser Mounting Kit.............................................EC090852K............................................................ 122 Hanging Chip/Dip Merchandiser...................................................HCDM-(OPT)......................................................... 150 Light Fixture Signage Board...........................................................LFSB........................................................................133
Box Corner........................................................................................BC-9630-(OPT)........................................................81 End Cap Merchandiser Peg Hooks.................................................AC125015.............................................................. 122 Hanging Magazine Rack.................................................................HMR........................................................................110 Light Tubes.......................................................................................T8LTUBE-(NL)....................................................... 187
Brochure Holder..............................................................................WBH-(OPT)............................................................119 End Frame Stabilizer.......................................................................EFS............................................................................45 Hangrod...........................................................................................HR-(NL)................................................................... 95 Lighted Upper Shelf Assembly Step Back Shelf............................LUSASTB(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(OPT2)-(OPT3)............71
Bulk Baskets.....................................................................................BBSKT(NW)(ND)-(FH)(RH)....................................118 End Frame Upright End Cover.........................................................UECEF-(COLOR)........................................................45 Hangrod Brackets............................................................................HR(OPT)-(NL).......................................................... 95 Lighted Upper Shelf Frame for Lumishelf™ Surface....................LUSF-(NW)(ND).......................................................76
Bulk Baskets Divider........................................................................BBSKTD(ND)-(FH)(RH)..........................................118 End Frame, Pegboard Exterior and Hardboard Interior Panels...EF(NH)(NW)005PHH...............................................43 HDEMO Hardware Pack...................................................................HDEMO-HWPK........................................................51 Lighted Upper Shelf with Bullnose Front......................................LUSFBN(NW)(ND)....................................................76
Bullnose Upper and Base Shelf......................................................S(TYPE)SBN(NW)(ND).................................... 62, 167 End Frame, WG Ext. & HB Int. Panels or WG Ext. Panels Only......EF(NH)(NW)005WGHH..........................................44 HDEMO Top Cap...............................................................................HDEMOTC.................................................................51 Linens Display with 5" Lip...............................................................TPD5L-(NW)...........................................................143
C End Frame, WG Ext. & HB Int. Panels or WG Ext. Panels Only......EF(NH)(NW)005WG...............................................44 Health and Beauty Aid Shelf...........................................................HBAUS(NW)(ND).....................................................55 Liquor Security Cabinet Mounted Gondola Lock-Up System......LSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT).................................222
Canopy End......................................................................................CE(TYPE)(ND)(HAND)-(TYPE).............................. 186 End Merchandiser, Outside Mount (TOEM)...................................TOEM(NH)(NW)-00-5-P-H.....................................43 Heavy-Duty Base Shoe Cover.........................................................BSCHD-(ND).......................................................... 203 Liquor Security Cabinet Gondola Lock-Up System-Single Door...LSDSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT)............................223
Canopy End Panel............................................................................CEP(TYPE)(UH)(BSD)-(CED)(HAND)-(TYPE)....... 186 End Panels, Square..........................................................................EPS(NH)(ND)(OPT1)-(OPT2)................................225 Heavy-Duty Implement Hook........................................................PHI-10-PC............................................................... 98 Liquor Security Cabinet Metal Side Panel.....................................LSCSP-(NH)(ND)...................................................225
Cantilever Beam Side Cover............................................................HMRDBSC-(ND).....................................................220 End Panels, Square & Radius..........................................................EP(OPT1)(NH)(ND)(OPT2)-(OPT3)......................... 65 Heavy-Duty Label Holder ..............................................................SCLHHD-(NL)-(PACK)............................................. 98 Lite-Ex Canopy.................................................................................LC-(NH)(NL)(OPT)................................................. 183
Cantilever Beam Side Cover............................................................HMRDSC-(ND)....................................................... 221 Environmental Hardboard Back.....................................................BHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC..............................................26 Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner...........................................................HSL-(NW)................................................................ 22 Lite-Ex Canopy Flange....................................................................CF88....................................................................... 183
Cantilever Deck................................................................................HMCD(ND)(NL).....................................................220 Environmental Hardboard Extension Back ..................................BXHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC............................................26 Heavy-Duty Metal End Flat, 3' x 4' or 4' x 4' ..................................HDPAPMEF12-(LH)(RH)-S5.................................. 173 Loose OEB Brackets.........................................................................AC1230(TYPE)(HAND)...........................................115
Cantilever Deck Support.................................................................HMCDS-(NW).......................................................220 Expansion Bolts for Seismic Floor Anchors...................................SFA-EB50................................................................ 40 Heavy-Duty Pipe Bracket................................................................HDPB-(ND)............................................................ 129 Low Base Pallet Stop.......................................................................LBPS...................................................................... 203
Cantilever Front Canopy.................................................................HMRDFC-(NL)........................................................ 221 Expansion Bolts for Seismic Floor Anchors...................................SFA-EB-1............................................................... 203 Heavy-Duty Shelf with 10° Downslope.........................................HUS10-(NW)(ND)........................................... 55, 148 Lower Spanner.................................................................................SL-(NW)....................................................22, 171, 192
Cantilever Regular-Duty Beam......................................................HMRDFB(NL)-U....................................................220 Extended Base Shelf........................................................................ESB(ND)-(NW)(SD)-(TAG)-(OPT)........................... 79 Heavy-Duty Upright........................................................................HDU-(NH).................................................................15
Extended Compact Disc Display Shelf...........................................ECDDS(NW)(ND)................................................... 106 Lower Wall Stabilizer.......................................................................LWS(NW)................................................................ 46
Cantilever Tubular Arms.................................................................HMRD(OPT1)(OPT2)-(ND)....................................220 Hex Key With “T” Handle................................................................MSF-HK................................................................... 40 Lumber Bar Divider.........................................................................LBDP-22................................................................ 128
Cantilever Wire Grid Decks.............................................................HMCWGS(ND)(NL)................................................ 221 Extended Metal Peg Bar Modified.................................................EMPBM-(BH)(NW)................................................. 80
Hose Reel Crossbar..........................................................................HRCB-(NW)............................................................137 Lumber Frame.................................................................................LF(NW).................................................................. 129
Captive Wood Tag Molding............................................................SWAMCT-(NL)........................................................ 64 Extended Panels..............................................................................EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH)............................................ 80
Hypermaxi & Wide Span Sign Holder............................................HMSASH(NL)(NH)(OPT1)(OPT2).......................... 212 Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set– Single Track.........................LSBPASS-(NW)(NH)............................................... 36
Carded Saw Blade Holder for VDB Mount.....................................CSBHVDB1012.......................................................137 Extended Peg Panel Mount Brackets for Vertical Divider Bars...EPPMVDB................................................................ 80
Hypermaxi Attachment Clip...........................................................HMAC-2................................................................. 207 Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set– Triple Track..........................LSBPAST-(NW)(NH)............................................... 36
Carpeted Back..................................................................................BHC-(NW)(NH).........................................................26 Extended Shelf................................................................................ES(NL)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(OPT).............................. 79
Hypermaxi Attachment Clip for Base Beam and Wood Deck......HMACBBWD-(OPT).............................................. 207 Lumiback Extension Back Panel Adapter Set– Single Track........LSBPASES-(NW)(NH)............................................. 36
Carpeted Extension Back................................................................BXHC-(NW)(NH)......................................................26 Extended Slatwall Panel with Reinforced Edges..........................ESWPREVDBM(NW)(NH)....................................... 80
CD Browser Divider..........................................................................CDBSD-(ND).......................................................... 105 Extended Upper Shelf with Radius Front......................................ESRF-(BD)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(TYPE)...................... 79 Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension..................................................HMBDEB(NL)....................................................... 208 Lumiback Extension Back Panel Adapter Set– Triple Track.........LSBPASET-(NW)(NH)............................................. 36
CD Browser Shelf.............................................................................CDBS-(NW)(ND)................................................... 105 Extended Wire Grid Panel...............................................................MSF-EWGP(NW)(NH)(ND)..................................... 83 Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension End Caps..................................HMBDEBEC............................................................208 Lumiback Single Back Panel Adapter Set......................................LSBPAS-(NW)(NH)..................................................35
CD Displayer.....................................................................................CDD-(NW)............................................................. 105 Extension Back Hardboard.............................................................BXH-(NW)(NH)........................................................31 Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam...........................................................HMBDB-(NL)-(TYPE).............................................210 Lumiback Single Back Panel Adapter Set– Extension.................LSBPASE-(NW)(NH)................................................35
Alphabetical Index
4/18 4/18
Part Name Part Number Page Number Part Name

Alphabetical Index Part Number Page Number
Lumiback Single Side Back Panel...................................................LSSSB-(NW)(NH)-R................................................ 34 Open Back Stiffener with Cover.....................................................OBSWC-(NW)........................................................ 196 Shelf Retainer..................................................................................SR-(NW)-(NH)-10....................................................91 TL Outrigger Shelf Deck..................................................................TLOSD-(NW)12......................................................216
Lumiback Single Side Back Extension Panel.................................LSSBE-(NW)(NH)-R................................................ 34 Open Back Trim................................................................................(OPT)OBT-(NH)........................................................37 Shoe Pedestal..................................................................................SMSP......................................................................141 TL Outrigger Shelf Support Assembly...........................................TLOSS-(ND)............................................................215
Lumiback Triple Back Panel............................................................LSSTB-(NW)(NH)-R................................................ 34 Open Canopy Brackets....................................................................CBO-(NL)............................................................... 185 Shower Curtain Display Rod...........................................................SCDWG...................................................................145 TL T-Rack Top and Bottom Tie........................................................TLTRTAZ(NW)........................................................216
Lumiback Triple Back Panel Extension..........................................LSSTBE-(NW)(NH)-R.............................................. 34 Open End Basket Divider.................................................................DV02(ND)(NH).......................................................114 Sign Base Basic Upright Mount......................................................SBBUM.................................................................. 158 Tag Holder Arm Crossbar Mounted................................................THACBM06-(OPT).................................................. 94
Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED LUSF Assembly........................................LSSLA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)...........................................78 Open End Baskets............................................................................BS01(ND)(NW).......................................................114 Sign Holder for Truss Shelf Post......................................................SHTSP-(NW)........................................................... 82 Tamper Proof Nut............................................................................TAMPRF-NUT........................................................ 231
Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED Shelf Assembly........................................LSSGA(NW)(ND)-(OPT).......................................... 77 Outrigger for Maxi Line Base Shoe Extender................................ORMLBSE(TYPE)-(ND)..........................................215 Single Position Tag Molding...........................................................DGA11(COLOR)-(NW)............................................. 63 Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit......................................................TAMPRF-SLK..................................................112, 231
Lumishelf™ Base Shelf....................................................................LBSF-(NW)(ND).......................................................78 Outrigger for Maxi Line Post...........................................................ORMLP(NH)(OPT)..................................................216 Single Position Tag Molding...........................................................DGA13(COLOR)-(NW)............................................. 63 Tamper Proof Socket Tool...............................................................TAMPRF-SOCKET...........................................112, 231
Lumishelf™ Glass Shelf Frame.......................................................GSF(NW)(ND)-2B.....................................................76 Outside Corner Base Shelf...............................................................OCBS(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)...........................................74 Single Wire Back Retainer System Extension...............................SXBRS-(NH).............................................................31 Telescoping Retainer.......................................................................TR..............................................................................15
Lumishelf™ Radius LED Shelf Assembly........................................LSSRA(NW)(ND)-(OPT).......................................... 77 Outside Corner Base Shelf 45°........................................................WOCBS45-(ND)(TAG)(OPT).....................................74 Single Wire Grid Back Retainer System.........................................SBRS-(NH)................................................................31 Telescoping Upright........................................................................TU-(NH)....................................................................15
Lumishelf™ Radius Surface............................................................LSSR(NW)(ND)-(OPT)............................................. 77 Outside Corner Kickplate................................................................OCKP-(ASD)(NH)......................................................74 Six Level Wire DVD Rack..................................................................WDVD6L-(NW)(ND).............................................. 108 Telescoping Upright Kit...................................................................TUK-(NL)(NH)..........................................................15
Lumishelf™ Surface for GSF............................................................LSSG(NW)(ND)-(OPT).............................................76 Outside Corner Kickplate 45°..........................................................WOCKP45-(ND)05...................................................74 Six Pocket Magazine & Calendar Display.......................................MCD6-(NW).......................................................... 103 TEM for Heavy-Duty Upright..........................................................TEMHDU(NH)(NW)-(OFF)-(BH)-(EXT)-(LH)-(RH)....45
Lumishelf™ Surface for LUSF..........................................................LSSL(NW)(ND)-(OPT)..............................................76 Outside Corner Upper Shelf............................................................OCUS(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)..........................................74 Slatwall Back....................................................................................BSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)........................................... 28 Ten Level Wire Candy Rack for Gondola........................................WCRG10L-(NW)(ND).............................................153
Lumishelf™Glass Shelf Radius Frame............................................GSRFF-(NW)(ND).................................................... 77 Outside Corner Upper Shelf 45°......................................................WOCUS45-(ND)(TAG)(OPT)....................................74 Slatwall Brackets.............................................................................AC999SWB(FIN1)..................................................115 Thin Profile Shelf, Light-Duty ........................................................PLSTTSLD(NW)(ND)............................................... 62
M Outside Mount End Frame..............................................................OMEF(NH)(NW)5(EXT)(INT)...................................45 Slatwall Center Spanner.................................................................SSC-(NW)................................................................ 22 Thin Profile Shelf, Regular-Duty ....................................................PLSTTS(NW)(ND).................................................... 62
M Vertical Divider Arms..................................................................MVDA-(ND)(NL)H................................................. 123 P Slatwall Extension Back..................................................................BXSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)........................................ 28 Threaded Vertical Divider Arm Loop..............................................TVDAL-1606R...........................................................93
Magazine Displayer.........................................................................DM(TYPE)T-(NW)................................................. 103 Paint Lock-Up Kit.............................................................................PTLKUP(NW)(ND)(NH)..........................................159 Slatwall Frame Display....................................................................FAB(SIZE)...............................................................100 Threaded Vertical Divider Arm Lug Wrench Holder.....................TVDALWH-18H-PTH................................................92
Maxi Line Rolling Frame .................................................................MRF(OPT)(NW)(NH)............................................. 163 Painted Back....................................................................................B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)................................................ 25 Slatwall Mount Wire DVD Shelf......................................................SMWDVDS-(NW)..................................................110 Threaded Vertical Divider Arm with J Hooks................................TVDASJ-(NL)................................................... 92, 125
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Bottom Channel....................................MRFBC(NW).......................................................... 163 Painted Extension Back..................................................................BX(TYPE)-(NW)(NH).............................................. 25 Slatwall One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels................................OPBSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................... 28 Threaded Vertical Divider Arms.....................................................TVDA-(NL)(TYPE)........................................... 92, 123
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Frame Wheel Cover...............................MRFWC(NW)........................................................ 163 Painted One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels................................OPB(TYPE)-(AW)(AH)............................................ 28 Slatwall Peg Hook...........................................................................SWPH-(NL)-(PACK)................................................ 96 Three Tiered Calling/Gift Card Wire Display..................................TTCGCWD(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT).................. 109, 180
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Frame, Frame Stop................................MRFFS(ND)............................................................ 163 Peg Basket........................................................................................PEGB........................................................................ 99 Slatwall Scanner Hook....................................................................SWLHSH-(NL)-(PACK)............................................ 96 Three-Sided Rotating Display.........................................................RTD3S-(NH)........................................................... 190
Maxi Line Rolling Frame Top Track Assembly...............................MRFTC(NW)(NH).................................................. 163 Peg Hook Wide Span Inside Mount Forward Facing....................PHWSIMFF10-RD..................................................210 Slatwall Shelf...................................................................................SWSH-(NW)(ND)(OPT).......................................... 85 Three-Way End Merchandiser........................................................T3DP(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD)..........................178
Maxi Slice Top Spanner...................................................................MSSST(NW)..........................................................234 Peg Hook-Double Prong.................................................................(OPT)4K554............................................................ 96 Sleeping Bag Displayer...................................................................SBDSPO-(NW)...................................................... 138 Three-Way End Merchandiser Optional Canopy..........................C3WM8-(NW)(NW)(ND).......................................178
Maxi Slice Upright...........................................................................MSSU(NH).............................................................234 Peg Hook-Single Prong...................................................................PH(NL)-(PACK)........................................................ 96 Sleeping Bag Displayer Pullout Only Kit........................................SBDPOK................................................................. 138 Three-Way Gift Card Holder...........................................................T3DECB(NW)(ND)(NH)(EP)(IP)(OPT) .................. 180
Maxi Slice Upright Tie Bar...............................................................MSSUTB(NW).......................................................234 Pegboard Hooks..............................................................................ACPH123268..........................................................115 Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track.....................................................SPPHDBT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2)............................. 188 Throw Pillow Displayers .................................................................TPD(SIZE)-(NW) ....................................................143
Merchandiser Three-Way...............................................................M3W(OPT)(NH)(NW)(ND)(EXT)(INT)...................181 Picture Frame Retainer Base Shelf Mounted................................PFRBSM(NW)(NH).................................................145 Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track Bin Divider..................................SPPHDBTBD0609................................................. 189 Tilted Bin Merchandiser..................................................................TBM-(NW)(ND)..................................................... 129
Metal Back Panels...........................................................................MBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................................... 27 Plan-O-Gram Pocket Assembly.....................................................POGP......................................................................159 Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track with Bin......................................SPPHDBTB48-S12(OPT)....................................... 189 Tilted Bin Merchandiser Divider.....................................................TBMD-(ND)-10...................................................... 129
Metal Back Panels, Non-Perforated..............................................MBP-(NW)(NH)-NP...............................................193 Power Tool Holder...........................................................................PTH-(TYPE)........................................................... 136 Sliding Peg Panel Frame.................................................................SPPFHD22(NH)..................................................... 189 Top Spanner.....................................................................................STL-(NW)............................................22, 51, 172, 192
Metal Back Panels, Perforated.......................................................MBP-(NW)(NH).....................................................193 Pull Out Keyboard Tray....................................................................KEYBOARD-TRAY.................................................... 86 Sliding Peg Panel Top Track............................................................SPPHDTT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2).............................. 188 Top Spanner (STL) Clips...................................................................STLCLIP ................................................................... 22
Metal Canopy Radius Front............................................................MCRF-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT)................................ 182 Pull Out Shelf with STP Brackets....................................................POSSTP(NW)(ND)................................................... 68 Sliding Peg Panels, Regular-Duty..................................................SPPVDBMT(DOOR)(NW)(NH).............................. 190 Top Spanner for Centered Wire Grid..............................................SBTF-(NL)................................................................ 30
Metal Canopy System.....................................................................MCS-(NW)(NH)..................................................... 183 Q Sliding Wire Grid Panel...................................................................SWGP-(NH)(NW)(ND)............................................ 83 Top Spanner for Flush Back.............................................................STL-(NW)................................................................. 30
Metal Canopy System Adjustable End Cover................................MCSEC-(NH)-(NDR).............................................. 183 Queuing Bowl..................................................................................QB700922............................................................. 158 Slim Profile Pull Out Upper Shelf....................................................SPPOUS(NW)(ND).................................................. 68 Touch-Up Paint, ORM-D Consumer Commodity..........................APC-(COLOR)............................................................91
Metal End Canopy System..............................................................MCS1-(FD)(FW)-(RSD)(LSD)(SW)........................ 182 Queuing Bowl Divider.....................................................................QBDIV12-04.......................................................... 158 Small Electronics Display Shelf.......................................................NDS-482028..........................................................112 Transformers for Lumi LED Products.............................................LSST5A.....................................................................78
Metal End Flat..................................................................................PAPMEF(ND)-(NW)(NW)-(NH)...............................47 Queuing System Sign Holder and Stem.........................................QSSH(SIZE)............................................................ 158 Small Electronics Display Unit Holders..........................................NDUH-(TYPE)........................................................112 Transition Base Kickplate................................................................TKP-(NH)-(NW)-(PITCH)........................................ 57
Metal End Flat, 2' x 3'.......................................................................PAPMEF101212-S5............................................... 173 R Small Wine Box................................................................................SMWNBX481710-(BIN)....................................... 146 Transition Base Shelf.......................................................................TBS-(NW)(LND)(RND)-(OPT)................................. 57
Metal Extension Back Panels..........................................................MEBP-(NW)(NH).................................................... 27 Radius Front Metal Canopy............................................................RFMC-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................................ 182 Spacer System Inside Radius Upper & Base Shelves.....................SSIR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE)................................... 169 Transition Upper Shelf.....................................................................TUPS-(NW)(LND)(RND)-(OPT).............................. 57
Metal Extension Back Panels..........................................................MEBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................................193 Radius Front Three-Way Display....................................................RFT3D(OPT)(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD)..............179 Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Back Panel........................SS(TYPE)RB(TYPE)(NH)-(DEGREE) ..................... 169 Triangular End Cap..........................................................................TEC-(NW)(ND)(NH)(BT)-(TYPE)............................181
Metal Gun Rack Kit..........................................................................MGRK(NW)-(OPT)................................................ 140 Radius Glass Shelf............................................................................RGS-(NW)(ND)........................................................ 85 Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Center Spanner................SSIOR-C-(DEGREE)................................................ 169 Triangular Upper Shelves................................................................TEUS-(NW)(ND)(HAND)........................................181
Metal Pull Out Shelf.........................................................................MPS-48(ND)........................................................... 68 Radius Glass Shelf Frame Assembly...............................................RGSFA-(NW)(ND)................................................... 85 Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Kickplate...........................SS(TYPE)RKP(ND)-(DEGREE)............................... 169 Triple Back Retaining System.........................................................TBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE).................................32
Metal Section Divider Panel...........................................................MSDP-(AD)(AH).......................................................91 Radius Heavy-Duty Three-Way Display........................................RHD3D(FW)(SW)(NH)(SBD)(FBD)(OPT)...............179 Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Lower Spanner.................SSIOR-L-(DEGREE)................................................ 169 Triple Extension Back Retaining System.......................................TEBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE)...............................32
Metal Shelf Cross Divider................................................................MSCD(NW).............................................................. 87 Rear Kickplate..................................................................................KPR-(NW) ......................................................... 38, 51 Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Top Spanner.....................SSIOR-T-(DEGREE)................................................ 169 Tubular Metal Bumper System.......................................................TMBS(NW)(ND)(OPT)............................................. 65
Metal Shelf Divider..........................................................................MSD-(ND)(NH)........................................................ 87 Reciprocating Saw Display.............................................................TBRSD.....................................................................135 Spacer System Outside Radius Upper & Base Shelves..................SSOR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE)................................. 169 Tube Line T-Rack Connector Bracket.............................................TLTRUCB................................................................200
Metal Shelf Filler..............................................................................MSF-(NW)..........................................................37, 91 Retractable Security Wire Gate......................................................RSGW(LOCK)(NW)(NH)(EXT)(INT)......................228 Special Hypermaxi Upright Support Center Arm.........................SHMUSCA-(ND)....................................................205 Tubular Wing Display Back.............................................................TWDB(TYPE)-(NW)(NH).......................................131
Metal Slatwall Shelf, Heavy-Duty .................................................MSWHDMS(NW)(ND)NT........................................ 85 Roll Goods Bracket...........................................................................RGB-1.....................................................................127 Spice Tray..........................................................................................SPT-(NW)(ND)...................................................... 154 Tubular Wing Display with Double Track.......................................TWD2-(NH)(NW)(ND)...........................................131
Metal Upright End Cover.................................................................VC-(NH)............................................................45, 171 Roll Goods Tube...............................................................................RGT-(NW)...............................................................127 Spice Tray Divider.............................................................................SPTD-(ND)............................................................. 154 Tubular Wing Slatwall Display Shelf..............................................TWDSFT(NW)(ND).................................................131
Mini SDK ..........................................................................................SDKL-HL(NW)(NH)...............................................230 Roll Goods Upright..........................................................................RGU-(NH)...............................................................127 Spider Cables Lumi LED Products...................................................LSS(OPT)WC.............................................................78 Two Position Tag Molding..............................................................M17(COLOR)-(NW)................................................. 63
Mirror Back Splicer...........................................................................MBS-(NW)-PC......................................................234 Splicer Spanner................................................................................SS-(NW).........................................22, 27, 30, 51, 192 Two Position Tag Molding..............................................................M19(COLOR)-(NW)................................................. 63
Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar.......................................................RGVDBHD-(NW)..................................................... 57
Mirror Mylar Back............................................................................B(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH)............................................. 26 Splicer Spanner for Centered Wire Grid.........................................SSSWG-(NL)-(TYPE)............................................... 30 Two Tier Level Wire Rack.................................................................LEVELRAK2818(OPT)........................................... 136
Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar.......................................................RGVDBNH-(NW)...........................................146, 156
Mirror Mylar Extension Back..........................................................BX(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH)........................................... 26 Splicer Spanner for Flush Backs Over Flush Backs........................SS-(NW).................................................................. 30 U
Rolling Gondola Back for Gondola Feature End............................RGDBFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)..................................... 199
Mirror Plex Back...............................................................................BHPM-(NL)(NH)...................................................... 27 Spool Goods Display with Crossbar and Shelf...............................SGD-(NW)(BL)-(SD)CB......................................... 125 Universal Basket..............................................................................UB(TYPE)(WS)-(NW)(ND)(BH)(FH)......................113
Rolling Gondola Bottom Tube........................................................RGDBT(NW).......................................................... 198
Mirror Plex Extension Back.............................................................BXHPM-(NL)(NH)................................................... 27 Standard Base Shelf........................................................................SBS-(NW)(ND)...........................41, 56, 172, 176, 221 Universal Basket Brackets...............................................................UBB-(ND)...............................................................113
Rolling Gondola Grid Backs............................................................RGDG(NW)(NH)(TYPE)......................................... 199 Standard Base Shelf for Compact Discs........................................SBSCD-(NW)(ND)................................................. 106
Mobile Gondola End Deck...............................................................MGED (ND)(LSD)(RSD)(OPT1)-DGA28(OPT2)....111,174,201 Rolling Gondola Grid for Gondola Feature End.............................RGDGFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)..................................... 199 Universal Basket, Stackable............................................................UBS(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(NH)(NH)(NH)-(OPT2)..... 120
Mobile Gondola Leg........................................................................MGL-(ND) ............................................................... 21 Standard Base Shelf Multi Radius Front Kickplate.......................SBSMRFKP-(NW)-(OPT).........................................67 Unpainted Back...............................................................................B(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH).............................................. 25
Rolling Gondola Hardboard or Pegboard Backs...........................RGDB(NW)(NH)(TYPE)......................................... 199 Standard Base Shelf Reinforced.....................................................SBSR-(NW)(ND)................................................41, 56
Mobile Gondola Leg, Modified.......................................................MGLM(OPT)-(ND)-(TYPE)...................................... 21 Unpainted Extension Back.............................................................BX(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH)............................................ 25
Rolling Gondola Retainer System..................................................RGDBR-(NW)(NH)................................................200 Standard Base Shelf T-Leg..............................................................SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND).................................21, 56
Mobile Gondola Plate Caster..........................................................MGPC(NW).....................................................111, 201 Unpainted One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels............................OPB(TYPE)U-(AW)(AH).......................................... 28
Rolling Gondola Top Tube Fixed....................................................RGDTTF(NW)........................................................ 198 Standard Base Shelf T-Leg with Bullnose.....................................SBSTLEGBN-(NW)(ND)............................................21
Mobile Gondola Plate Caster Runner.............................................MGPCCR-(NW).......................................................174 Upper Shelf 90° Tag Channel Bolt-On............................................US90C(NW)(NH)(OPT)........................................... 64
Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate.........................................................MGSP..............................................................111, 201 Rolling Gondola Top Tube...............................................................RGDTT(OPT)(NW)................................................. 198 Standard Base Shelf Under Storage Drawer.................................SBSUSD-(NW)(ND)..................................................91
Rolling Gondola Top Tube Connector............................................RGDTTC..................................................................200 Standard Base Shelf with Multi Radius Concave Front................SBSMRFC(NW)(ND)-(ID)........................................ 66 Upright Cap......................................................................................UC-10........................................................................17
Modified Slatgrid Back....................................................................BMSG-(NW)(NH).....................................................33 Upright Clear Cap.............................................................................UCC........................................................................ 172
Modified Two Step Wire Shelf........................................................MTSWS-TYPE-(NW)-(TAG)...................................119 Rolling Gondola Upright Feature End............................................RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK).......................................197 Standard Base Shelf with Multi Radius Front...............................SBSMRF-(NW)(ND)-(ED).........................................67
Rolling Gondola Upright Intermediate or End..............................RGDU(OPT)(NH)(ND)............................................ 198 Standard Base Shelf with Radius Front.........................................SBSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND).........................................67 Upright End Cover............................................................................(TYPE)-(NH).......................................................17, 37
Modified Wire Truss Shelf...............................................................MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)........................................ 82
Rotating Bat Displayer....................................................................BD-(NW)(ND)........................................................139 Standard Three Position Straight-In Insertion Shelf w/ Radius Front.STPSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND).......................................67 Upright End Cover............................................................................UEC-(NH)................................................................. 50
Mounted Bat Displayer...................................................................BD4.........................................................................139
Rotating Bat Displayer Optional Ball Basket.................................BDRBD....................................................................139 Standard Upper Shelf......................................................................SUS-(NW)(ND).................................................54, 176 Upright End Cover............................................................................VC-(NH)................................................................. 196
Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bin Divider ..........................................LUQMPBINDIV-(OPT)........................................... 157
Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins .....................................................LUQMPABIN-(OPT)............................................... 157 Round Metal Base Kickplate...........................................................RMBKP(NW)(ND)...................................70, 166, 177 Standard Upper Shelf Basic Upright for End Shelf Insert Only.....BUESI(NH)..............................................................176 Uptilt Shelf.......................................................................................UTSN(DEGREE)-(NW)-(NH)4................................. 72
Multi-Purpose Dividers...................................................................DV050610CM(POSITION)(OPT)............................. 87 Round Metal Base Shelf..................................................................RMBS(NW)(ND)......................................70, 166, 177 Standard Upper Shelf Mount 3" Canopy.......................................SUSM3(NL).............................................................. 56 Uptilt Shelf.......................................................................................UTSBKSB(NW)(ND)-08-7......................................110
Multi-Purpose Grid Back.................................................................BMPG-(NW)(NH).....................................................33 Round Metal Upper Shelf Modified...............................................RMUSM(NR)............................................70, 166, 177 Standard Upper Shelf Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder..................SUSMWRPH-(ND)................................................. 156 Uptilt Shelf Wire Divider.................................................................UTSWD-(NH)(ND)-(TYPE)..................................... 72
Multi-Purpose Hook for Pegboard or Slatwall .............................LUQMPHOOKPSW................................................ 157 Router Display..................................................................................TBRD.......................................................................135 Standard Upper Shelf with Multi Radius Concave Front..............SUSMRFC(NW)(ND)-(ID)........................................ 66 Uptilt Tag Molding...........................................................................DGA12(COLOR)-(NW)............................................. 63
Multi-Purpose Hook for Wire Grid ................................................LUQMPHOOKWG.................................................. 157 S Standard Upper Shelf with Multi Radius Front.............................SUSMRF-(NW)(ND)-(ED)........................................67 Utility Baskets for Wire Grid ...........................................................WUB-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(TYPE)...........................99,101
Multi-Purpose Tray..........................................................................LUQMPTRAY......................................................... 157 Saw Blade Holder for VDB Mount..................................................SBHVDB(ND)..........................................................137 Standard Upper Shelf with Radius Front.......................................SUSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND).........................................67 V
Multi-Purpose Tray Divider.............................................................LUQMPTRAYDIV................................................... 157 Scanner Peg Hook...........................................................................SPH(TYPE)-(NL)-10................................................ 96 Step Back Shelf................................................................................STBS-(NW)(ND)(SO)(OPT)-(FIN1)-(FIN2)...............71 Various Type Display........................................................................VTD(TYPE)(NL)(ND).............................................. 109
Multi-Purpose Wire Divider...........................................................WDMP-(OPT).......................................................... 87 Seismic Floor Anchors Expansion Bolts.........................................SFA-EB-1.......................................................194, 203 Straight Faceout Waterfall 12"......................................................CB1/2FOS-12-PC......................................................93 Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty Scan Hook................................VDAHDSH-(NL)-(OPT)...........................................124
Multi-Purpose Wire Divider, Heavy-Duty.....................................WMPDHD-(NH)(ND)-(HAND)................................ 87 Seismic Floor Anchors Regular-Duty.............................................SFA-RD-(PACK)....................................................... 40 Straight-in Insertion Three Position..............................................STP(NW)(ND).......................................................... 54 Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty Wire Hook................................VDAHDWH-(NL)(OPT).............................................93
N Seismic Floor Anchors, Heavy-Duty...............................................SFA-HD(OPT)GAL................................................... 40 Straight-In, Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf............................................STPH(NW)(ND)....................................................... 54 Vertical Divider Arm Sign Holder...................................................VDASH....................................................................124
Nail Bin Divider................................................................................NBD-(ND).............................................................. 128 Seismic Floor Anchors, Regular-Duty............................................SFA-RD-1............................................................... 194 Styrene Divider................................................................................DIV(NH)(ND)-OPT................................................... 88 Vertical Divider Arm with Price Tag Holder...................................VDA-(NL)R-PTH-(OPT)..........................................124
Nail Bin Shelf....................................................................................NB-(NW)(ND)....................................................... 128 Seismic Floor Anchors, Regular-Duty............................................SFA-RD-10............................................................. 203 Styrene Front Fence........................................................................SFF(NH)T(NW)S-(OPT)........................................... 88 Vertical Divider Bar..........................................................................VDB-(NW)02....................................92, 123, 127, 190
Nail Bin Shelf Slotted.......................................................................NBS-(NW)(ND)..................................................... 128 Seismic Tie Bar.................................................................................SCS-(NW).................................................40, 174, 177 Swinging Wire Rug Display ............................................................WRDS-(NW)(ND)...................................................145 Vertical Divider Bar..........................................................................VDB-(NW)(ND)......................................................137
Nail Bin Shelf Slotted Divider.......................................................... NBSD10-(ND)....................................................... 128 Seven Level Wire DVD Rack............................................................WDVD7L-(NW)(ND).............................................. 108 T Vertical Divider Bar..........................................................................VDB-(NW)............................................................. 189
Non-Captive Wood Tag Molding....................................................MWCT-(NL)............................................................. 64 Seven Tier Comic Book Display.......................................................CBD7T-(NW)(ND)..................................................104 T-Joiner.............................................................................................TJ-1...........................................................................49 Vertical Divider Bar Baseball Glove Holder....................................VDBBGH.................................................................139
O Seven Tier Wire Displayer...............................................................STWD7-(NW)........................................................104 T-Leg.................................................................................................TLEG-(NW).............................................................193 Vertical Divider Bar Bow Display ...................................................VDBBD(NW)(ND).................................................. 138
One Piece Back Hardboard.............................................................BH-(NW)(NH)..........................................................31 Seven Tier Wire Magazine Rack.....................................................SVTDPWMR241454.............................................. 103 T-Leg Base Shoe...............................................................................TLEG-(ND)-(OPT)............................................56, 196 Vertical Divider Bar Garden Fork Hook..........................................VDBE4K534............................................................124
One Piece Back Wire Grid for Centered Backs...............................BSWG-(NW)(NH).....................................................31 Shelf End Trim..................................................................................SET-(ND).................................................................. 54 T-Leg Standard Base Shelf..............................................................(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND)........................................... 196 Vertical Divider Bar Garden Rake Hook.........................................VDBE4K531............................................................124
One Piece Back Wire Grid for Flush Backs......................................BWGH-(NW)(NH)....................................................31 Shelf Extender.................................................................................SE(ND)-(NW)-10..................................................... 86 T8 Light Fixture - Double Tube.......................................................T8LFIXTURE-(NL)D............................................... 187 Vertical Divider Bar Non-Perforated..............................................VDBNP-(NW)02.................................................... 189
Open Back Spanner for Centered Mounted Backs........................OBS-(NL)-CWG....................................................... 30 Shelf Extender Basket.....................................................................SEB........................................................................... 86 T8 Light Fixture - Single Tube.........................................................T8LFIXTURE-S(NL)................................................ 187 Vertical Divider Bar Wire Bottle Display........................................VDBWBD...............................................................146
Open Back Stiffener.........................................................................OBS-(NW)................................................37, 174, 192 Shelf Extender Basket Displayer....................................................SEBD.......................................................................119 T8 Light Tube....................................................................................T8LTUBE-(NL)....................................................... 187 Vertical Divider Bar with Adjustable Brackets..............................VDBAB(NW)(ND).................................................. 125
Open Back Stiffener Kickplate........................................................OBSKP-(NW)..........................................................192 Shelf Extension Radius for SUS/SBS...............................................SERM-(NW)-(TAG)(TYPE)...................................... 79 TL Outrigger Dress Kit......................................................................TLODK-(ND)...........................................................215 Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated.............................................VDBNP-402........................................................... 203
Open Back Stiffener with Center Slot............................................OBSCS-(NW)......................................................37, 51 Shelf Extension Radius Hardware Pack.........................................SERM-HDWR.......................................................... 79 TL Outrigger Freestanding Display Kickplate................................TLOFK(TYPE)-(ND)................................................215 Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated.............................................VDBNP-(NW)(ND).................................................. 80
Alphabetical Index
Part Name Part Number Page Number Part Name Part Number Page Number
4/18 4/18
Numerical Index
Part Number Part Name Page Number Part Number Part Name Page Number
Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated.............................................VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF)......................................92 Y A BXH-(NW)(NH)...................................................... Extension Back Hardboard............................................................... 31
Vertical Height Telescoping Upright Stiffener..............................VHTUS-(NH).............................................................15 Y-Gondola Back Retainer................................................................YSGBR.................................................................... 165 ABADPT................................................................. Bowl Adapter Nut............................................................................158 BXHC-(NW)(NH).................................................... Carpeted Extension Back..................................................................26
Vertical Pipe Display........................................................................VPD(NW)(ND)....................................................... 129 Y-Gondola Hardboard or Pegboard Back......................................YSG(OPT)B(NH)I................................................... 165 ABB-(NW)............................................................. Book Basket.....................................................................................104 BXHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC......................................... Environmental Hardboard Extension Back ....................................26
W Y-Gondola Inside Base Shelf...........................................................YSGIBS(ND)........................................................... 165 AC1230(TYPE)(HAND).......................................... Loose OEB Brackets......................................................................... 115 BXHL-(NW)(NH).................................................... Laminated Extension Back...............................................................25
W Hook.............................................................................................WH-8........................................................................93 Y-Gondola Inside Corner Upper Shelf............................................YSGICUS(ND)......................................................... 165 AC123141(HAND)Z................................................ Z Brackets......................................................................................... 115 BXHPM-(NL)(NH).................................................. Mirror Plex Extension Back...............................................................27
Wall End Stabilizer with Oversized End.........................................WESOE-(GW)(EW)..................................................49 Y-Gondola Inside Kickplate.............................................................YSGIKP(ND)........................................................... 165 AC125(OPT)Z......................................................... Flat S Hooks...................................................................................... 115 BXP-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Extension Back Panels, Pegboard, or Hardboard...........................23
Wall End Stabilizer, Double.............................................................WESD-(GW)(EW)....................................................49 Y-Gondola Junction Center & Lower Spanner..............................YSGJSC24.............................................................. 165 AC125015............................................................... End Cap Merchandiser Peg Hooks..................................................122 BXSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)....................................... Slatwall Extension Back....................................................................28
Wall End Stabilizer, Single..............................................................WESS-(GW)(EW).....................................................49 Y-Gondola Junction Top Cap..........................................................YSGJTC................................................................... 165 AC125520K............................................................ End Cap Merchandiser Mounting Hardware.................................122 BXSWG-(NW)(NH)................................................ Extension Back Wire Grid for Centered Backs................................. 31
Wall Positioner End Clip..................................................................WEPC........................................................................49 Z AC999SWB(FIN1).................................................. Slatwall Brackets............................................................................. 115 BXWGH-(NW)(NH)............................................... Extension Back Wire Grid for Flush Backs........................................ 31
Wall Section Hypermaxi Attachment Kit......................................WSHMAK...............................................................211 Z Brackets.........................................................................................AC123141(HAND)Z.................................................115 ACBR3648-(ND).................................................... Adjustable Crossbar ........................................................................125 C
Wall Section Off Wall Stabilizer Kit................................................WSOWSK-(NL).........................................................18 Z-Bar Spanner..................................................................................SZB(NW)..................................................................51 ACPH123265.......................................................... Wire S Hooks.................................................................................... 115 C3WM8-(NW)(NW)(ND)...................................... Three-Way End Merchandiser Optional Canopy...........................178
Wall Section Off Wall Stabilizer Kit, Heavy-Duty..........................WSOWHDSK-(NL)....................................................18 ACPH123268......................................................... Pegboard Hooks.............................................................................. 115 CB(NL)-(SL)............................................................ Crossbar..............................................................................................94
Wall Section Retainer Pin...............................................................WSRP-10..................................................................19 ACTPRA1222.......................................................... Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm...................................................95 CB1/2FOJ-12-OPT.................................................. Faceout Waterfall 12"........................................................................93
Wall Section Stabilizer Frame.........................................................WSSF(NL)(NW)....................................................... 46 ACTPRAOT(ND)...................................................... Adjustable Crossbar Retainer Arm for Vertical Divider Bar............93 CB1/2FOS-12-PC.................................................... Straight Faceout Waterfall 12"........................................................93
Waterfall Displayers........................................................................FO(OPT)....................................................................92 AFG5DR-(COLOR).................................................. @Front Gen5 Driver........................................................................... 61 CB1/2FOW-PC....................................................... Faceout Waterfall..............................................................................93
Waterfall Displayers for Slatwall ...................................................S(TYPE).................................................................100 AFG5RS48............................................................. @Front Gen5 Rail Set ........................................................................60 CB1/2PH-(NL)........................................................ Crossbar 1/2" Peghook......................................................................95
Waterfall Displayers for Wire Grid .................................................WG(TYPE)............................................................. 101 AFG5RT(ND)-(COLOR)........................................... @Front Gen5 Roller Track..................................................................60 CB1/2X11/2-(NW)(ND)......................................... Crossbar..............................................................................................95
Wide Span Hypermaxi Sign Holder Modified Shelf Mount.........WSHMSHFM(NW)(NH)........................................ 232 AFG5D(NH)(ND)-(COLOR)..................................... @Front Gen5 Divider......................................................................... 61 CB9201-(NL)-(PACK)............................................. Crossbar Hooks..................................................................................94
Wide Span Sign Holder Frame........................................................WS(OPT1)SHF(NW)(NH)(OPT2)........................... 232 AFPC-(COLOR)........................................................ @Front Shelf Pitch Converter............................................................60 CBA(TYPE)-(NL).................................................... Adjustable Canopy Bracket.............................................................185
Wine Display Kit...............................................................................WDK-(NW)............................................................146 AFRD(NW)(ND)..................................................... @Front Deck.......................................................................................59 CBADJ-(NW)(ND).................................................. Adjustable Crossbar...........................................................................94
Wing Merchandise Pegboard Panel..............................................WMPB(NW)(NH) ..................................................121 AFRS(NW)(ND)...................................................... @Front Shelf.......................................................................................58 CBD(OPT1)-(ND)(OPT2)(NH)................................ Clipless Basket Divider.............................................................113, 120
Wing Merchandise Pegboard Panel Shelf.....................................WMPBS(NW)(ND).................................................121 AFRSD(NH)(ND)..................................................... @Front Shelf Metal Divider...............................................................59 CBD7T-(NW)(ND).................................................. Seven Tier Comic Book Display.......................................................104
Wing Slatwall Display.....................................................................HTWSWD-(NH)(NW)(ND).....................................131 AFRSPF(NH)48...................................................... @Front Shelf Plastic Front............................................................59, 61 CBMWRPH............................................................. Crossbar Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder........................................156
Wing Slatwall Display Shelf............................................................SWMSHT90-(NW)(ND).........................................131 AFRSPF(NH)48H................................................... @Front Shelf Plastic Front............................................................59, 61 CBMWRPHVT........................................................ Crossbar Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder for VDB..........................156
Wire Basket Clip...............................................................................WBC........................................................................113 AFR1222-(OPT)..................................................... Adjustable Frame Retainer.............................................................100 CBO-(NL)................................................................ Open Canopy Brackets....................................................................185
Wire Bed Wall Shelf.........................................................................WBWS-(NW)(ND)..................................................143 APC-(COLOR).......................................................... Touch-Up Paint, ORM-D Consumer Commodity............................91 CBP(NW)-(ND)...................................................... Crossbar with Holes...........................................................................94
Wire Binning Cross Divider.............................................................MC-(NH)(NW)-10-(OPT)........................................ 89 B CBPRS-(NW)(NH)-(TYPE).................................... Combination Back Panel Retaining System....................................32
Wire Binning Divider.......................................................................PMD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT)......................................... 89 B(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)............................................... Back Panel.......................................................................... 25, 176, 193 CBPSW-(NW)(ND)................................................ Classic Pegboard Basket....................................................................99
Wire Binning Front..........................................................................PMF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT)........................................ 89 B(TYPE)-2(NH)...................................................... Back Panel.................................................................................. 51, 171 CBWG-(NW)(ND).................................................. Classic Basket for Wire Grid.............................................................101
Wire Bottle Display Racks...............................................................WR(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)(PACK)-2............................ 148 B(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH)........................................... Mirror Mylar Back..............................................................................26 CDBS-(NW)(ND).................................................... CD Browser Shelf.............................................................................105
Wire Brackets...................................................................................BWB-(ND)-H..................................................118, 150 B(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH)............................................ Unpainted Back.................................................................................25 CDBSD-(ND)........................................................... CD Browser Divider..........................................................................105
Wire Candy Rack..............................................................................WCANR-(NW)........................................................153 BASIX-(NW)(ND)(TAG).......................................... Basix, Extendable Base Shelf............................................................42 CDD-(NW)............................................................. CD Displayer.....................................................................................105
Wire Candy Rack For Gondola........................................................WCRFG(NH)-(NW).................................................153 BBBEC-(ND)........................................................... Back-to-Back Base End Cover................................................... 16, 219 CDDE-(NW)............................................................ CD Displayer Endcap........................................................................105
Wire Candy Shelf.............................................................................WCANS(NW)(ND)-TAG..........................................116 BBBSM-(ND).......................................................... Back-to-Back Base Shoe........................................................... 16, 219 CE(TYPE)(ND)(HAND)-(TYPE).............................. Canopy End......................................................................................186
Wire Chip Shelf................................................................................WCDS-(NW)(ND)-(ND)..........................................116 BBKP-(NW)........................................................... Back-to-Back Kickplate............................................................. 16, 219 CEP(TYPE)(UH)(BSD)-(CED)(HAND)-(TYPE)........ Canopy End Panel............................................................................186
Wire Cookware Display...................................................................WCWD-(ND)-(OPT)...............................................155 BBSKT(NW)(ND)-(FH)(RH)................................... Bulk Baskets..................................................................................... 118 CF1CF-10................................................................ Fastener CFICF-1.................................................................................88
Wire Cookware Display Hooks.......................................................WCWDH-(PACK)....................................................155 BBSKTD(ND)-(FH)(RH).......................................... Bulk Baskets Divider........................................................................ 118 CF88....................................................................... Lite-Ex Canopy Flange....................................................................183
Wire Cookware Display VDBNP Mount..........................................WCWDVDBNP-(ND)..............................................155 BBWBU-(NH)........................................................ Back-to-Back Basic Upright...................................................... 16, 219 CFD-AB................................................................... Ceiling Fan Cloud Adjustable Beam...............................................130
Wire Cookware Display Vertical Divider Bar Mount.....................WCWDVDB-(ND)...................................................155 BC-9630-(OPT)...................................................... Box Corner..........................................................................................81
CFD-FB................................................................... Ceiling Fan Cloud Fan Box...............................................................130
Wire End Cap Merchandiser...........................................................WECM(NW)(ND)(NH)........................................... 122 BD-(NW)(ND)........................................................ Rotating Bat Displayer....................................................................139
BD4........................................................................ Mounted Bat Displayer...................................................................139 CFD-HB-48............................................................ Ceiling Fan Cloud HB-48.................................................................130
Wire Grid Brochure Holder..............................................................WBH-(NL)-WG...................................................... 101 CFDB-(HAND)........................................................ Ceiling Fan Cloud Display Bracket..................................................130
Wire Grid Lawnmower Shelf..........................................................WGLMS30D-(NW)(ND)........................................ 128 BD70-(NW)........................................................... Book Display, 70".............................................................................102
BDRBD................................................................... Rotating Bat Displayer Optional Ball Basket.................................139 CFHP973................................................................ Deluxe Canopy Flange.....................................................................184
Wire Grid Panel for Basic Upright...................................................WGPBU-(NW)(NH)................................................. 83
Wire Grid Peg Hook.........................................................................WGPH-(NL)-(PACK)................................................ 97 BEC-(ND)-(NH) ...................................................... Base End Covers.................................................................................20 CSBHVDB1012....................................................... Carded Saw Blade Holder for VDB Mount.....................................137
Wire Grid Scanner Hook..................................................................RGS-(NL)-(PACK).................................................... 97 BECCD-(NH)(ND)................................................... Base End Cover Cap Design.............................................................106 CTO(ND)-(NL)........................................................ Countertop One Drop Edge.............................................................228
Wire Grid Shelf.................................................................................WGS-(NW)(ND).....................................................118 BFWS-(NW)(ND)................................................... Baby Formula Wire Shelf.................................................................117 CTS(ND)-(NL)......................................................... Countertop No Drop Edge...............................................................228
Wire Grid Shelf Frame.....................................................................WGSF-(NW)(ND)...................................................118 BH-(NW)(NH)........................................................ One Piece Back Hardboard................................................................ 31 CTT(ND)-(NL)......................................................... Countertop Two Drop Edge.............................................................228
Wire Grid Shelf with Down Lip.......................................................WGSLZ(OPT)(NW)(ND).........................................117 BHC-(NW)(NH)...................................................... Carpeted Back....................................................................................26 D
Wire Grid Shelf with Down Lip Divider..........................................WGSLZD(NH)(ND)..................................................117 BHEV-(NW)(NH)-ECC............................................ Environmental Hardboard Back.......................................................26 DC-(NH)(NL)L......................................................... Deluxe Canopy.................................................................................184
Wire Grid Skillet Holder...................................................................WGSH-(NL)........................................................... 101 BHL-(NW)(NH)...................................................... Laminated Back.................................................................................25 DDFD4-(NW)(ND)................................................. Dry Dog Food Display for 4 lb Bags ................................................152
Wire Grid Utility Bin.........................................................................WGUB-12129........................................................ 101 BHPM-(NL)(NH).................................................... Mirror Plex Back.................................................................................27 DGA11(COLOR)-(NW)............................................ Single Position Tag Molding.............................................................63
Wire Hammer Display.....................................................................HRHDRGB...............................................................135 BKSBEP-(ND)-6..................................................... Bookshelf End Panel................................................................ 102, 110 DGA12(COLOR)-(NW)........................................... Uptilt Tag Molding.............................................................................63
Wire Harmonic Grid Back................................................................BWHG-(NW)(NH)....................................................33 BKSD-(ND)-25....................................................... Bookshelf Wire Divider........................................................... 102, 110 DGA13(COLOR)-(NW)........................................... Single Position Tag Molding.............................................................63
Wire Magazine & Book Display......................................................WMBD-(NW)........................................................104 BKSOS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE).................................... Bookshelf On Base...........................................................................102 DIV(NH)(ND)-OPT................................................. Styrene Divider..................................................................................88
Wire Mini Shelf for Pegboard.........................................................WMSP...................................................................... 99 BLL-(ND) ................................................................ Base Load Leveler..............................................................................20 DM(TYPE)T-(NW).................................................. Magazine Displayer.........................................................................103
Wire Pet Bed Displayer....................................................................WPBD-(OPT)........................................................... 99 BLLL-(ND) ............................................................. Base Load Lip Leveler........................................................................20 DPS-(NW).............................................................. Dressing Room Door Panel Splicer.................................................195
Wire Potato Chip Shelf....................................................................WPCS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)........................................116 BMPG-(NW)(NH).................................................. Multi-Purpose Grid Back...................................................................33 DR88HP................................................................. Dressing Room Hardware Pack......................................................195
Wire Pull Out Shelf..........................................................................MBWPS(NW)(ND)-(TAG)....................................... 68 BMSG-(NW)(NH).................................................. Modified Slatgrid Back......................................................................33 DRCCB ................................................................... Dressing Room Corner Crossbar.....................................................193
Wire Radius Shelf.............................................................................WUSRF-(NW)(ND)(TAG).......................................152 BP-(NW)(ND)........................................................ Back Panels, Pegboard, or Hardboard.............................................23 DRDP(NW)............................................................. Dressing Room Door Panel.............................................................195
Wire S Hooks....................................................................................ACPH123265..........................................................115 BRBHHM90........................................................... Bike Rack Bike Holder......................................................................138 DRDPR-(HAND) .................................................... Dressing Room Door Panel Retainer..............................................195
Wire Salsa and Dip Shelf.................................................................WSADS-(NW)(ND)(OPT).......................................116 BRKTDT-(NL)......................................................... Double Tab Bracket............................................................................ 18 DRDPS.................................................................... Dressing Room Divider Panel Stabilizer........................................195
Wire Sheet Basket...........................................................................WSBSKT-(NW)(ND)...............................................143 BRUSM90-(NW)................................................... Bike Rack ..........................................................................................138 DRDPWLD(NW).................................................... Dressing Room Door Panel with Locking Door.............................195
Wire Shower Curtain Display Pegboard Clips...............................WSCDPC-4PK.........................................................145 BS-(ND).................................................................. Base Shoe...........................................................................................20 DRIA....................................................................... Dressing Room Inside Anchor.........................................................194
Wire Shower Curtain Display Panel...............................................WSCDS-84-(HAND)...............................................145 BS01(ND)(NW)...................................................... Open End Baskets............................................................................ 114 DRICF-(NH)............................................................ Dressing Room Inside Corner Filler................................................194
Wire Shower Curtain Shelf.............................................................WSCS......................................................................145 BSCHD-(ND).......................................................... Heavy-Duty Base Shoe Cover.........................................................203 DROA...................................................................... Dressing Room Outside Anchor......................................................194
Wire Snack Shelf..............................................................................WCANSSW(NL)(ND)-(OPT)..................................100 BSR-(ND)................................................................ Base Shoe Reinforced........................................................................20 DROCF-(NH).......................................................... Dressing Room Outside Corner Filler.............................................194
Wire Soft Goods Adjustable Shelf..................................................WPSA-(NAW)-(ND)..............................................144 BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)................................................... Base Shoe, Straight-In Locking.........................................19, 171, 176 DRTRS ................................................................... Dressing Room Top Rail Stabilizer..................................................193
Wire Soft Goods Divider System....................................................WPDVDB(NH)(ND)-(OPT)....................................144 BSSIL(OPT)-(ND)-7................................................ Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, 7".................................................... 19 DRUFC-(NH)........................................................... Dressing Room Upright Face Cover................................................194
Wire Truss PMF Front.......................................................................WTPMFF-(NW)...............................................88, 227 BSSIL2H-(ND)1205(OPT)...................................... Base Shoe Straight-In Locking, Two Height.................................... 19 DRUS...................................................................... Dressing Room Upright Spacer......................................................194
Wire Truss Post.................................................................................TSP-(NH)................................................................. 82 BSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)......................................... Slatwall Back......................................................................................28 DTS7-(NW)(ND) .................................................... Downtilt Shelf 7˚............................................................................... 61
Wire Truss Shelf...............................................................................WTS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)-(MP)...................151 BSWG-(NW)(NH).................................................. One Piece Back Wire Grid for Centered Backs................................. 31 DV02(ND)(NH)....................................................... Open End Basket Divider................................................................. 114
Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Tag Mold ..................................................WTSPTM-(NW)......................................................151 BTDR(NW)(ND)..................................................... Belt and Tie Display.........................................................................142 DV050610CM(POSITION)(OPT)............................ Multi-Purpose Dividers.....................................................................87
Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Top............................................................WTSPT-(NW)(ND).................................................151 BU-(AH)................................................................. Basic Upright................................................ 14, 50, 171, 176, 192, 196 DVDF3L-(NW)........................................................ DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level..................................................................107
Wire Truss Wine Shelf.....................................................................WTWS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG).................147, 227 BUB-(NW)(NH)..................................................... Basic Upright Brace.........................................................................171 DVDF3L-EP............................................................. DVD Flush Shelf 3-Level End Panel ................................................107
Wire Truss Wine Shelf, Radius Front..............................................WTWSRF-(NW)(ND)-(FIN)-(TAG)........................147 BUES(NH)............................................................... Basic Upright for End Shelf.......................................................70, 166 DVDS4T-(NW)....................................................... DVD Shelf 4-Tier ..............................................................................107
Wire Twelve Pocket Magazine Rack..............................................WTPMR................................................................. 103 BUESI(NH)............................................................. Basic Upright for End Shelf Insert Only............................70, 166, 177 DVDS4T-EP............................................................ DVD Shelf 4-Tier End Panel ............................................................107
Wire Utility Baskets for Shelf..........................................................WUB-180404-(OPT).............................................116 BUTMWAB............................................................. Basic Upright for Top Mount Wall Anchor Bracket......................... 17 E
Wire Video Shelf..............................................................................MWVSG(NW)........................................................ 106 BUWMS................................................................. Basic Upright Wall Mount Support Bracket.................................... 17 E4K531................................................................... Garden Rake Peg Hook......................................................................98
Wire Wallet Basket..........................................................................WWM(OPT)MPG(NW)(ND)..................................142 BWB-(ND)-H......................................................... Wire Brackets........................................................................... 118, 150 E4K534................................................................... Garden Fork Peg Hook.......................................................................98
Wire Wallet Cross Divider................................................................WWM7MPGCD-(NW)...........................................142 BWGH-(NW)(NH).................................................. One Piece Back Wire Grid for Flush Backs........................................ 31 E4K554................................................................... Chrome-Plated Peg Hook-Double Prong........................................96
Wire Wine Rack With Cradles.........................................................WWRC-(NW)-(TAG)............................................. 146 BWHG-(NW)(NH)................................................. Wire Harmonic Grid Back..................................................................33 EC090852.............................................................. End Cap Merchandiser....................................................................122
Wood Shelf Brackets.......................................................................WSB-(ND).............................................................228 BWSEDS-(NW)...................................................... Dip Shelf, Extended.........................................................................150
EC090852K............................................................ End Cap Merchandiser Mounting Kit.............................................122
Wrap Around Notched Upper Shelf...............................................WAUSN(NW)(ND)............................................69, 173 BX(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)............................................. Back, Extension..........................................................................25, 193
EC090854.............................................................. End Cap Merchandiser Basket........................................................122
Wrap Around Shelf..........................................................................WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)......................................47, 69 BX(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH)......................................... Mirror Mylar Extension Back............................................................26
BX(TYPE)U-(NW)(NH).......................................... Unpainted Extension Back................................................................25 ECDDS(NW)(ND)................................................... Extended Compact Disc Display Shelf............................................106
Wrap Around Upper End Flat Modified.........................................WAUEFM(ND)................................................. 70, 167
Numerical Index
Part Number Part Name Page Number Part Number Part Name Page Number
4/18 4/18
Part Number Part Name Page Number Part Number Part Name
Numerical Index Page Number
EF(NH)(NW)(TYPE)5(OPT)(LH)(RH)..................... EF/TOEM Options, Offset Gondola Base and Panel Options..........44 HMRDSC-(ND)........................................................ Cantilever Beam Side Cover............................................................220 M PEGB...................................................................... Peg Basket..........................................................................................99
EF(NH)(NW)005PHH............................................ End Frame, Pegboard Exterior and Hardboard Interior Panels.....43 HMSASH(NL)(NH)(OPT1)(OPT2).......................... Hypermaxi & Wide Span Sign Holder............................................ 212 M17(COLOR)-(NW)................................................ Two Position Tag Molding.................................................................63 PFRBSM(NW)(NH)................................................ Picture Frame Retainer Base Shelf Mounted................................145
EF(NH)(NW)005WG.............................................. End Frame, WG Ext. & HB Int. Panels or WG Ext. Panels Only........44 HMSH-(NSH)(NL).................................................. Hypermaxi Sign Holder................................................................... 211 M19(COLOR)-(NW)............................................... Two Position Tag Molding.................................................................63 PH(NL)-(PACK)...................................................... Peg Hook-Single Prong.....................................................................97
EF(NH)(NW)005WGHH........................................ End Frame, WG Ext. & HB Int. Panels Int. Panels or WG Ext. Panels Only......44 HMU-(NH)............................................................. Hypermaxi Upright.........................................................................205 M29(COLOR)-(NW)............................................... Downtilt Tag Molding.......................................................................64 PHI-10-PC.............................................................. Heavy-Duty Implement Hook..........................................................98
EFS.......................................................................... End Frame Stabilizer..........................................................................45 HMU-(NL)LR.......................................................... Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit and Reflector..............................210 M30(COLOR)-(NW)............................................... Base Shelf Bumper Molding.............................................................63 PHWSIMFF10-RD.................................................. Peg Hook Wide Span Inside Mount Forward Facing....................210
EMPBM-(BH)(NW)................................................ Extended Metal Peg Bar Modified...................................................80 HMUCA.................................................................. Hypermaxi Leveler Cover................................................................210 M3W(OPT)(NH)(NW)(ND)(EXT)(INT).................. Merchandiser Three-Way...............................................................181 PLSTTS(NW)(ND).................................................. Thin Profile Shelf, Regular-Duty ......................................................62
EP(OPT1)(NH)(ND)-(OPT2)................................... End Panels, Square & Radius............................................................65 HR-(NL).................................................................. Hangrod.............................................................................................95 MBP-(NW)(NH)..................................................... Metal Back Panels, Perforated.......................................................193 PLSTTSLD(NW)(ND).............................................. Thin Profile Shelf, Light-Duty ..........................................................62
EP(TYPE)H-(NW)(NH).......................................... Extended Panels................................................................................80 HR(OPT)-(NL)........................................................ Hangrod Brackets..............................................................................95 MBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT).......................................... Metal Back Panels..............................................................................27 PMD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT)....................................... Wire Binning Divider.........................................................................89
EPPMVDB.............................................................. Extended Peg Panel Mount Brackets for Vertical Divider Bars......80 HRCB-(NW)........................................................... Hose Reel Crossbar..........................................................................137 MBP-(NW)(NH)-NP.............................................. Metal Back Panels, Non-Perforated..............................................193 PMF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT)....................................... Wire Binning Front............................................................................89
EPS(NH)(ND)-(OPT1)............................................. End Panels, Square..........................................................................225 HRHDRGB.............................................................. Wire Hammer Display.....................................................................135 MBS-(NW)-PC....................................................... Mirror Back Splicer...........................................................................234 POGP...................................................................... Plan-O-Gram Pocket Assembly......................................................159
ES(NL)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(OPT)............................. Extended Shelf...................................................................................79 HSL-(NW)............................................................... Bottom Spanner for Flush Backs......................................................30 MBWB-(ND).......................................................... Bakery Wire Shelf Bracket................................................ 82, 149, 151 POSSTP(NW)(ND)................................................. Pull Out Shelf with STP Brackets......................................................68
ESB(ND)-(NW)(SD)-(TAG)-(OPT)......................... Extended Base Shelf..........................................................................79 HSL-(NW)............................................................... Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner.............................................................22 MBWPS(NW)(ND)-(TAG)...................................... Wire Pull Out Shelf.............................................................................68 PTH-(TYPE)........................................................... Power Tool Holder...........................................................................136
ESRF-(BD)-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(TYPE)..................... Extended Upper Shelf with Radius Front........................................79 HSLHD-(NW)......................................................... Extra Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner...................................................22 MBWS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(MF)(EDGE)................... Bakery Wire Shelf............................................................................149 PTLKUP(NW)(ND)(NH)......................................... Paint Lock-Up Kit.............................................................................159
ESWPREVDBM(NW)(NH)..................................... Extended Slatwall Panel with Reinforced Edges............................80 HSTHD-(NW)(ND)................................................. Half Shelf on Tubing Heavy-Duty.....................................................57 MBWSDGA2(COLOR)-(NW)................................. Bakery Wire Shelf Tag Molding......................................................150 Q
EU-(NH)................................................................. Extension Upright...................................................................... 14, 192 HTWSWD-(NH)(NW)(ND).................................... Wing Slatwall Display..................................................................... 131 MBWSWB-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)(EDGE).................... Bakery Wire Shelf with Welded Brackets......................................149 Q6491-(NL)(NH).................................................... Hypermaxi Metal Border................................................................ 211
EZ861-(NW).......................................................... EZ Clip Label Holder..................................................................113, 120 HU-(AH)................................................................. Half Upright........................................................................................ 14 MC-(NH)(NW)-10-(OPT)....................................... Wire Binning Cross Divider...............................................................89 QB700922.............................................................. Queuing Bowl..................................................................................158
F HUS-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf...................................................................55 MCD-(NW)............................................................. Five Pocket Magazine & Calender Display.....................................102 QBDIV12-04.......................................................... Queuing Bowl Divider.....................................................................158
F10156-10.............................................................. Fastener 10156...................................................................................88 HUS10-(NW)(ND).................................................. Heavy-Duty Shelf with 10° Downslope...................................55, 148 MCD6-(NW).......................................................... Six Pocket Magazine & Calendar Display.......................................103 QSSH(SIZE)............................................................. Queuing System Sign Holder and Stem.........................................158
FAB(OPT)PG-(HAND)............................................ Framed Art Bracket ...........................................................................99 I MCRF-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT)................................ Metal Canopy Radius Front.............................................................182 R
FAB(SIZE)............................................................... Slatwall Frame Display....................................................................100 ICSR-(NL)............................................................... Inside Corner Side Retainer...............................................................75 MCS-(NW)(NH)..................................................... Metal Canopy System.....................................................................183 RCCS(NL)-212-(PACK)........................................... Crossbar Scanner Hook.....................................................................94
FF(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)............................................ Flush Front Upper Shelf.....................................................................62 IU-106-(OPT)......................................................... Keyboard Shelf...................................................................................86 MCS1-(FD)(FW)-(RSD)(LSD)(SW)........................ Metal End Canopy System..............................................................182 RDHMUK(ND)(NL)-(TYPE).................................... Regular-Duty Hypermaxi Deck Kits...............................................208
FFBS-(NW)(ND)..................................................... Flush Front Base Shelf....................................................................... 41 K MCSEC-(NH)-(NDR)............................................... Metal Canopy System Adjustable End Cover................................183 RDWSDS(ND)......................................................... Regular-Duty Hypermaxi Deck Support........................................207
FMEF(ND)-(NW)-F(NH) ....................................... Freestanding Metal End Flat, F-Style Square Front Base Shelf.....48 KEYBOARD-TRAY.................................................. Pull Out Keyboard Tray......................................................................86 MD-(NH)(ND)-1-(OPT).......................................... Interlocking Wire Binning Divider...................................................90 RFMC-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................................ Radius Front Metal Canopy.............................................................182
FMEF(ND)-(NW)-S(NH) ....................................... Freestanding Metal End Flat, S-Style Base Shelf............................48 KP-(NL).................................................................. Kickplate........................................................................................... 176 MEBP-(NW)(NH)................................................... Metal Extension Back Panels............................................................27 RFT3D(OPT)(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD).............. Radius Front Three-Way Display....................................................179
FMEFTOEMC(NW)................................................. FMEF and TOEM Connector...............................................................48 KP-(NL)(NH).......................................................... Kickplate.............................................................................................38 MEBP-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)........................................ Metal Extension Back Panels..........................................................193 RGB-1..................................................................... Roll Goods Bracket...........................................................................127
FO(OPT)................................................................. Waterfall Displayers..........................................................................92 KP-(NW)-5-SB....................................................... Kickplate...........................................................................................172 MF-(NH)(NW)-1-(OPT)......................................... Interlocking Wire Binning Front.......................................................90 RGDB(NW)(NH)(TYPE)......................................... Rolling Gondola Hardboard or Pegboard Backs...........................199
FPD-(NF)(NW)....................................................... Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display.....................................................140 KPR-(NW) ............................................................. Rear Kickplate..............................................................................38, 51 MFSC(NW)............................................................. Folding Shelf Carriage.....................................................................159 RGDBFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)..................................... Rolling Gondola Back for Gondola Feature End............................199
FPDAH6.................................................................. Fishing Pole or Pool Cue Display Adjusatable Heights.................140 L
FPHCBH.................................................................. Fishing Pole Holder Crossbar Hook................................................140 MFSCAU................................................................. Folding Shelf Carriage Add-on Upright.........................................159 RGDBR-(NW)(NH)................................................. Rolling Gondola Retainer System..................................................200
FR2145................................................................... Fastener Remover 2145.....................................................................88 LBDP-22................................................................. Lumber Bar Divider..........................................................................128 MGED (ND)(LSD)(RSD)(OPT1)-DGA28(OPT2)...... Mobile Gondola End Deck................................................111, 174, 201 RGDBT(NW)........................................................... Rolling Gondola Bottom Tube........................................................198
FSWEP(NH)(ND)-(OPT1)-(OPT2).......................... Framed Slatwall End Panel...............................................................65 LBPS....................................................................... Low Base Pallet Stop.......................................................................203 MGL-(ND) .............................................................. Mobile Gondola Leg..........................................................................21 RGDG(NW)(NH)(TYPE)......................................... Rolling Gondola Grid Backs.............................................................199
FTHMD-(ND)(NL).................................................. Flow Through Hypermaxi Decks....................................................209 LBSF-(NW)(ND)..................................................... Lumishelf™ Base Shelf......................................................................78 MGLM(OPT)-(ND)-(TYPE).................................... Mobile Gondola Leg, Modified.........................................................21 RGDGFE(NW)(NH)(TYPE)..................................... Rolling Gondola Grid for Gondola Feature End.............................199
FTWD4-(NW)........................................................ Four Tier Wire Display......................................................................117 LC-(NH)(NL)(OPT).................................................. Lite-Ex Canopy.................................................................................183 MGPC(NW)............................................................ Mobile Gondola Plate Caster...........................................111, 199, 201 RGDTT(OPT)(NW).................................................. Rolling Gondola Top Tube...............................................................198
FTWD5-(NW)........................................................ Five Tier Wire Display.......................................................................117 LDF-(NW)(ND)....................................................... Light Diffuser Frame.......................................................................186 199MGPCCR-(NW)................................................ Mobile Gondola Plate Caster Runner............................................. 174 RGDTTC.................................................................. Rolling Gondola Top Tube Connector.............................................200
FWSH(NW)(ND).................................................... Footwear Shelf................................................................................. 141 LDK(NW)(ND)-(COLOR)........................................ Light Diffuser Kit..............................................................................186 MGRK(NW)-(OPT)................................................. Metal Gun Rack Kit..........................................................................140 RGDTTF(NW)......................................................... Rolling Gondola Top Tube Fixed....................................................198
FWSUS................................................................... Footwear SUS................................................................................... 141 LEVELRAK2818(OPT)............................................ Two Tier Level Wire Rack.................................................................136 MGSP..................................................................... Mobile Gondola Spacer Plate...................................................111, 201 RGDUFE(NH)(ND)(BACK)...................................... Rolling Gondola Upright Feature End............................................197
FWSUSR................................................................. Footwear SUS Reinforced............................................................... 141 LF(NW).................................................................. Lumber Frame...............................................................................1290 MLQABMH............................................................. Bowl Mount for Basic Upright........................................................158 RGDU(OPT)(NH)(ND)............................................ Rolling Gondola Upright Intermediate or End..............................198
G LFCB-(TYPE).......................................................... Light Fixture Crossbars....................................................................134 MPS-48(ND).......................................................... Metal Pull Out Shelf...........................................................................68 RGS-(NL)-(PACK).................................................. Wire Grid Scanner Hook....................................................................97
GCFTWD4-(NW)................................................... Greeting Card Four Tier Wire Display.............................................109 LFEP-(TYPE).......................................................... Light Fixture End Panels.................................................................133 MRF(OPT)(NW)(NH)............................................. Maxi Line Rolling Frame .................................................................163 RGS-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Radius Glass Shelf..............................................................................85
GFBS-(NW)(ND).................................................... Gravity Feed Bottle Slide.................................................................148 LFFUS-424Z........................................................... Light Fixture Display Flush Front Shelf..........................................133 MRFBC(NW).......................................................... Maxi Line Rolling Frame Bottom Channel....................................163 RGSFA-(NW)(ND).................................................. Radius Glass Shelf Frame Assembly.................................................85
GFCTD(NW)(ND)................................................... Gravity Feed Caulk Tube Display....................................................129 LFLHBP.................................................................. Light Fixture Lower Hardboard......................................................133 MRFFS(ND)............................................................ Maxi Line Rolling Frame Frame, Frame Stop................................163 RGT-(NW).............................................................. Roll Goods Tube...............................................................................127
GS-(NW)(ND)........................................................ Glass Shelf..........................................................................................84 LFP-(TYPE)............................................................ Light Fixture Panels.........................................................................134 MRFTC(NW)(NH)................................................... Maxi Line Rolling Frame Top Track Assembly...............................163 RGU-(NH)............................................................... Roll Goods Upright..........................................................................127
GSC-20.................................................................... Glass Shelf Clips..................................................................................84 LFRCF..................................................................... Light Fixture Radius Canopy Frame...............................................132 MRFWC(NW)......................................................... Maxi Line Rolling Frame Frame Wheel Cover...............................163 RGVDBHD-(NW)................................................... Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar.........................................................57
GSF-(NW)(ND)....................................................... Glass Shelf Frame..............................................................................84 LFSB....................................................................... Light Fixture Signage Board...........................................................133 MSCD(NW)............................................................ Metal Shelf Cross Divider..................................................................87 RGVDBNH-(NW)................................................... Roll Goods Vertical Divider Bar...............................................146, 156
GSF(NW)(ND)-2B.................................................. Glass Shelf Frame with Two Crossbars............................................84 MSD-(ND)(NH)...................................................... Metal Shelf Divider............................................................................87 RHD3D(FW)(SW)(NH)(SBD)(FBD)(OPT).............. Radius Heavy-Duty Three-Way Display.........................................178
GSF(NW)(ND)-2B.................................................. Lumishelf™ Glass Shelf Frame.......................................................... 76 LLB(NW)................................................................ Beam LED Canopy Light..........................................................206, 226
LLBCC(CONF)(NW)-(OPT)..................................... LEDge Light Beam Canopy Cover................................................... 213 MSDP-(AD)(AH).................................................... Metal Section Divider Panel.............................................................91 RMBKP(NW)(ND).................................................. Round Metal Base Kickplate.............................................70, 166, 177
GSRFF-(NW)(ND).................................................. Lumishelf™Glass Shelf Radius Frame..............................................77
GWDP(OPT1)-(NH)(ND)-(OPT2)(OPT3) .............. Gondola Wire Display Panel With and Without Wings................ 121 LLHA....................................................................... LEDge Light Harness Assembly......................................................227 MSF-(NW)............................................................. Metal Shelf Filler...........................................................................37, 91 RMBS(NW)(ND).................................................... Round Metal Base Shelf....................................................70, 166, 177
GWSIK.................................................................... Installation Kit for Maxi Line.............................................................39 LLJ(NL)................................................................... LEDge Light Jumper Cable..............................................................227 MSF-EWGP(NW)(NH)(ND)................................... Extended Wire Grid Panel.................................................................83 RMUSM(NR).......................................................... Round Metal Upper Shelf Modified.................................70, 166, 177
H LLPS....................................................................... LEDge Light Power Supply..............................................................227 MSF-HK.................................................................. Hex Key With T Handle......................................................................40 RSGW(LOCK)(NW)(NH)(EXT)(INT)....................... Retractable Security Wire Gate......................................................228
HALF-BUWMS....................................................... Half Basic Upright Wall Mount Support Bracket............................. 17 LLRDDSMC ............................................................ LEDge Light Deck Support Mounting Clip.....................................206 MSF-R44-SWR-12-P............................................. Chip Clip, 12-Hook ........................................................................... 119 RTD3S-(NH)........................................................... Three-Sided Rotating Display.........................................................190
HBAUS(NW)(ND)................................................... Health and Beauty Aid Shelf.............................................................55 LLS(NL).................................................................. LEDge Light......................................................................................226 MSSST(NW)........................................................... Maxi Slice Top Spanner...................................................................234 S
HCDM-(OPT).......................................................... Hanging Chip/Dip Merchandiser....................................................150 LMD-4.................................................................... Lawn Mower Display.......................................................................128 MSSU(NH)............................................................. Maxi Slice Upright............................................................................234 S(TYPE).................................................................. Waterfall Displayers for Slatwall ...................................................100
HDEMO-HWPK...................................................... HDEMO Hardware Pack.....................................................................51 LSBPAS-(NW)(NH)................................................ Lumiback Single Back Panel Adapter Set.......................................35 MSSUTB(NW)........................................................ Maxi Slice Upright Tie Bar...............................................................234 S(TYPE)SBN(NW)(ND).......................................... Bullnose Upper and Base Shelf.................................................62, 167
HDEMOTC.............................................................. HDEMO Top Cap.................................................................................51 LSBPASE-(NW)(NH).............................................. Lumiback Single Back Panel Adapter Set– Extension...................35 MSWHDMS(NW)(ND)NT...................................... Metal Slatwall Shelf, Heavy-Duty ...................................................85 SBBUM................................................................... Sign Base Basic Upright Mount......................................................158
HDPAPMEF12-(LH)(RH)-S5.................................. Heavy-Duty Metal End Flat, 3' x 4' or 4' x 4' ..................................173 LSBPASES-(NW)(NH)............................................ Lumiback Extension Back Panel Adapter Set– Single Track..........36 MTSWS-TYPE-(NW)-(TAG).................................. Modified Two Step Wire Shelf........................................................ 119 SBDPOK................................................................. Sleeping Bag Displayer Pullout Only Kit........................................138
HDPB-(ND)............................................................ Heavy-Duty Pipe Bracket................................................................129 LSBPASET-(NW)(NH)............................................ Lumiback Extension Back Panel Adapter Set– Triple Track...........36 MVDA-(ND)(NL)H.................................................. M Vertical Divider Arms..................................................................123 SBDSPO-(NW)....................................................... Sleeping Bag Displayer...................................................................138
HDU-(NH).............................................................. Heavy-Duty Upright.......................................................................... 15 LSBPASS-(NW)(NH).............................................. Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set– Single Track...........................36 MWCT-(NL)............................................................ Non-Captive Wood Tag Molding......................................................64 SBHVDB(ND)......................................................... Saw Blade Holder for VDB Mount..................................................137
HHWD(NW)(ND)................................................... Hand Held Weight Display..............................................................138 LSBPAST-(NW)(NH).............................................. Lumiback Back Panel Adapter Set– Triple Track.............................36 MWTS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)....................................... Modified Wire Truss Shelf.................................................................82 SBRS-(NH)............................................................. Single Wire Grid Back Retainer System........................................... 31
HM(TYPE)(ND)(NL)-(OPT).................................... Hypermaxi Decks.............................................................................208 LSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT)................................. Liquor Security Cabinet Gondola Mounted Lock-Up System......222 MWVSG(NW)........................................................ Wire Video Shelf..............................................................................106 SBS-(NW)(ND)....................................................... Standard Base Shelf............................................41, 56, 172, 176, 221
HM(TYPE)(OPT1)(NL)(OPT2)................................ Hypermaxi Beams..........................................................................205 LSCSP-(NH)(ND).................................................... Liquor Security Cabinet Metal Side Panel.....................................225 N SBS(OPT)TLEG-(NW)(ND)..................................... Standard Base Shelf T-Leg..................................................21, 56, 196
HM(TYPE)FB(NL)-U-LC......................................... Hypermaxi Front Beam for Light Canopy...................................... 212 LSDSCGM(NW)(NH)(ND)(OPT) ............................ Liquor Security Cabinet Gondola Lock-Up System-Single Door...223 NB-(NW)(ND)........................................................ Nail Bin Shelf....................................................................................128 SBSCD-(NW)(ND).................................................. Standard Base Shelf for Compact Discs.........................................106
HMAC-2.................................................................. Hypermaxi Attachment Clip...........................................................207 LSS(OPT)WC.......................................................... Spider Cables Lumi LED Products.....................................................78 NBD-(ND)............................................................... Nail Bin Divider................................................................................128 SBSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG).......................... Half-Radius Base Shelf......................................................................73
HMACBBWD-(OPT)............................................... Hypermaxi Attachment Clip for Base Beam and Wood Deck......207 LSSBE-(NW)(NH)-R.............................................. Lumiback Single Sided Back Extension...........................................34 NBS-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Nail Bin Shelf Slotted.......................................................................128 SBSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)......................... Half-Radius Concave Base Shelf.......................................................73
HMBD(ND)(NL)-(TYPE)........................................ Hypermaxi Base Decks....................................................................209 LSSG(NW)(ND)-(OPT)........................................... Lumishelf™ Surface for GSF.............................................................. 76 NBSD10-(ND) ........................................................ Nail Bin Shelf Slotted Divider..........................................................128 SBSMRF-(NW)(ND)-(ED)...................................... Standard Base Shelf with Multi Radius Front.................................67
HMBDB-(NL)-(TYPE)............................................ Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam...........................................................210 LSSGA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)........................................ Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED Shelf Assembly..........................................77 NDS-482028.......................................................... Small Electronics Display Shelf....................................................... 112 SBSMRFC(NW)(ND)-(ID)....................................... Standard Base Shelf with Multi Radius Concave Front..................66
HMBDB-(NL)-S...................................................... Hypermaxi Kickplate Beam............................................................ 211 LSSL(NW)(ND)-(OPT)........................................... Lumishelf™ Surface for LUSF............................................................ 76 NDUH-(TYPE)........................................................ Small Electronics Display Unit Holders.......................................... 112 SBSMRFCKP(ID)-(NW).......................................... Concave Kickplate..............................................................................66
HMBDBREXT(NW)................................................ Hypermaxi Base Deck Beam Radius Extender.............................. 212 LSSLA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)......................................... Lumishelf™ Acrylic LED LUSF Assembly..........................................78 O SBSMRFKP-(NW)-(OPT)....................................... Standard Base Shelf Multi Radius Front Kickplate..........................67
HMBDEB(NL)......................................................... Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension..................................................208 LSSR(NW)(ND)-(OPT)........................................... Lumishelf™ Radius Surface..............................................................77 OBS-(NW).............................................................. Open Back Stiffener............................................................37, 174, 192 SBSR-(NW)(ND).................................................... Standard Base Shelf Reinforced.................................................41, 58
HMBDEBEC............................................................ Hypermaxi Base Beam Extension End Caps..................................208 LSSRA(NW)(ND)-(OPT)......................................... Lumishelf™ Radius LED Shelf Assembly..........................................77 OBS-(NL)-CWG...................................................... Bottom Spanner for Centered Backs...............................................30 SBSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)....................................... Standard Base Shelf with Radius Front...........................................67
HMBECN-524........................................................ Hypermaxi Base End Cover Notched..............................................207 LSSSB-(NW)(NH)-R.............................................. Lumiback Single Sided Back.............................................................34 OBSCS-(NW)......................................................... Open Back Stiffener with Center Slot.........................................37, 59 SBSTLEGBN-(NW)(ND)......................................... Standard Base Shelf T-Leg with Bullnose........................................21
HMBS(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)....................................... Hypermaxi Notched Base Shelf......................................................207 LSST5A................................................................... Transformers for Lumi LED Products...............................................78 OBSKP-(NW)......................................................... Open Back Stiffener Kickplate........................................................192 SBSUSD-(NW)(ND)............................................... Standard Base Shelf Under Storage Drawer....................................91
HMBSAC-2.............................................................. Hypermaxi Base Shoe Attachment Clip........................................207 LSSTB-(NW)(NH)-R.............................................. Lumiback Triple Back........................................................................34 OBSWC-(NW)........................................................ Open Back Stiffener with Cover......................................................196 SBTF-(NL).............................................................. Top Spanner for Centered Wire Grid................................................30
HMCD(ND)(NL)...................................................... Cantilever Deck................................................................................220 LSSTBE-(NW)(NH)-R............................................ Lumiback Triple Back Extension.......................................................34 OCBS(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)........................................ Outside Corner Base Shelf................................................................. 74 SC-(NW)................................................................. Center Spanner............................................................................ 15, 22
HMCDS-(NW)........................................................ Cantilever Deck Support.................................................................220 LUQMPABIN-(OPT)............................................... Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bins .....................................................157 OCKP-(ASD)(NH)................................................... Outside Corner Kickplate.................................................................. 74 SCDWG................................................................... Shower Curtain Display Rod...........................................................145
HMCWGS(ND)(NL)................................................ Cantilever Wire Grid Decks.............................................................221 LUQMPBINDIV-(OPT)............................................ Multi-Purpose Adjustable Bin Divider ..........................................157 OCUS(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)........................................ Outside Corner Upper Shelf.............................................................. 74 SCLHHD-(NL)-(PACK)........................................... Heavy-Duty Label Holder .................................................................98
HMFBMB-(NH)(NW)(OPT)................................... Hypermaxi Front Beam Metal Border........................................... 211 LUQMPHOOKPSW................................................. Multi-Purpose Hook for Pegboard or Slatwall .............................157 OMEF(NH)(NW)5(EXT)(INT)................................. Outside Mount End Frame................................................................45 SCLHXHD-(NL)-(PACK)......................................... Extra Heavy-Duty Label Holder .......................................................98
HMGLB-(NW)........................................................ Hypermaxi Graphics Light Box.......................................................210 LUQMPHOOKWG.................................................. Multi-Purpose Hook for Wire Grid .................................................157 OPB(TYPE)-(AW)(AH)........................................... Painted One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels...................................28 SCMLH-(NL)-(PACK)............................................. Label Holder ......................................................................................98
HMLC-(NL)............................................................. Hypermaxi Light Canopy................................................................ 212 LUQMPTRAY.......................................................... Multi-Purpose Tray..........................................................................157 OPB(TYPE)U-(AW)(AH)........................................ Unpainted One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels..............................28 SCS-(NW).............................................................. Seismic Tie Bar...................................................................40, 174, 177
HMLCEC................................................................. Hypermaxi Light Canopy End Cover............................................... 212 LUQMPTRAYDIV.................................................... Multi-Purpose Tray Divider.............................................................157 OPBSW(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)-(OPT)......................... Slatwall One Piece Backs, Actual Size Panels..................................28 SDK-EF(NH)........................................................... Door Kit End Filler............................................................................231
HMR....................................................................... Hanging Magazine Rack................................................................. 110 LUSASTB(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(OPT2)-(OPT3)......... Lighted Upper Shelf Assembly Step Back Shelf..............................71 ORMLBSE(TYPE)-(ND).......................................... Outrigger for Maxi Line Base Shoe Extender................................ 215 SDK(TYPE)-(OPT)(NW)(NH)................................. Combination Upper Door Kits.........................................................229
HMRD(OPT1)(OPT2)-(ND).................................... Cantilever Tubular Arms..................................................................220 LUSF-(NW)(ND)..................................................... Lighted Upper Shelf Frame for Lumishelf™ Surface...................... 76 ORMLP(NH)(OPT).................................................. Outrigger for Maxi Line Post...........................................................216 SDKEP(ND)(NH)..................................................... Door Kit End Panel...........................................................................231
HMRDBSC-(ND)..................................................... Cantilever Beam Side Cover............................................................220 LUSFBN(NW)(ND)................................................. Lighted Upper Shelf with Bullnose Front........................................ 76 P SDKF-(OPT)(NW)(NH).......................................... Fixture Height Door Kits..................................................................229
HMRDCBC(NW)(OPT) .......................................... Hypermaxi Regular-Duty Cosmetic Beam Cover..........................206 LW-1-(TYPE).......................................................... Leveler Wrench..................................................................................39 PAPMEF(ND)-(NW)(NW)-(NH)............................ Metal End Flat....................................................................................47 SDKFLW-(OPT)(NW)(NH)..................................... Fixture Height Door Kits, Lightweight..........................................230
HMRDFB(NL)-U..................................................... Cantilever Regular-Duty Beam......................................................220 LWS(NW)............................................................... Lower Wall Stabilizer.........................................................................46 PAPMEF101212-S5................................................ Metal End Flat, 2' x 3'.......................................................................173 SDKL-HL(NW)(NH)................................................ Mini SDK ...........................................................................................230
HMRDFC-(NL)........................................................ Cantilever Front Canopy..................................................................220
Numerical Index
Part Number Part Name Page Number
4/18 4/18
Numerical Index
Part Number Part Name Page Number Part Number Part Name Page Number Part Number Part Name Page Number
SE(ND)-(NW)-10................................................... Shelf Extender....................................................................................86 TBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE)............................... Triple Back Retaining System...........................................................32 WCANR-(NW)....................................................... Wire Candy Rack..............................................................................153
SEB......................................................................... Shelf Extender Basket.......................................................................86 TBRSD.................................................................... Reciprocating Saw Display.............................................................135 WCANS(NW)(ND)-TAG.......................................... Wire Candy Shelf............................................................................. 116
SEBD....................................................................... Shelf Extender Basket Displayer..................................................... 119 TBS-(NW)(LND)(RND)-(OPT)............................... Transition Base Shelf.........................................................................59 WCANSSW(NL)(ND)-(OPT)................................... Wire Snack Shelf..............................................................................100
SERM-(NW)-(TAG)(TYPE).................................... Shelf Extension Radius for SUS/SBS.................................................79 TEBRS(NW)(NH)-W-H-(TYPE)............................. Triple Extension Back Retaining System.........................................32 WCDS-(NW)(ND)-(ND)......................................... Wire Chip Shelf................................................................................. 116
SERM-HDWR......................................................... Shelf Extension Radius Hardware Pack...........................................79 TEC-(NW)(ND)(NH)(BT)-(TYPE)........................... Triangular End Cap...........................................................................181 WCRFG(NH)-(NW)................................................ Wire Candy Rack For Gondola........................................................153
SET-(ND)................................................................ Shelf End Trim....................................................................................54 TEMHDU(NH)(NW)-(OFF)-(BH)-(EXT)-(LH)-(RH).TEM for Heavy-Duty Upright............................................................45 WCRG10L-(NW)(ND)............................................. Ten Level Wire Candy Rack for Gondola........................................153
SFA-EB-1................................................................ Expansion Bolts for Seismic Floor Anchors............................194, 203 TEUS-(NW)(ND)(HAND)........................................ Triangular Upper Shelves................................................................181 WCWD-(ND)-(OPT)............................................... Wire Cookware Display...................................................................155
SFA-EB50............................................................... Expansion Bolts for Seismic Floor Anchors......................................40 THACBM06-(OPT)................................................. Tag Holder Arm Crossbar Mount......................................................94 WCWDH-(PACK)................................................... Wire Cookware Display Hooks........................................................155
SFA-HD(OPT)GAL.................................................. Seismic Floor Anchors, Heavy-Duty.................................................40 TJ-1......................................................................... T-Joiner...............................................................................................49 WCWDVDB-(ND)................................................... Wire Cookware Display Vertical Divider Bar Mount.....................155
SFA-RD-(PACK)..................................................... Seismic Floor Anchors Regular-Duty...............................................40 TKP-(NH)-(NW)-(PITCH)...................................... Transition Base Kickplate..................................................................57 WCWDVDBNP-(ND).............................................. Wire Cookware Display VDBNP Mount..........................................155
SFA-RD-1............................................................... Seismic Floor Anchors, Regular-Duty............................................194 TLEG-(ND)-(OPT).................................................. T-Leg Base Shoe.........................................................................56, 193 WDK-(NW)............................................................ Wine Display Kit...............................................................................146
SFA-RD-10............................................................. Seismic Floor Anchors, Regular-Duty............................................203 TLEG-(NW)............................................................ T-Leg.................................................................................................193 WDMP-(OPT)........................................................ Multi-Purpose Wire Divider..............................................................87
SFF(NH)T(NW)S-(OPT).......................................... Styrene Front Fence..........................................................................88 TLEG-(NW)(ND).................................................... T-Leg Standard Base Shelf..............................................................196 WDVD6L-(NW)(ND).............................................. Six Level Wire DVD Rack..................................................................108
SGD-(NW)(BL)-(SD)CB......................................... Spool Goods Display with Crossbar and Shelf...............................125 TLODK-(ND)........................................................... TL Outrigger Dress Kit......................................................................215 WDVD7L-(NW)(ND).............................................. Seven Level Wire DVD Rack............................................................108
SGSB-(ND)............................................................. Glass Shelf Bracket.............................................................................85 TLOFK(TYPE)-(ND)................................................ TL Outrigger Freestanding Display Kickplate................................ 215 WECM(NW)(ND)(NH)........................................... Wire End Cap Merchandiser...........................................................122
SHMUSCA-(ND)..................................................... Special Hypermaxi Upright Support Center Arm.........................205 TLOSD-(NW)12...................................................... TL Outrigger Shelf Deck...................................................................216 WEPC..................................................................... Wall Positioner End Clip....................................................................49
SHTSP-(NW).......................................................... Sign Holder for Truss Shelf Post........................................................82 TLOSS-(ND)............................................................ TL Outrigger Shelf Support Assembly........................................... 215 WESD-(GW)(EW).................................................. Wall End Stabilizer, Double...............................................................49
SL-(NW)................................................................. Lower Spanner................................................................... 22, 171, 192 TLTRTAZ(NW)........................................................ TL T-Rack Top and Bottom Tie........................................................216 WESOE-(GW)(EW)................................................ Wall End Stabilizer with Oversized End...........................................49
SMSP...................................................................... Shoe Pedestal.................................................................................. 141 TLTRUCB................................................................ Tube Line T-Rack Upright Connector Bracket...............................200 WESS-(GW)(EW).................................................. Wall End Stabilizer, Single.................................................................49
SMWDVDS-(NW).................................................. Slatwall Mount Wire DVD Shelf...................................................... 110 TMBS(NW)(ND)(OPT)........................................... Tubular Metal Bumper System.........................................................65 WG(TYPE).............................................................. Waterfall Displayers for Wire Grid .................................................101
SMWNBX481710-(BIN)........................................ Small Wine Box................................................................................146 TOEM(NH)(NW)-00-5-P-H.................................. End Merchandiser, Outside Mount (TOEM).....................................43 WGLMS30D-(NW)(ND)........................................ Wire Grid Lawnmower Shelf..........................................................128
SPH(TYPE)-(NL)-10............................................... Scanner Peg Hook..............................................................................96 TPD(SIZE)-(NW) ................................................... Throw Pillow Displayers .................................................................143 WGPBU-(NW)(NH)............................................... Wire Grid Panel for Basic Upright.....................................................83
SPPFHD22(NH)...................................................... Sliding Peg Panel Frame.................................................................189 TPD5L-(NW).......................................................... Linens Display with 5" Lip...............................................................143 WGPH-(NL)-(PACK).............................................. Wire Grid Peg Hook...........................................................................97
WGS-(NW)(ND)..................................................... Wire Grid Shelf................................................................................. 118
SPPHDBT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2).............................. Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track.....................................................188 TR........................................................................... Telescoping Retainer......................................................................... 15
WGSF-(NW)(ND)................................................... Wire Grid Shelf Frame..................................................................... 118
SPPHDBTB48-S12(OPT)........................................ Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track with Bin......................................189 TSP-(NH)................................................................ Wire Truss Post...................................................................................82 WGSH-(NL)............................................................ Wire Grid Skillet Holder...................................................................101
SPPHDBTBD0609.................................................. Sliding Peg Panel Bottom Track Bin Divider..................................189 TTCGCWD(NW)(ND)(NH)-(OPT).......................... Three Tiered Calling/Gift Card Wire Display..........................109, 180 WGSLZD(NH)(ND) ................................................ Wire Grid Shelf with Down Lip Divider...........................................117
SPPHDTT(NW)-(OPT1)(OPT2).............................. Sliding Peg Panel Top Track............................................................188 TU-(NH)................................................................. Telescoping Upright.......................................................................... 15 WGSLZ(OPT)(NW)(ND) ........................................ Wire Grid Shelf with Down Lip........................................................117
SPPOUS(NW)(ND)................................................. Slim Profile Pull Out Upper Shelf......................................................68 TUK-(NL)(NH)........................................................ Telescoping Upright Kit..................................................................... 15 WGUB-12129......................................................... Wire Grid Utility Bin.........................................................................101
SPPVDBMT(DOOR)(NW)(NH)............................... Sliding Peg Panels, Regular-Duty..................................................190 TUPS-(NW)(LND)(RND)-(OPT)............................. Transition Upper Shelf.......................................................................57 WH-8 ..................................................................... W Hook...............................................................................................93
SPT-(NW)(ND)....................................................... Spice Tray..........................................................................................154 TVDA-(NL)(TYPE).................................................. Threaded Vertical Divider Arms...............................................92, 123 WKPIC-(ASD)-(OPT).............................................. Inside Corner Kickplate.....................................................................75
SPTD-(ND)............................................................. Spice Tray Divider.............................................................................154 TVDAL-1606R........................................................ Threaded Vertical Divider Arm Loop................................................93 WMBD-(NW)......................................................... Wire Magazine & Book Display......................................................104
SR-(NW)-(NH)-10................................................. Shelf Retainer....................................................................................91 TVDALWH-18H-PTH............................................. Threaded Vertical Divider Arm Lug Wrench Holder.......................92 WMPB(NW)(NH) .................................................. Wing Merchandise Pegboard Panel.............................................. 121
SS-(NW)................................................................. Splicer Spanner.........................................................22, 27, 30, 51, 192 TVDASJ-(NL).......................................................... Threaded Vertical Divider Arm with J Hooks..........................92, 125 WMPBS(NW)(ND)................................................. Wing Merchandise Pegboard Panel Shelf..................................... 121
SS(TYPE)RB(TYPE)(NH)-(DEGREE) ..................... Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Back Panel........................169 TWD2-(NH)(NW)(ND)........................................... Tubular Wing Display with Double Track....................................... 131 WMPDHD-(NH)(ND)-(HAND)............................... Multi-Purpose Wire Divider, Heavy-Duty.......................................87
SS(TYPE)RKP(ND)-(DEGREE)................................ Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Kickplate...........................169 TWDB(TYPE)-(NW)(NH)...................................... Tubular Wing Display Back............................................................. 131 WMSP.................................................................... Wire Mini Shelf for Pegboard...........................................................99
SSC-(NW)............................................................... Slatwall Center Spanner...................................................................22 TWDSFT(NW)(ND)................................................ Tubular Wing Slatwall Display Shelf.............................................. 131 WOCBS45-(ND)(TAG)(OPT).................................. Outside Corner Base Shelf 45°.......................................................... 74
SSIOR-C-(DEGREE)................................................. Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Center Spanner................169 U WOCKP45-(ND)05................................................. Outside Corner Kickplate 45°............................................................ 74
SSIOR-L-(DEGREE)................................................. Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Lower Spanner.................169 UB(TYPE)(WS)-(NW)(ND)(BH)(FH)..................... Universal Basket.............................................................................. 113 WOCUS45-(ND)(TAG)(OPT).................................. Outside Corner Upper Shelf 45°........................................................ 74
SSIOR-T-(DEGREE)................................................. Spacer System Inside/Outside Radius Top Spanner.....................169 UBB-(ND)............................................................... Universal Basket Brackets............................................................... 113 WPBD-(OPT)......................................................... Wire Pet Bed Displayer......................................................................99
SSIR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE)................................... Spacer System Inside Radius Upper & Base Shelves.....................169 UBS(OPT1)-(NW)(ND)(NH)(NH)(NH)-(OPT2)...... Universal Basket, Stackable............................................................120 WPCS-(NW)(ND)-(TAG)........................................ Wire Potato Chip Shelf.................................................................... 116
SSOR(TYPE)(ND)-(DEGREE).................................. Spacer System Outside Radius Upper & Base Shelves..................169 UC-10...................................................................... Upright Cap........................................................................................ 17 WPDVDB(NH)(ND)-(OPT)..................................... Wire Soft Goods Divider System.....................................................144
SSSWG-(NL)-(TYPE)............................................. Splicer Spanner for Centered Wire Grid...........................................30 UCC......................................................................... Upright Clear Cap.............................................................................172 WPSA-(NAW)-(ND).............................................. Wire Soft Goods Adjustable Shelf..................................................144
STBS-(NW)(ND)(SO)(OPT)-(FIN1)-(FIN2)............ Step Back Shelf...................................................................................71 UEC-(NH)................................................................ Plastic Upright End Cover.............................................................17, 50 WR(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)(PACK)-2............................ Wire Bottle Display Racks...............................................................148
STL-(NW)............................................................... Top Spanner.................................................................22, 51, 172, 192 UECBBU-(NH)........................................................ Back-to-Back Upright End Cover.............................................. 16, 219 WRDD-(NW)(ND).................................................. Jar/Can Display Rack........................................................................152
STL-(NW)............................................................... Top Spanner for Flush Back...............................................................30 UECEF-(COLOR)..................................................... End Frame Upright End Cover...........................................................45 WRDS-(NW)(ND).................................................. Swinging Wire Rug Display ............................................................144
STLCLIP ................................................................. Top Spanner (STL) Clips.....................................................................22 US90C(NW)(NH)(OPT).......................................... Upper Shelf 90° Tag Channel Bolt-On..............................................64 WS(OPT1)SHF(NW)(NH)(OPT2) .......................... Wide Span Sign Holder Frame........................................................232
STP(NW)(ND)........................................................ Straight-in Insertion Three Position................................................54 UTSBKSB(NW)(ND)-08-7..................................... Uptilt Shelf....................................................................................... 110 WS/HMLMK.......................................................... Hypermaxi Light Mounting Kit......................................................210
STPH(NW)(ND)...................................................... Straight-In, Heavy-Duty Upper Shelf...............................................54 UTSN(DEGREE)-(NW)-(NH)4............................... Uptilt Shelf.........................................................................................72 WSADS-(NW)(ND)(OPT)....................................... Wire Salsa and Dip Shelf................................................................. 116
STPSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)..................................... Standard Three Position Strt-In Insertion Shelf w/Rad. Front.......67 UTSWD-(NH)(ND)-(TYPE).................................... Uptilt Shelf Wire Divider...................................................................72 WSB-(ND).............................................................. Wood Shelf Brackets.......................................................................228
STWD7-(NW)........................................................ Seven Tier Wire Displayer...............................................................104 V WSBSKT-(NW)(ND)............................................... Wire Sheet Basket...........................................................................143
SUS-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Standard Upper Shelf................................................................54, 177 V4K554.................................................................. Peg Hook, Double Prong...................................................................96 WSCDS-84-(HAND).............................................. Wire Shower Curtain Display Panel...............................................145
SUSHRF-(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG).......................... Half-Radius Upper Shelf....................................................................73 VC-(NH).................................................................. Metal Upright End Cover........................................ 17, 37, 45, 171, 196 WSCS..................................................................... Wire Shower Curtain Shelf..............................................................145
SUSHRFC(NW)(LSD)(RSD)-(TAG)......................... Half-Radius Concave Upper Shelf.....................................................73 VDA-(NL)R-PTH-(OPT)......................................... Vertical Divider Arm with Price Tag Holder................................... 124 WSDC-50................................................................ Hypermaxi Dart Clip........................................................................207
SUSM3(NL)............................................................ Standard Upper Shelf Mount 3" Canopy.........................................56 VDAHDSH-(NL)-(OPT).......................................... Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty Scan Hook................................ 124 WSCDPC-4PK ........................................................ Wire Shower Curtain Display Pegboard Clips................................145
SUSMRF-(NW)(ND)-(ED)...................................... Standard Upper Shelf with Multi Radius Front...............................67 VDAHDWH-(NL)(OPT).......................................... Vertical Divider Arm Heavy-Duty Wire Hook..................................93 WSHMAK............................................................... Wall Section Hypermaxi Attachment Kit......................................210
SUSMRFC(NW)(ND)-(ID)...................................... Standard Upper Shelf with Multi Radius Concave Front................66 VDASH................................................................... Vertical Divider Arm Sign Holder.................................................... 124 WSHMSHFM(NW)(NH)......................................... Wide Span Hypermaxi Sign Holder Modified Shelf Mount........232
SUSMWRPH-(ND)................................................. Standard Upper Shelf Mount Wire Rack Plate Holder..................156 VDB-(NW)............................................................. Vertical Divider Bar..........................................................................189 WSOWHDSK-(NL)................................................. Wall Section Off Wall Stabilizer Kit, Heavy-Duty............................ 18
SUSRF(TYPE)-(NW)(ND)....................................... Standard Upper Shelf with Radius Front.........................................67 VDB-(NW)(ND)...................................................... Vertical Divider Bar..........................................................................137 WSOWSK-(NL)...................................................... Wall Section Off Wall Stabilizer Kit.................................................. 18
SVTDPWMR241454.............................................. Seven Tier Wire Magazine Rack.....................................................103 VDB-(NW)02......................................................... Vertical Divider Bar.....................................................92, 123, 127, 190 WSRP-10................................................................ Wall Section Retainer Pin................................................................. 19
SWAMCT-(NL)....................................................... Captive Wood Tag Molding..............................................................64 VDBAB(NW)(ND)................................................... Vertical Divider Bar with Adjustable Brackets..............................125 WSSF(NL)(NW)..................................................... Wall Section Stabilizer Frame...........................................................46
SWGP-(NH)(NW)(ND)........................................... Sliding Wire Grid Panel.....................................................................83 VDBBD(NW)(ND).................................................. Vertical Divider Bar Bow Display ...................................................138 WTPMFF-(NW)..................................................... Wire Truss PMF Front.................................................................88, 227
SWLHSH-(NL)-(PACK).......................................... Slatwall Scanner Hook......................................................................96 VDBBGH................................................................. Vertical Divider Bar Baseball Glove Holder....................................139 WTPMR.................................................................. Wire Twelve Pocket Magazine Rack...............................................103
SWMSHT90-(NW)(ND)......................................... Wing Slatwall Display Shelf............................................................ 131 VDBE4K531........................................................... Vertical Divider Bar Garden Rake Hook.......................................... 124 WTS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)-(MP)................... Wire Truss Shelf...............................................................................151
SWPH-(NL)-(PACK)............................................... Slatwall Peg Hook..............................................................................96 VDBE4K534........................................................... Vertical Divider Bar Garden Fork Hook.......................................... 124 WTSPT-(NW)(ND)................................................. Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Top.............................................................151
SWSH-(NW)(ND)(OPT)......................................... Slatwall Shelf.....................................................................................85 VDBNP-(NW)(ND)................................................. Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated...............................................81 WTSPTM-(NW)..................................................... Wire Truss Shelf Plastic Tag Mold ..................................................151
WTWS-(NW)(ND)-(TYPE)-(TAG)......................... Wire Truss Wine Shelf.............................................................. 147, 227
SXBRS-(NH)........................................................... Single Wire Back Retainer System Extension................................. 31 VDBNP-(NW)(STANDOFF).................................... Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated...............................................92
WTWSRF-(NW)(ND)-(FIN)-(TAG)........................ Wire Truss Wine Shelf, Radius Front..............................................147
SZB(NW)................................................................ Z-Bar Spanner....................................................................................51 VDBNP-(NW)02.................................................... Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated.............................................189 WUB-(NW)(ND)(NH)-(TYPE)............................... Utility Baskets for Wire Grid .....................................................99, 101
T VDBNP-402........................................................... Vertical Divider Bar, Non-Perforated.............................................203 WUB-180404-(OPT)............................................. Wire Utility Baskets for Shelf.......................................................... 116
T3DECB(NW)(ND)(NH)(EP)(IP)(OPT) ................... Three-Way Gift Card Holder...........................................................180 VDBWBD................................................................ Vertical Divider Bar Wire Bottle Display........................................146 WUSIC-(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)..................................... Inside Corner Upper Shelf.................................................................75
T3DP(FW)(SW)(NH)-(SBD)(FBD)......................... Three-Way End Merchandiser........................................................178 VHTUS-(NH).......................................................... Vertical Height Telescoping Upright Stiffener................................ 15 WUSRF-(NW)(ND)(TAG)....................................... Wire Radius Shelf.............................................................................152
T8LFIXTURE-(NL)D................................................ T8 Light Fixture - Double Tube.......................................................187 VOBT-(NH)............................................................. Metal Open Back Trim.......................................................................37 WWM(OPT)MPG(NW)(ND).................................. Wire Wallet Basket..........................................................................142
T8LFIXTURE-S(NL)................................................ T8 Light Fixture - Single Tube.........................................................187 VPD(NW)(ND)....................................................... Vertical Pipe Display........................................................................129 WWM7MPGCD-(NW)........................................... Wire Wallet Cross Divider................................................................142
T8LTUBE-(NL)........................................................ T8 Light Tube....................................................................................187 VTD(TYPE)(NL)(ND).............................................. Various Type Display........................................................................109 WWRC-(NW)-(TAG).............................................. Wire Wine Rack With Cradles.........................................................146
TAMPRF-NUT........................................................ Tamper Proof Nut............................................................................231 W Y
TAMPRF-SLK.......................................................... Tamper Proof Shelf Locking Kit.............................................. 112, 231 WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)......................................... Wrap Around Shelf.......................................................................47, 69 YSG(OPT)B(NH)I.................................................... Y-Gondola Hardboard or Pegboard Back......................................165
TAMPRF-SOCKET................................................... Tamper Proof Socket Tool....................................................... 112, 231 WA(TYPE)S-(NW)(ND)-(HAND)........................... Half Wrap Around Shelf....................................................................69 YSGBR.................................................................... Y-Gondola Back Retainer................................................................165
TBCSD.................................................................... Circular Saw Display........................................................................135 WAUEFM(ND)........................................................ Wrap Around Upper End Flat Modified...................................70, 167 YSGIBS(ND)............................................................ Y-Gondola Inside Base Shelf...........................................................165
TBDD...................................................................... Drill Display......................................................................................136 WAUSN(NW)(ND)................................................. Wrap Around Notched Upper Shelf......................................... 69, 173 YSGICUS(ND)......................................................... Y-Gondola Inside Corner Upper Shelf............................................165
TBGD...................................................................... Grinder Display................................................................................136 WBC....................................................................... Wire Basket Clip............................................................................... 113 YSGIKP(ND)........................................................... Y-Gondola InsideKickplate.............................................................165
TBJSSD................................................................... Jig Saw and Sander Display............................................................135 WBH-(NL)-WG...................................................... Wire Grid Brochure Holder..............................................................101 YSGJSC24............................................................... Y-Gondola Junction Center & Lower Spanner...............................165
TBM-(NW)(ND)..................................................... Tilted Bin Merchandiser..................................................................129 WBH-(OPT)............................................................ Brochure Holder............................................................................... 119 YSGJTC................................................................... Y-Gondola Junction Top Cap...........................................................165
TBMD-(ND)-10...................................................... Tilted Bin Merchandiser Divider.....................................................129 WBSIC-(ASD)-(TAG)(OPT)..................................... Inside Corner Base Shelf....................................................................75
TBRD...................................................................... Router Display..................................................................................135 WBWS-(NW)(ND)................................................. Wire Bed Wall Shelf.........................................................................143
Notes
250 Texas: 214-515-5400 Fax: 972-563-0792 Alabama: 256-839-6354 Fax: 256-839-5608 Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.
www.madixinc.com Not responsible for errors or omissions in printing. © 2018 Madix, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Maxi Line
www.madixinc.com
Texas 500 Airport Road, Terrell, TX 75160 | 214.515.5400
Alabama 20984 Alabama Hwy. 9, Goodwater, AL 35072 | 256-839-5608
©2018 Madix, Inc. All rights reserved. Not responsible for errors and omissions in printing. Rev. 1/18

Max I Line Group

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Max I Line Group

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Maxi Line

Core Components • Shelves & Accessories • Systems

Texas 500 Airport Road, Terrell, TX 75160

Front Loaded Shelves

Nominal = 12", 18", 24"

Leveler Adjustment 1" • • •

• Wall • 24" 211/2" 120"

All runs, Gondola or Wall, require twice the number

Seven uprights require eight An­chors

Eight uprights require ten An­chors

Eight uprights require sixteen an­chors

Wall Ends J Finish Code

Wall Sections Additional Options

Telescoping Upright Kit TUK-(NL)(NH)

Telescoping Upright TU-(NH)

Vertical Height Telescoping VHTUS-(NH)

Upright Cap UC-10

Basic Upright Wall Mount BUWMS

Half Basic Upright Wall Mount HALF-BUWMS

Back-to-Back Kickplate BBKP-(NW)

Wall Section Retainer Pin WSRP-10

Base Shoe Reinforced BSR-(ND)

Base End Covers BEC-(ND)-(NH)

Center Spanner SC-(NW) 48" Upright

SC..... Center Spanner 42" Up­right

• Electrical and Telescoping upright (914 mm or 1219 mm)

Heavy-Duty Lower Spanner HSL-(NW)

Extra Heavy-Duty Lower HSLHD-(NW)

Lower Spanner SL-(NW)

Slatwall Center Spanner SSC-(NW)

BXP- 448 477/8"

Laminated Back BHL-(NW)(NH)

Splicer Spanner SS-(NW)

in 152 mm increments) C 5/8

spanners, SSC-(NW). 7/16

OPT..... ECC=Environmental Clear Coat 3/16

Mirror Mylar Back B(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH) Close-up of Metal Back Panel

Mirror Mylar Extension Back BX(TYPE)M-(NW)(NH) REV.

BX..... Extension Back D

TYPE..... P=Pegboard, H=Hardboard FILLET WELD

NW..... Nominal Width 3' or 4'

(914 mm or 1219 mm) DETAIL "A"

NH..... Nominal Height

METAL BACK PANEL ASSE

Unpainted One Piece Backs, OPB(TYPE)U-(AW)(AH)

Centered Wire Two Standard

SXBRS-(NH) Order side retainers separately; sold in pairs

Wire Harmonic Grid Back BWHG-(NW)(NH)

Combination Back Panel CBPRS-(NW)(NH)-(TYPE)

FRAME..... Retainer Pairs Wire Grid Backs may not

(1066 mm to 2438 mm in 152 mm Increments)

° Two Lower Backs

Lumiback Single Side Back Panels

Lumiback Triple Back Panels

Lumiback Extension Back Panel LSBPASES-(NW)(NH)

Lumiback Extension Back Panel LSBPASET-(NW)(NH)

EOpen Back Stiffener with OBSCS-(NW)

Leveler Wrench LW-1-(TYPE)

Rear Kickplate KPR-(NW)

Expansion Bolts for SFA-EB50

Standard Base Shelf Reinforced SBSR-(NW)(ND)

Flush Front Base Shelf FFBS-(NW)(ND)

Expand the capacity of your endcap Load Capacity

Seven uprights require eight Anchors

Eight uprights require ten Anchors

Eight uprights require sixteen anchors

SC..... Center Spanner 42" Upright